Home

Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual

1. 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager screw rroa 54 Special image write modes oc o be ee HER ES 5 5 Differencing images 2 5 246444 44580006 be d Ra 55 Cloning disk images cce 9 9 3 SR RR RU we e E 5 7 Disk images and I O caching llle 58 CD DVD dive operato so core x Oe oe X eg 5 9 Writing CDs and DVDs using the host drive 5 10 39068I SETVORS 2 eck ek he ee oe AA AA E us d 5 10 1 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking Virtual networking 6 1 Virtual networking hardware llle 6 2 Introduction to networking modes o 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT 53 3 WAT lions cessus co a a ps4 Bridged Networking uvis mU a OS 6 5 Internal networking 22209499933 44444 X Y x bo Hostonly networking ece c eec RR Roy RS EEG Remote virtual machines 7 1 Remote display VRDP support llle 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server 7 1 3 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server 14 Remote USB amp 2 2222 52 46 ek Ea oes de a a 71 5 RDP authentication 2999 xo ORA TLG RDPencryption x ossegcRoeee BAe ow wc 9o ko 3S ROO 7 1 7 Multiple VRDP connections
2. Nested paging eliminates the overhead caused by VM exits and page table ac cesses In essence with nested page tables the guest can handle paging without intervention from the hypervisor Nested paging thus significantly improves vir tualization performance On AMD processors nested paging has been available starting with the Barcelona K10 architecture Intel added support for nested paging which they call extended page tables EPT with their Core i7 Nehalem processors If nested paging is enabled the VirtualBox hypervisor can also use large pages to reduce TLB usage and overhead This can yield a performance improvement of up to 5 To enable this feature for a VM you need to use the VBoxManage modifyvm largepages command see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 On Intel CPUs another hardware feature called Virtual Processor Identifiers VPIDs can greatly accelerate context switching by reducing the need for ex pensive flushing of the processor s Translation Lookaside Buffers TLBs To enable these features for a VM you need to use the VBoxManage modifyvm vtxvpids and largepages commands see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage mod ifyvm page 124 183 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces VirtualBox comes with comprehensive support for third party developers The so called Main API of VirtualBox exposes the entire feature set of the virtualization engine It is completely documented and ava
3. o o 7 18 NEDP video redirection a xy vee s 72 TlSpOrting 23 3k pex A OS OR RU Ra VBoxManage S1 oisi P a a ee a DS ER Re a m2 Commands OVOPVIGW o uer ssc a Pelee SA A Gish a we XXE Eo s 83 VBoxManage list le 4849 84485 44 9 4445 5 8 44 VBoxManage showvminfo o e ee eee 8 5 VBoxManage registervm unregistervm oo 8 6 VBoxManage reatevmi is a ee ee RD AG wees 8 7 VBoxManage modifyym leeren BTI General geings lt o xo ees m m weg ex SOROR ec gre 9 Contents 8 752 Networking settings o o s coo ceon e 664444005 RES 127 8 7 3 Serial port audio clipboard VRDP and USB settings 129 8 7 4 Remote machine settings 2 0556644 x ror wee 130 8 75 Teleporting settings oo cv cer Rao Ro X ROS Rt ae ass 131 8 8 WBoxManage port s sss ne htm oho c RR ER 131 8 9 VBoxManageexport sss sss lt lt lt ba eee eee eR 09693 133 B 10 VBoxManage startVIB o o cocoi e moro RG Eom Ro 133 8 11 VBoxManagecontrolvm 22e 134 8 12 VBoxManage discarditate cocos Se E gs 135 8 13 VBoxManagesnapshot cce e m moms 136 8 14 VBoxManage openmedium closemedium 136 8 15 VBoxManage storagectl storageattach ls 137 8 15 1 VBoxManagestoragectl oo e 137 8 15 2 VBoxManage storageattach o o 138 8 16 VBoxManage showhdinfo llle 139 8 17 VBoxManage createhd A RR 9 x xs 139 8 18
4. 2 You must enable hardware virtualization for the particular VM for which you want 64 bit support software virtualization is not supported for 64 bit VMs 3 If you want to use 64 bit guest support on a 32 bit host operating system you must also select a 64 bit operating system for the particular VM Since supporting 64 bits on 32 bit hosts incurs additional overhead VirtualBox only enables this support upon explicit request On 64 bit hosts 64 bit guest support is always enabled so you can simply install a 64 bit operating system in the guest Warning On any host you should enable the I O APIC for virtual machines that you intend to use in 64 bit mode This is especially true for 64 bit Win dows VMs See chapter 3 3 2 Advanced tab page 50 In addition for 64 bit Windows guests you should make sure that the VM uses the Intel network ing device since there is no 64 bit driver support for the AMD PCNet card see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 96 If you use the Create VM wizard of the VirtualBox graphical user interface see chapter 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine page 17 VirtualBox will automatically use the correct settings for each selected 64 bit operating system type 3 2 Emulated hardware VirtualBox virtualizes nearly all hardware of the host Depending on a VM s configu ration the guest will see the following virtual hardware 48 3 Configuring virtual machines I
5. If in case the CD ROM drive on the guest doesn t get mounted observed on some versions of Solaris 10 execute as root svcadm restart volfs 2 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root pkgadd G d VBoxSolarisAdditions pkg 3 Choose 1 and confirm installation of the Guest Additions package After the installation is complete re login to X server on your guest to activate the X11 Guest Additions 4 3 3 2 Uninstalling the Solaris Guest Additions The Solaris Guest Additions can be safely removed by removing the package from the guest Open a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvboxguest 4 3 3 3 Updating the Solaris Guest Additions The Guest Additions should be updated by first uninstalling the existing Guest Ad ditions and then installing the new ones Attempting to install new Guest Additions without removing the existing ones is not possible 71 4 Guest Additions 4 3 4 Guest Additions for OS 2 VirtualBox also ships with a set of drivers that improve running OS 2 in a virtual machine Due to restrictions of OS 2 itself this variant of the Guest Additions has a limited feature set see chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 for details The OS 2 Guest Additions are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as those for the other platforms As a result mount the ISO in OS 2 as described previously The OS 2 Guest Additions are located in the directory 32bit 0S2 As we d
6. e As opposed to other virtualization software for many usage scenarios VirtualBox does not require hardware virtualization features to be present Through sophisticated techniques VirtualBox virtualizes many guest operating systems entirely in software This means that you can run virtual machines even on older processors which do not support hardware virtualization Even though VirtualBox does not always require hardware virtualization enabling it is required in the following scenarios e Certain rare guest operating systems like OS 2 make use of very esoteric pro cessor instructions that are not supported with our software virtualization For virtual machines that are configured to contain such an operating system hard ware virtualization is enabled automatically e VirtualBox s 64 bit guest support added with version 2 0 and multiprocessing SMP added with version 3 0 both require hardware virtualization to be en abled This is not much of a limitation since the vast majority of today s 64 bit and multicore CPUs ship with hardware virtualization anyway the exceptions to this rule are e g older Intel Celeron and AMD Opteron CPUs Warning Do not run other hypervisors open source or commercial virtu alization products together with VirtualBox While several hypervisors can normally be installed in parallel do not attempt to run several virtual ma chines from competing hypervisors at the same time VirtualBox cannot t
7. lt hostport gt lt guestip gt lt guestport gt This option defines or deletes a NAT port forwarding rule please see chapter 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT page 99 for details nattftpprefix lt 1 N gt lt prefix gt This option defines a prefix for the built in TFTP server i e where the boot file is located please see chapter 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT page 100 and chapter 9 9 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 168 for details nattftpfile lt 1 N gt lt bootfile gt This option defines the TFT boot file please see chapter 9 9 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT net work interface page 168 for details nattftpserver lt 1 N gt lt tftpserver gt This option defines the TFTP server address to boot from please see chapter 9 9 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface page 168 for details 128 8 VBoxManage e natdnspassdomain lt 1 N gt on off This option specifies whether the built in DHCP server passes the domain name for network name resolution natdnsproxy lt 1 N gt on off This option makes the NAT engine proxy all guest DNS requests to the host s DNS servers please see chapter 9 9 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode page 169 for details natdnshostresolver 1 N on off This option makes the NAT engine to use the host s resolver mechanisms to handle DNS requests please see chapter 9 9
8. vendor vendor name vendorurl vendor url gt version version info gt eula license text eulafile filename lt uuid gt lt name gt type gui sdl vrdp headless lt uuid gt lt name gt pause resume reset poweroff savestate acpipowerbutton acpisleepbutton keyboardputscancode hex lt hex gt injectnmi setlinkstate lt 1 N gt on off guestmemoryballoon lt balloonsize in MB gt gueststatisticsinterval lt seconds gt usbattach lt uuid gt lt address gt usbdetach lt uuid gt lt address gt vrdp on off vrdpport default ports vrdpvideochannelquality percent setvideomodehint xres yres bpp display setcredentials username password domain allowlocallogon yes no teleport host name port port maxdowntime lt msec gt password password lt uuid gt lt name gt lt uuid gt lt name gt lt state_file gt lt uuid gt lt name gt take lt name gt description lt desc gt pause delete lt uuid gt lt name gt restore lt uuid gt lt name gt restorecurrent edit uuid name current name lt name gt description lt desc gt showvminfo lt uuid gt lt name gt disk dvd floppy filename type normal immutable writethrough disk only uuid lt uuid gt parentuuid lt uuid gt disk only disk dvd floppy lt uuid gt lt filena
9. 193 12 3 6 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load 193 12 3 7 No audio in Windows Vista 64 bit and Windows 7 guests 193 12 3 8 Long delays when accessing shared folders 193 12 4 Linux and XII pueste o oo cec eeso tioii ido e e e SS 193 12 4 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load 193 12 4 2 AMD Barcelona CPUS 2 swe ne o xd 194 12 4 8 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions ln 194 12 4 4 Shared clipboard auto resizing and seamless desktop in X11 SOSS 2l dco OE ee og ea Op a eo ee S 194 12 5 Windows Hosts ee 2 mm Ry oy x o9 ee RR RR 195 12 5 1 VBoxSVC out of process COM server issues 195 12 5 2 CD DVD changes not recognized gt gt lt e scs ee ee ees 195 12 5 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client 196 12 5 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system 196 126 Linus Neste ob be Rmo tom RE REE Eee med 197 12 6 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load 197 12 6 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found 197 12 6 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions 197 12 6 4 Linux host floppy not found 198 12 6 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing to CD DVD 198 126 0 VEGAS VC IPC BUES i274 Rn A X04 E EOS 198 12 6 7 USB not working 5 5 4699 22405 4 be E 199 120 0 TE EEES o ns nmt Rmo mo a ee es 200 12 6 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted 200
10. AHCD SCSI page 81 B BIOS Basic Input Output System the firmware built into most personal computers which is responsible of initializing the hardware after the computer has been turned on and then booting an operating system VirtualBox ships with its own virtual BIOS that runs when a virtual machine is started 293 Glossary C COM Microsoft Component Object Model a programming infrastructure for modular software COM allows applications to provide application programming inter faces which can be accessed from various other programming languages and applications VirtualBox makes use of COM both internally and externally to provide a comprehensive API to 3rd party developers D DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol This allows a networking device in a network to acquire its IP address and other networking details automatically in order to avoid having to configure all devices in a network with fixed IP ad dresses VirtualBox has a built in DHCP server that delivers an IP addresses to a virtual machine when networking is configured to NAT see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 96 DKMS Dynamic Kernel Module Support A framework that simplifies installing and updating external kernel modules on Linux machines see chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 36 E EFI Extensible Firmware Interface a firmware built into computers which is designed to replace the aging BIOS Originally designed by Intel most
11. GUI Windows hosts fixed CapsLock handling on French keyboards bug 2025 Shared clipboard X11 hosts fixed a crash when clipboard initialisation failed bug 4987 13 9 Version 3 0 8 2009 10 02 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed 64 bits guest on 32 bits host regression in 3 0 6 VT x only bug 4947 VMM fixed a recompiler triple fault guru meditation VI x amp AMD V only bug 5058 VMM fixed hang after guest state restore AMD V 32 bits Windows guest and IO APIC enabled only bug 5059 VMM fixed paging issue with OS 2 guests VMM fixed guru meditation in rare cases 2 0 regression software virtualization only VMM fixed release assertion during state restore when using the Sound Blaster 16 emulation bug 5042 Security fixed vulnerability that allowed to execute commands with root privi leges 217 13 Change log Linux hosts fixed runtime assertion in semaphore implementation which was triggered under certain conditions bug 616 Linux hosts change the default USB access mode on certain distributions bugs 3394 and 4291 Linux hosts on hardened Gentoo the VBoxSVC daemon crashed by opening the VM network settings bug 3732 Linux hosts Solaris hosts pass the XAUTHORITY variable along the DISPLAY variable when starting a VM from VBoxManage or from the VM selector bug 5063 Linux hosts use sysfs to enumerate host drives if hal is not av
12. Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual Version 3 2 0 BETA3 2004 2010 Oracle Corporation http www virtualbox org Contents 1 First steps 9 131 Why is virtualization useful ee ee 10 l2 Some termiinglosy eeo eee we eh m m RUE Ee ee ee we e 11 1 3 PESTE overview uoo ed ED AR 12 1 4 Supported host operating systems 0000 ee enue 14 1 5 Installing and starting VirtualBox 0 0 000 eee eee 15 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine 204 17 17 Running your virtual machine llle 21 1 7 1 Keyboard and mouse support in virtual machines 21 172 Changing removable media 6 640 4456 RS 24 1 7 3 Saving the state of the machine 24 l5 BHapSB lS 22226 530 voor Da m mom mox Ee eee eh a eS 25 19 Virtual machine configuration oo e 28 110 Deleting virtual machines 2 o Ro a a Re 29 1 11 Importing and exporting virtual machines ln 29 1 12 Alternative fronbende lt os oo xe eo Re ok ae e oe due 32 2 Installation details 33 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts 2 2 2 Rock a 33 ZI COPIOXOHUBSS old sees e edo e Re REUS 33 2 1 2 Performing the installation 64 64 06060664 ERR 33 213 Uninstallation 4 2 4240 5545 632464 Ro a 35 2 14 Unattended installation ooo 6445525055644 35 2 2 Installing on MacOS X hosts llle 35 2 2 1 Performing the installation ciclo o a ee 35 2 2 2 Uninst
13. click on the Snapshots tab on the top right of the main window and then either on the small camera icon for Take snapshot or right click on the Current State item in the list and select Take snap shot from the menu 25 1 First steps In any case a window will pop up and ask you for a snapshot name This name is purely for reference purposes to help you remember the state of the snapshot For example a useful name would be Fresh installation from scratch no external drivers You can also add a longer text in the Description field if you want Your new snapshot will then appear in the list of snapshots under the Snapshots tab Underneath you will see an item called Current state signifying that the current state of your VM is a variation based on the snapshot you took earlier If you later take another snapshot you will see that they will be displayed in sequence and each subsequent snapshot is a derivation of the earlier one Ni Oracle VM VirtualBox ales File Machine Help 3 ie Y amp Details Snapshots 11 Description New Settings Start Discard A EFT wn aca 2 2007 J Snapshot 1 fresh install 30 10 09 13 38 c Snapshot 2 additions installed 30 10 09 13 50 Windows 5 1 XP 3 SMP G Snapshot 3 02 11 09 14 05 Y 8 Powered off GJ Snapshot 4 MSN open 02 11 09 14 08 gy Snapshot 2 1 nested paging enabled 02 11 09 21 22 FJ Windows 5 1 XP tpTarg
14. dows In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM significant performance improvements for VT x real mode execution VMM support for hardware breakpoints VT x and AMD V only bug 477 VMM VGA performance improvements for VI x and AMD V VMM Solaris and OpenSolaris guest performance improvements for AMD V Barcelona family CPUs only VMM fixed guru meditation while running the Dr Web virus scanner software virtualization only bug 1439 VMM deactivate VI x and AMD V when the host machine goes into suspend mode reactivate when the host machine resumes Windows Mac OS X amp Linux hosts bug 1660 VMM fixed guest hangs when restoring VI x or AMD V saved states snapshots VMM fixed guru meditation when executing a one byte debug instruction VT x only bug 2617 240 13 Change log VMM fixed guru meditation for PAE guests on non PAE hosts VT x VMM disallow mixing of software and hardware virtualization execution in gen eral bug 2404 VMM fixed black screen when booting OS 2 1 x AMD V only GUI pause running VMs when the host machine goes into suspend mode Win dows amp Mac OS X hosts GUI resume previously paused VMs when the host machine resumes after sus pend Windows amp Mac OS X hosts GUI save the state of running or paused VMs when the host machine s battery reaches critical level Windows hosts GUI properly restore the position of the selector window when ru
15. tab page 51 LsiLogic SAS controller emulation 202 13 Change log RDP video acceleration see chapter 7 1 8 VRDP video redirection page 111 NAT engine configuration via API and VBoxManage Use of host I O cache is now configurable see chapter 5 7 Disk images and I O caching page 91 Guest Additions added support for executing guest applications from the host system replaces the automatic system preparation feature OVF enhanced OVF support with custom namespace to preserve settings that are not part of the base OVF standard In addition the following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed Windows 2000 guest crash when configured with a large amount of RAM bug 5800 Linux Solaris guests PAM module for automatic logons added GUI guess the OS type from the OS name when creating a new VM GUI added VM setting for passing the time in UTC instead of passing the local host time to the guest bug 1310 GUI fixed seamless mode on secondary monitors bugs 1322 and 1669 GUI offer to download the user manual in the OSE version bug 6442 Main allow to start a VM even if a virtual DVD or floppy medium is not accessible Settings be more robust when saving the XML settings files Mac OS X rewrite of the CoreAudio driver and added support for audio input bug 5869 Mac OS X external VRDP authentication module support bug 3106 Mac OS X Moved the realtime dock preview settings to the VM settings no glo
16. this adds a virtual CPU to the virtual machines or removes one id specifies the index of the virtual CPU to be added or removed and must be a number from O to the maximum no of CPUs configured with the cpus option CPU 0 can never be removed synthcpu on off This setting determines whether VirtualBox will expose a synthetic CPU to the guest to allow live migration between host systems that differ significantly pae on off This enables disables PAE see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 52 125 8 VBoxManage hwvirtex on off default This enables or disables the use of hardware virtualization extensions Intel VI x or AMD V in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177 hwvirtexexcl on off This specifies whether VirtualBox will make exclu sive use of the hardware virtualization extensions Intel VI x or AMD V in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtu alization page 177 If you wish to simultaneously share these extensions with other hypervisors then you must disable this setting Doing so has negative performance implications nestedpaging on off If hardware virtualization is enabled this additional setting enables or disables the use of the nested paging feature in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177 largepages on off If hardware v
17. works if you know the host only network s name you can see the names with VBoxManage list hostonlyifs see chapter 8 3 VBoxManage list page 121 above The following additional parameters are required when first adding a DHCP server e With ip specify the IP address of the DHCP server itself e With netmask specify the netmask of the network e With lowerip and upperip you can specify the lowest and highest IP ad dress respectively that the DHCP server will hand out to clients Finally you must specify enable or the DHCP server will be created in the dis abled state doing nothing After this VirtualBox will automatically start the DHCP server for given internal or host only network as soon as the first virtual machine which uses that network is started 149 8 VBoxManage Reversely use VBoxManage dhcpserver remove with the given netname lt network_name gt or ifname lt hostonly_if_name gt to remove the DHCP server again for the given internal or host only network To modify the settings of a DHCP server created earlier with VBoxManage dhcpserver add you can use VBoxManage dhcpserver modify for a given net work or host only interface name 150 9 Advanced topics 9 1 VirtualBox configuration data For each system user VirtualBox stores configuration data in the user s home directory as per the conventions of the host operating system e On Windows this is SHOMEDRIVE HOMEPATH VirtualB
18. 12 7 Solars NOSE oos oron ak meses A E X ROB RUE RUNI Ra un 200 12 7 1 Cannot start VM not enough contiguous memory 200 12 7 2 VM aborts with out of memory errors on Solaris 10 hosts 201 13 Change log 202 13 1 Version 3 2 0 Beta 3 2010 05 12 o core e e o RR we we 202 13 2 Version 3 1 6 2010 05 10 osuere cec RR RR gg 204 12 3 Version 3 1 6 2010 03 25 e s e heee adake o RR ee ES 206 13 4 Version 3 1 4 2010 02 12 llle 208 13 5 Version 3 1 2 2009 12 17 uou eso koX RR RU RR 210 13 6 Version 3 1 0 2009 11 30 oe s c9 389m 9 212 13 7 Version 0 12 2009 11 10 usse em eem Rm m Ro m s 215 13 8 Version 3 0 10 2009 10 20 22 07 393 Y REG 216 13 9 Version 3 0 8 2009 10 02 217 13 10Version 3 0 6 2009 09 09 i o o ooo R e rr 219 13 11Version 3 0 4 2009 08 04 222 13 12Version 3 0 2 2009 07 10 2 6 22s e RR 223 Contents 13 13 Version 3 0 0 2009 06 30 2 444 ce RR ER o om o ok 13 14Version 2 2 4 2009 05 29 13 15Version 2 2 2 2009 04 27 gt o ca aaar o o kr RR 13 16Version 2 2 0 2009 04 08 13 17Version 2 1 4 2009 02 16 oso coz REG 13 18Version 2 1 2 2009 01 21 leen 13 19Version 2 1 0 2008 12 17 4 sss RR Em 13 20Version 2 0 8 2009 03 10 o sse ooo midis 13 21Version 2 0 6 2008 11 21 13 22Wersion 2 0 4 2008 10 24 s 2 zv PY EEG 13 23Version 2 0 2 2
19. 2780 Networking fixed the issue with sent packets coming back to internal network when using hostif Linux hosts only bug 3056 NAT fixed port forwarding Windows hosts only bug 2808 NAT fixed booting from the builtin TFTP server bug 1959 NAT fixed occasional crashes bug 2709 SATA vendor product data VPD is now configurable SATA raw disk partitions were not recognized 2 1 0 regression Windows host only bug 2778 SATA fixed timeouts in the guest when using raw VMDK files Linux host only bug 2796 SATA huge speed up during certain I O operations like formatting a drive SATA IDE fixed possible crash errors during VM shutdown VRDP fixed loading of Libpam so 1 from the host Solaris hosts only VRDP fixed RDP client disconnects VRDP fixed VRDP server misbehavior after a broken client connection VBoxManage showvminfo fixed assertion for running VMs bug 2773 VBoxManage convertfromraw added parameter checking and made it default to creating VDI files fixed and documented format parameter bug 2776 VBoxManage clonehd fixed garbled output image when creating VDI files bug 2813 VBoxManage guestproperty fixed property enumeration incorrect parame ters exception VHD fixed error when attaching certain container files bug 2768 Solaris hosts added support for serial ports bug 1849 Solaris hosts fix for Japanese keyboards bug 2847 Solaris hosts 32 bit and 64 bit versions now a
20. DVD or floppy images attached to them The list of the storage controllers attached to the VM can be found by the command VBoxManage showvminfo lt vmname gt See also chapter 8 4 VBoxManage showvminfo page 122 8 15 1 VBoxManage storagectl This command attaches modifies removes a storage controller The syntax is as fol lows VBoxManage storagectl lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt add lt ide sata scsi floppy gt controller lt LsiLogic BusLogic IntelAhci PIIX3 PIIX4 ICH6 18207 sataideemulation lt 1 4 gt lt 1 30 gt sataportcount lt 1 30 gt iobackend Buffered Unbuffered remove ARA where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory name Name of the storage controller Mandatory add Define the type of the system bus to which the storage controller must be con nected controller Allows to choose the type of chipset being emulated for the given storage controller sataideemulation This specifies which SATA ports should operate in IDE emulation mode As explained in chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI page 81 by default this is the case for SATA ports 1 4 with this command you can map four IDE channels to any of the 30 supported SATA ports sataportcount This determines how many ports the SATA controller should support 137 8 VBoxManage iobackend Configures the use of the host I O cache for images attached to the storage contr
21. EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 15 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE Version 1 1 1 Definitions 1 0 1 Commercial Use means distribution or otherwise making the Covered Code available to a third party 266 15 Third party materials and licenses 1 1 Contributor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifications 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Mod ifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular Con tributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the software development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Devel oper in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of th
22. address 0x3f8 and the Location setting assumes that this configuration is used on a Windows host because the Windows named pipe syntax is used Keep in mind that on Windows hosts a named pipe must always start with pipe On Linux the same config settings apply except that the path name for the Location can be chosen 167 9 Advanced topics more freely Local domain sockets can be placed anywhere provided the user running VirtualBox has the permission to create a new file in the directory The final command above defines that VirtualBox acts as a server i e it creates the named pipe itself instead of connecting to an already existing one 9 9 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine 9 9 1 Configuring the address of a NAT network interface In NAT mode the guest network interface is assigned to the IPv4 range 10 0 x 0 24 by default where x corresponds to the instance of the NAT interface 2 So x is 2 when there is only one NAT instance active In that case the guest is assigned to the address 10 0 2 15 the gateway is set to 10 0 2 2 and the name server can be found at 10 0 2 3 If for any reason the NAT network needs to be changed this can be achieved with the following command VBoxManage modifyvm My VM natnetl 192 168 16 This command would reserve the network addresses from 192 168 0 0 to 192 168 254 254 for the first NAT network instance of My VM The guest IP would be assigned to 192 168 0 15 and the default gate
23. etc fstab in Ubuntu 10 04 Shared folders fixed setuid file permissions Solaris guests only Shared folders fixed deleting directories recursively Solaris guests only bug 6513 Guest Additions support seamless and dynamic resizing on certain older X11 guests bug 5840 Solaris Additions fixed OpenGL library dependencies bug 6435 Keyboard Mouse emulation fixed handling of simultaneous mouse keyboard events under certain circumstances bug 5375 Mouse emulation never switch straight back from Explorer to IntelliMouse mode as it confuses the FreeBSD mouse driver bug 6488 SDK fixed memory leak in IDisplay takeScreenShotSlow bug 6549 3D support fixed Final frame of Compiz animation not updated to the screen Mac OS X only bug 4653 VRDP allow to bind to localhost only on Mac OS X bug 5227 Linux hosts add host USB support for Ubuntu 10 04 and other hosts without the hal daemon or usbfs bug 6343 205 13 Change log webservice more structs and array fixes in PHP bindings Windows hosts make the bridged networking driver notify dll be correctly un registred on uninstall bug 5780 13 3 Version 3 1 6 2010 03 25 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Linux hosts fixed timing issue on hosts with Linux kernels 2 6 31 or later with certain CPUs asynchronous timer mode bug 6250 Linux hosts properly handle host suspend resume events on Linux kern
24. i e there is no central con figuration Every internal network is identified simply by its name Once there is more than one active virtual network card with the same internal network ID the VirtualBox support driver will automatically wire the cards and act as a network switch The VirtualBox support driver implements a complete Ethernet switch and supports both broadcast multicast frames and promiscuous mode 102 6 Virtual networking In order to attach a VM s network card to an internal network set its networking mode to internal networking There are two ways to accomplish this e You can use a VM s Settings dialog in the VirtualBox graphical user interface In the Networking category of the settings dialog select Internal Networking from the drop down list of networking modes Now select the name of an exist ing internal network from the drop down below or enter a new name into the entry field e You can use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nic lt x gt intnet Optionally you can specify a network name with the command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name intnet lt x gt network name If you do not specify a network name the network card will be attached to the network intnet by default Unless you configure the virtual network cards in the guest operating systems that are participating in the internal network to use static IP addresses you may want to use the DHCP server that is built into Vi
25. on VM startup a CD DVD or floppy device is unavailable VirtualBox by default prints an error message and refuses to start the virtual machine In some situations this behavior is not desirable The behavior can be changed for the CD DVD drive with the following configuration change command 165 9 Advanced topics VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUNZ2 Config AttachFailError 0 The equivalent command for the floppy drive is VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices i82078 0 LUNZ0 Config AttachFailError 0 You will still get a warning message that a device is not available Some guest oper ating systems may show strange behavior when using saved state or snapshots espe cially if a previously mounted medium is no longer available when the virtual machine is resumed 9 6 3 Configuring the hard disk vendor product data VPD VirtualBox reports vendor product data for its virtual hard disks which consist of hard disk serial number firmware revision and model number These can be changed using the following commands VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 SerialNumber serial VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 FirmwareRevision firmware VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 ModelNumber model The serial number is a 20 byte alphanumeric string the firmware revisio
26. 1 USB settings The USB section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure VirtualBox s sophisticated USB support VirtualBox can allow virtual machines to access the USB devices on your host di rectly To achieve this VirtualBox presents the guest operating system with a virtual USB controller As soon as the guest system starts using a USB device it will appear as unavailable on the host Note 1 Be careful with USB devices that are currently in use on the host For example if you allow your guest to connect to your USB hard disk that is currently mounted on the host when the guest is activated it will be disconnected from the host without a proper shutdown This may cause data loss 2 Solaris hosts have a few known limitations regarding USB support please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 59 3 Configuring virtual machines In addition to allowing a guest access to your local USB devices VirtualBox even allows your guests to connect to remote USB devices by use of the VRDP protocol For details about this see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 109 In the Settings dialog you can first configure whether USB is available in the guest at all and in addition also optionally enable the USB 2 0 EHCI controller for the guest If so you can determine in detail which devices are available For this you must create so called filters by specifying certain properties of the US
27. 140 Alternatively open an existing image in immutable mode using VBoxManage openmedium see chapter 8 14 VBoxManage openmedium closemedium page 136 If you take a snapshot of a machine with immutable images then on every ma chine power up those images are reset to the state of the last current snapshot instead of the state of the original immutable image Note As a special exception immutable images are not reset if they are at tached to a machine whose last snapshot was taken while the machine was running a so called online snapshot As a result if the machine s current snapshot is such an online snapshot its immutable images behave exactly like the normal images described previously To re enable the automatic resetting of such images delete the current snapshot of the machine 5This restriction is more lenient now than it was before VirtualBox 2 2 Previously each normal disk image could only be attached to one single machine Now it can be attached to more than one machine so long as only one of these machines is running 87 5 Virtual storage Again technically VirtualBox never writes to an immutable image directly at all All write operations from the machine will be directed to a differencing image the next time the VM is powered on the differencing image is reset so that every time the VM starts its immutable images have exactly the same content The differencing
28. 264 15 Third party materials and licenses license link with or distribute the Library is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 9 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License There fore by modifying or distributing the Library or any work based on the Library you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it 10 Each time you redistribute the Library or any work based on the Library the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License 11 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreem
29. 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification created by You will be provided to the Initial Developer in Source Code form and are subject to the terms of the License 3 3 Description of Modifica tions You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file document ing the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indi rectly from Original Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party mak ing the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will know whom to contact If Contrib utor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in 281 15 Third party materials and licenses Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contribu tor makes available thereafter and shall take
30. 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode page 169 for details natnatsettings 1 N lt mtu gt lt socksnd gt lt sockrcv gt lt tcpsnd gt lt tcprcv gt This option controls several NAT settings please see chapter 9 9 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers for NAT page 168 for details nataliasmode lt 1 N gt default log proxyonly sameports This option defines behaviour of NAT engine core log enables logging proxy only switches of aliasing mode makes NAT transparent sameports enforces NAT engine to send packets via the same port as they originated on default disable all mentioned modes above please see chapter 9 9 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine page 170 for details 8 7 3 Serial port audio clipboard VRDP and USB settings The following other hardware settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm e uart lt 1 N gt off I O base lt IRQ gt With this option you can configure vir tual serial ports for the VM see chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 58 for an intro duction e uartmode lt 1 N gt arg This setting controls how VirtualBox connects a given virtual serial port previously configured with the uartX setting see above to the host on which the virtual machine is running As described in detail in chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 58 for each such port you can specify arg as one of the following options disconnected Even though the serial port is shown to the gues
31. 5 3 Sluggish response when using Microsoft RDP client If connecting to a Virtual Machine via the Microsoft RDP client called Remote Desktop Connection there can be large delays between input moving the mouse over a menu is the most obvious situation and output This is because this RDP client collects input for a certain time before sending it to the VRDP server built into VirtualBox The interval can be decreased by setting a Windows registry key to smaller values than the default of 100 The key does not exist initially and must be of type DWORD The unit for its values is milliseconds Values around 20 are suitable for low bandwidth connections between the RDP client and server Values around 4 can be used for a gigabit Ethernet connection Generally values below 10 achieve a performance that is very close to that of the local input devices and screen of the host on which the Virtual Machine is running Depending whether the setting should be changed for an individual user or for the system either HKEY_CURRENT_USER Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE Software Microsoft Terminal Server Client Min Send Interval can be set appropriately 12 5 4 Running an iSCSI initiator and target on a single system Deadlocks can occur on a Windows host when attempting to access an iSCSI target running in a guest virtual machine with an iSCSI initiator e g Microsoft iSCSI Ini tiator that is runnin
32. 73 4 Guest Additions Beyond the standard options supplied by the mount command the following are available iocharset CHARSET to set the character set used for I O operations utf8 by default and convertcp CHARSET to specify the character set used for the shared folder name utf8 by default The generic mount options documented in the mount manual page apply also Especially useful are the options uid gid and mode as they allow access by normal users in read write mode depending on the settings even if root has mounted the filesystem 4 5 Seamless windows With the seamless windows feature of VirtualBox you can have the windows that are displayed within a virtual machine appear side by side next to the windows of your host This feature is supported for the following guest operating systems provided that the Guest Additions are installed e Windows guests support added with VirtualBox 1 5 e Linux or Solaris OpenSolaris guests with an X org server version 1 3 or higher support added with VirtualBox 1 6 The exception is Fedora 9 due to a bug in its X server After seamless windows are enabled see below VirtualBox suppresses the display of the Desktop background of your guest allowing you to run the windows of your guest operating system seamlessly next to the windows of your host lThe X server version is not the same as the version of the entire X org suite You can type X version in a terminal
33. A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder 15 2 17 libgd license Portions copyright 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 by Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Funded under Grant P41 RR02188 by the National Insti tutes of Health Portions copyright 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 by Boutell Com Inc Portions relating to GD2 format copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 Philip Warner Portions relating to PNG copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 Greg Roelofs Portions relating to gdttf c copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 John Ellson ell son lucent com 288 15 Third party materials and licenses Portions relating to gdft c copyright 2001 2002 John Ellson ellson lucent com Portions copyright 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Pierre Alain Joye pierre libgd org Portions relating to JPEG and to color quantization copyright 2000 2001 2002 Doug Becker and copyright C 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 20
34. Additions fixed appending of files on shared folders bug 1612 Linux Additions ignore noauto option when mounting a shared folder bug 2498 Linux Additions fixed a driver issue preventing X11 from compiling keymaps bug 2793 and 2905 X11 Additions workaround in the mouse driver for a server crash when the driver is loaded manually bug 2397 239 13 Change log 13 19 Version 2 1 0 2008 12 17 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Support for hardware virtualization VI x and AMD V on Mac OS X hosts Support for 64 bit guests on 32 bit host operating systems experimental see chapter 3 1 2 64 bit guests page 48 Added support for Intel Nehalem virtualization enhancements EPT and VPID see chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177 Experimental 3D acceleration via OpenGL see chapter 4 6 1 Hardware 3D ac celeration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 75 Experimental LsiLogic and BusLogic SCSI controllers see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI page 81 Full VMDK VHD support including snapshots see chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 84 New NAT engine with significantly better performance reliability and ICMP echo ping support bugs 1046 2438 2223 1247 New Host Interface Networking implementations for Windows and Linux hosts with easier setup replaces TUN TAP on Linux and manual bridging on Win
35. DAMAGE 15 2 10 libpng license The PNG Reference Library is supplied AS IS The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc disclaim all warranties expressed or implied including without limitation the warranties of merchantability and of fitness for any purpose The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc assume no liability for direct indirect incidental spe cial exemplary or consequential damages which may result from the use of the PNG Reference Library even if advised of the possibility of such damage Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this source code or portions hereof for any purpose without fee subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented 2 Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source 3 This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from any source or altered source distribution The Contributing Authors and Group 42 Inc specifically permit without fee and encourage the use of this source code as a component to supporting the PNG file format in commercial products If you use this source code in a product acknowledgment is not required but would be appreciated 15 2 11 IwIP license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source c
36. Even if pass through is enabled unsafe commands such as updating the drive firmware will be blocked On some host drives the pass through feature allows play ing encrypted DVD video media On Solaris hosts pass through requires running VirtualBox with real root permis sions due to security measures enforced by the host 93 5 Virtual storage 5 10 iSCSI servers iSCSI stands for Internet SCSI and is a standard that allows for using the SCSI proto col over Internet TCP IP connections Especially with the advent of Gigabit Ethernet it has become affordable to attach iSCSI storage servers simply as remote hard disks to a computer network In iSCSI terminology the server providing storage resources is called an iSCSI target while the client connecting to the server and accessing its resources is called iSCSI initiator VirtualBox can transparently present iSCSI remote storage to a virtual machine as a virtual hard disk The guest operating system will not see any difference between a virtual disk image VDI file and an iSCSI target To achieve this VirtualBox has an integrated iSCSI initiator VirtualBox s iSCSI support has been developed according to the iSCSI standard and should work with all standard conforming iSCSI targets To use an iSCSI target with VirtualBox you must first register it as a virtual hard disk with VBoxManage see chap ter 8 21 VBoxManage addiscsidisk page 142 The target will show up in th
37. Finder double click on the VirtualBox item in the Applications folder You may want to drag this item onto your Dock e On a Linux or Solaris host depending on your desktop environment a VirtualBox item may have been placed in either the System or System Tools group of your Applications menu Alternatively you can type VirtualBox ina terminal When you start VirtualBox for the first time a window like the following should come up Oracle VM VirtualBox File Machine Help O o Details 8 Snapshots Description New Settings Start Discard Welcome to VirtualBox The left part of this window is a list of all virtual machines on your computer The list is empty now because you havent created any virtual machines yet t e In order to create a new virtual machine press the New button in the main tool bar E bf located at the top of the window p You can press the F1 key to get instant q help or visit www virtualbox org for the IN latest information and news On the left you can see a pane that will later list all your virtual machines Since you have not created any the list is empty A row of buttons above it allows you to create new VMs and work on existing VMs once you have some The pane on the right displays the properties of the virtual machine currently selected if any Again since you don t have any machines yet the pane displays a welcome message To give you an idea
38. IN PHYSICAL IN JURY OR LOSS OF HUMAN LIFE THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AU THORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Partic ipant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent infringe ment litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Participant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agreements excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY WHETHER TORT INC
39. Object Model a programming infrastruc ture developed by the Mozilla browser project which is similar to Microsoft COM and allows applications to provide a modular programming interface VirtualBox makes use of XPCOM on Linux both internally and externally to provide a com prehensive API to third party developers 297
40. Python devel bug 4570 X11 guests prevent windows from being skipped in seamless mode KDE guests bugs 1681 and 3574 X11 guests fixed screen corruption in X11 guests when large amounts of video RAM were allocated bug 4430 X11 guests some fixes when switching between host and guest drawn mouse pointers X11 guests fixed an issue which caused seamless mode to stop working as it should the main issue listed in bug 2238 13 12 Version 3 0 2 2009 07 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed network regressions guest hangs during network IO bug 4343 VMM guest SMP performance improvements VMM fixed hangs and poor performance with Kaspersky Internet Security VT x AMD V only bug 1778 VMM fixed crashes when executing certain Linux guests software virtualization only bugs 2696 amp 3868 223 13 Change log ACPI fixed Windows 2000 kernel hangs with IO APIC enabled bug 4348 APIC fixed high idle load for certain Linux guests 3 0 regression BIOS properly handle Ctrl Alt Del in real mode iSCSI fixed configuration parsing bug 4236 OVF fix potential confusion when exporting networks OVF compatibility fix bug 4452 OVF accept ovf disk specifiers with a single slash in addition to ovf disk bug 4452 NAT fixed crashes under certain circumstances bug 4330 3D support fixed dynamic linking on Solaris OpenSolaris guests bug 439
41. RDP viewer such as mstsc exe that comes with Microsoft Windows or on Linux systems the standard open source rdesktop program These features are described in detail in chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 105 3 6 Storage settings In the VM Settings window the Storage section allows you to connect virtual hard disk CD DVD and floppy images and drives to your virtual machine 54 3 Configuring virtual machines IDE Controller HE Windows 5 1 XP 1 Settings les El General Storage System Display Storage Tree Attributes Name IDE Controller fe Audio Windows 5 1 XP 1 merge Type PIIX3 c Network Empty Serial Ports Floppy Controller usa El Empty Shared Folders Qood Contains all the created storage controllers and all the attached virtual images and host drives Qs ET In a real PC so called storage controllers connect physical disk drives to the rest of the computer Similarly VirtualBox presents virtual storage controllers to a virtual machine Under each controller the virtual devices hard disks CD DVD or floppy drives are shown that are attached to the controller If you have used the Create VM wizard to create a machine you will normally see the following devices e You will see an IDE controller under which there are two devices one virtual hard disk connected to the IDE slot called primary master this is represented by the disk images th
42. SubSection Display Depth 24 Modes 2048x800 800x600 640x480 EndSubSection EndSection 4 3 2 3 Updating the Linux Guest Additions The Guest Additions can simply be updated by going through the installation proce dure again with an updated CD ROM image This will replace the drivers with updated versions You should reboot after updating the Guest Additions 4 3 3 Guest Additions for Solaris Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris take the form of a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Solaris distributions are officially supported e OpenSolaris Nevada Build 82 and higher this includes OpenSolaris 2008 05 2008 11 and 2009 06 70 4 Guest Additions e OpenSolaris Indiana Developer Preview 2 and higher e Solaris 10 u5 and higher Other distributions may work if they are based on comparable software releases 4 3 3 1 Installing the Solaris Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Solaris are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as the Additions for Windows and Linux described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process Installation involves the following steps 1 Mount the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file as your Solaris guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 3 1 1 Installation page 65
43. VBoxInternal TM TSCTiedToExecution Note that if you use the special TSC handling mode with a guest operating system which is very strict about the consistency of time sources you may get a warning or error message about the timing inconsistency It may also cause clocks to become unreliable with some guest operating systems depending on they use the TSC 171 9 Advanced topics 9 11 2 Accelerate or slow down the guest clock For certain purposes it can be useful to accelerate or to slow down the virtual guest clock This can be achieved as follows VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal TM WarpDrivePercentage 200 The above example will double the speed of the guest clock while VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal TM WarpDrivePercentage 50 will halve the speed of the guest clock Note that changing the rate of the virtual clock can confuse the guest and can even lead to abnormal guest behavior For in stance a higher clock rate means shorter timeouts for virtual devices with the result that a slightly increased response time of a virtual device due to an increased host load can cause guest failures Note further that any time synchronization mechanism will frequently try to resynchronize the guest clock with the reference clock which is the host clock if the VirtualBox Guest Additions are active Therefore any time synchro nization should be disabled if the rate of the guest clock is changed as described above s
44. VM to improve performance of the guest OS and 11 1 3 1 First steps to add extra features This is described in detail in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 63 Features overview Here s a brief outline of VirtualBox s main features Portability VirtualBox runs on a large number of 32 bit and 64 bit host oper ating systems again see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 for details VirtualBox is a so called hosted hypervisor sometimes referred to as a type 2 hypervisor Whereas a bare metal or type 1 hypervisor would run directly on the hardware VirtualBox requires an existing operating system to be installed It can thus run alongside existing applications on that host To a very large degree VirtualBox is functionally identical on all of the host platforms and the same file and image formats are used This allows you to run virtual machines created on one host on another host with a different host operating system for example you can create a virtual machine on Windows and then run it under Linux In addition virtual machines can easily be imported and exported using the Open Virtualization Format OVF see chapter 1 11 Importing and exporting vir tual machines page 29 an industry standard created for this purpose You can even import OVFs that were created with a different virtualization software No hardware virtualization required For many scenarios VirtualBox doe
45. VT x can cause instabilities to your system If you experience this do not attempt to execute 64 bit guests Refer to the VirtualBox user forum for additional information Direct 3D support in Windows guests For this to work the Guest Additions must be installed in Windows safe mode Press F8 when the Windows guest is booting and select Safe mode then install the Guest Additions Otherwise Windows file protection mechanism will interfere with the replacement DLLs installed by VirtualBox and keep restoring the original Windows system DLLs Guest multi monitor support This feature is currently only supported with Windows guests Deleting the only snapshot with a running VM is not implemented Trying to perform this operation will result in an error message This feature will be added in one of the next maintenance releases It is possible to delete the only snapshot when the VM is not running e g in poweroff or saved state Compacting virtual disk images is limited to VDI files The VBoxManage modifyhd compact command is currently only implemented for VDI files At the moment the only way to optimize the size of a virtual disk images in other formats VMDK VHD is to clone the image and then use the cloned image in the VM configuration 249 14 Known limitations e OVF import export OVF localization multiple languages in one OVF file is not yet supported Some OVF sections like StartupSection Deploy
46. Version 1 3 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www cs fsu edu engelen soaplicense html Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITH OUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the License The Original Code of the gSOAP Software is stdsoap h stdsoap2 h stdsoap c stdsoap2 c stdsoap cpp stdsoap2 cpp soapcpp2 h soapcpp2 c soapcpp2_lex l soapcpp2 yacc y error2 h error2 c symbol2 c init2 c soapdoc2 html and soap doc2 pdf httpget h httpget c stl h stldeque h stllist h stlvector h stlset h The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Robert A van Engelen Portions created by Robert A van Engelen are Copyright C 2001 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved Contributor s Note The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly form the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original code You should use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications EXHIBIT B Part of the software embedded in this product is gSOAP software Portions cre ated by gSOAP are Copyright C 2001 2004 Robert A van Engelen Genivia inc All Rights Reserved THE SOFTWARE IN THIS PRODUCT WAS IN PART PROVIDED BY GENIVIA
47. a particular virtual machine see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 109 for details websrvauthlibrary This specifies which library the web service uses to authenticate users For details about the VirtualBox web service please refer to the separate VirtualBox SDK reference see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 184 hwvirtexenabled This selects whether or not hardware virtualization support is en abled by default 143 8 VBoxManage 8 24 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove The usbfilter commands are used for working with USB filters in virtual machines or global filters which affect the whole VirtualBox setup Global filters are applied be fore machine specific filters and may be used to prevent devices from being captured by any virtual machine Global filters are always applied in a particular order and only the first filter which fits a device is applied So for example if the first global filter says to hold make available a particular Kingston memory stick device and the second to ignore all Kingston devices that memory stick will be available to any machine with an appropriate filter but no other Kingston device will When creating a USB filter using usbfilter add you must supply three or four mandatory parameters The index specifies the position in the list at which the filter should be placed If there is already a filter at that position then it and the following ones will be shifted back on
48. a private network behind a router the virtual machine is invisible and unreachable from the outside internet you cannot run a server this way unless you set up port forwarding described below The virtual machine receives its network address and configuration on the private network from a DHCP server integrated into VirtualBox The IP address thus assigned to the virtual machine is usually on a completely different network than the host As more than one card of a virtual machine can be set up to use NAT the first card is connected to the private network 10 0 2 0 the second card to the network 10 0 3 0 and so on If you need to change the guest assigned IP range for some reason please refer to chapter 9 9 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine page 168 The network frames sent out by the guest operating system are received by VirtualBox s NAT engine which extracts the TCP IP data and resends it using the host operating system To an application on the host or to another computer on the same network as the host it looks like the data was sent by the VirtualBox application on 98 6 Virtual networking the host using an IP address belonging to the host VirtualBox listens for replies to the packages sent and repacks and resends them to the guest machine on its private network 6 3 1 Configuring port forwarding with NAT As the virtual machine is connected to a private network internal to VirtualBox and invisible to the host network se
49. and automated logons using credentials from a master logon system With credentials we are referring to logon information consisting of user name password and domain name where each value might be empty 9 3 1 Automated Windows guest logons Since Windows NT Windows has provided a modular system logon subsystem Win logon which can be customized and extended by means of so called GINA modules Graphical Identification and Authentication With Windows Vista and Windows 7 the GINA modules were replaced with a new mechanism called credential providers The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Windows come with both a GINA and a creden tial provider module and therefore enable any Windows guest to perform automated logons To activate the VirtualBox GINA or credential provider module install the Guest Additions with using the command line switch with_autologon All the following manual steps required for installing these modules will be then done by the installer To manually install the VirtualBox GINA module extract the Guest Additions see chapter 4 3 1 4 Manual file extraction page 67 and copy the file VBoxGINA dll to the Windows SYSTEM32 directory Then in the registry create the following key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows NT CurrentVersion Winlogon GinaDLL 155 9 Advanced topics with a value of VBoxGINA dll Note The VirtualBox GINA is implemented as a wrapper around the standard W
50. any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions 273 15 Third party materials and licenses The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 15 2 5 X Consortium License X11 Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so sub
51. anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as ex pressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program o
52. be currently running on one host which is then called the source The host to which the virtual machine will be teleported will then be called the target the machine on the target is then configured to wait for the source to contact the target The machine s running state will then be transferred from the source to the target with minimal downtime Teleporting happens over any TCP IP network the source and the target only need to agree on a TCP IP port which is specified in the teleporting settings At this time there are a few prerequisites for this to work however 1 On the target host you must configure a virtual machine in VirtualBox with ex actly the same hardware settings as the machine on the source that you want to teleport This does not apply to settings which are merely descriptive such as the VM name but obviously for teleporting to work the target machine must have the same amount of memory and other hardware settings Otherwise teleporting will fail with an error message 2 The two virtual machines on the source and the target must share the same storage hard disks as well as floppy and CD DVD images This means that they either use the same iSCSI targets or that the storage resides somewhere on the network and both hosts have access to it via NFS or SMB CIFS This also means that neither the source nor the target machine can have any snapshots Then perform the following steps 1 On the target host configure
53. be harmful to your computer and its data VirtualBox steps in and takes action In particular for lots of hardware that the guest believes to be accessing VirtualBox simulates a certain virtual environment according to how you have configured a vir tual machine For example when the guest attempts to access a hard disk VirtualBox redirects these requests to whatever you have configured to be the virtual machine s virtual hard disk normally an image file on your host Unfortunately the x86 platform was never designed to be virtualized Detecting sit uations in which VirtualBox needs to take control over the guest code that is executing as described above is difficult There are two ways in which to achive this 177 10 Technical background e Since 2006 Intel and AMD processors have had support for so called hard ware virtualization This means that these processors can help VirtualBox to intercept potentially dangerous operations that a guest operating system may be attempting and also makes it easier to present virtual hardware to a virtual machine These hardware features differ between Intel and AMD processors Intel named its technology VI x AMD calls theirs AMD V The Intel and AMD support for virtualization is very different in detail but not very different in principle Note On many systems the hardware virtualization features first need to be enabled in the BIOS before VirtualBox can use them
54. case the names of the file and the folder will not change if the virtual machine is renamed By default this command only creates the XML file without automatically registering the VM with your VirtualBox installation To register the VM instantly use the optional register option or run VBoxManage registervm separately afterwards 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm This command changes the properties of a registered virtual machine which is not running Most of the properties that this command makes available correspond to the VM settings that VirtualBox graphical user interface displays in each VM s Settings dialog these were described in chapter 3 Configuring virtual machines page 46 Some of the more advanced settings however are only available through the VBoxManage interface These commands require that the machine is powered off neither running nor in saved state Some machine settings can also be changed while a machine is run ning those settings will then have a corresponding subcommand with the VBoxManage controlvm subcommand see chapter 8 11 VBoxManage controlvm page 134 124 8 VBoxManage 8 7 1 General settings The following general settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm name name This changes the VM s name and possibly renames the internal virtual machine files as described with VBoxManage createvm above ostype lt ostype gt This specifies what guest operating system is supposed to ru
55. computer this would mean that a CPU can be added or removed while the machine is running VirtualBox supports adding and removing virtual CPUs while a virtual machine is running CPU hot plugging works only with guest operating systems that support it So far this applies only to Linux and Windows Server 2008 x64 Data Center Edition Win dows supports only hot add while Linux supports hot add and hot remove but to use this feature with more than 8 CPUs a 64bit Linux guest is required At this time CPU hot plugging requires using the VBoxManage command line inter face First hot plugging needs to be enabled for a virtual machine VBoxManage modifyvm vmname cpuhotplug on After that the cpus option specifies the maximum number of CPUs that the virtual machine can have VBoxManage modifyvm vmname cpus 8 When the VM is off you can then add and remove virtual CPUs with the modifyvm plugcpu and unplugcpu subcommands which take the number of the virtual CPU as a parameter like this 2Support for CPU hot plugging was introduced with VirtualBox 3 2 158 9 Advanced topics VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt plugcpu 3 VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt unplugcpu 3 Note that CPU O can never be removed While the VM is running CPUs can be added with the controlvm plugcpu unplugcpu commands instead VBoxManage controlvm vmname plugcpu 3 VBoxManage controlvm vmname unplugcpu 3 See chapter 8 7 VBoxManage
56. delete a machine which has snapshots or is in a saved state so you must discard these first 1 11 Importing and exporting virtual machines Starting with version 2 2 VirtualBox can import and export virtual machines in the industry standard Open Virtualization Format OVF OVF is a cross platform standard supported by many virtualization products which allows for creating ready made virtual machines that can then be imported into a virtualizer such as VirtualBox As opposed to other virtualization products VirtualBox 29 1 First steps now supports OVF with an easy to use graphical user interface as well as using the command line This allows for packaging so called virtual appliances disk images together with configuration settings that can be distributed easily This way one can offer complete ready to use software packages operating systems with applications that need no configuration or installation except for importing into VirtualBox Note The OVF standard is complex and support in VirtualBox is an ongoing process In particular no guarantee is made that VirtualBox supports all appli ances created by other virtualization software For a list of know limitations please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 An appliance in OVF format will typically consist of several files 1 one or several disk images typically in the widely used VMDK format see chap ter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD pa
57. effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes Original Code under the terms of this License d Notwithstanding Section 2 1 b above no patent license is granted 1 for code that You delete from the Original Code 2 separate from the Original Code or 3 for infringements caused by i the modification of the Original Code or ii the combina tion of the Original Code with other software or devices 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Contributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an un modified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under Patent Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Modifications made by that Contributor either alone and or in combination with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination to make use sell offer for sale have made and or otherwise dispose of 1 Modifications made by that Contributor or portions thereof and 2 the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor Version or portions of such combination c the licenses granted in Sections 2 2 a and 2 2 b are effecti
58. efi efi32 efi64 bioslogofadein on off bioslogofadeout on off bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu biossystemtimeoffset lt msec gt biospxedebug on off boot lt 1 4 gt none floppy dvd disk net nic 1 N none null nat bridged intnet nictype lt 1 N gt Am79C970A Am79C973 cableconnected lt 1 N gt on off nictrace 1 N on off 116 VBoxManage import VBoxManage export 8 VBoxManage nictracefile lt 1 N gt lt filename gt nicspeed lt 1 N gt lt kbps gt nicbootprio lt 1 N gt lt priority gt bridgeadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt intnet lt 1 N gt lt network name gt natnet 1 N lt network gt default natsettings lt 1 N gt lt mtu gt lt socksnd gt lt sockrcv gt lt tcpsnd gt lt tcprcv gt natpf 1 N lt rulename gt tcp udp lt hostip gt lt hostport gt lt guestip gt lt guestport gt natpf lt 1 N gt delete lt rulename gt nattftpprefix 1 N lt prefix gt nattftpfile lt 1 N gt lt file gt nattftpserver 1 N lt ip gt natdnspassdomain lt 1 N gt on off natdnsproxy lt 1 N gt on off natdnshostresolver lt 1 N gt on off nataliasmode 1 N default log proxyonly sameports macaddress lt 1 N
59. estimated time for long running operations e g OVF im port export GUI fixed rare hangs when open the OVF import export wizards bug 4157 3D support fixed VM crashes for client applications using incorrect OpenGL states 3D support fixed memory corruption when querying for supported texture com pression formats 3D support fixed incorrect rendering of glDrawRangeElements 3D support fixed memory leak when using VBOs 3D support fixed glew library detection 3D support fixed random textures corruption VRDP support Windows 7 RDP client Networking fixed another problem with TX checksum offloading with Linux kernels up to version 2 6 18 NAT fixed open ports on virtual router 10 0 2 2 513 514 forum NAT allow to configure socket and internal parameters NAT allow to bind sockets to specific interface PXE boot significant performance increase VT x AMD V only VHD properly write empty sectors when cloning of VHD images bug 4080 VHD fixed crash when discarding snapshots of a VHD image VHD fixed access beyond the block bitmap which could lead to arbitrary crashes VBoxManage fixed incorrect partition table processing when creating VMDK files giving raw partition access bug 3510 VBoxManage support cloning to existing image file OVF several OVF 1 0 compatibility fixes OVF fixed exporting of disk images when multiple virtual machines are exported at once Virtual mouse device eliminated micro
60. first virtual machine running with the easy to use VirtualBox graphical user interface Subsequent chapters will go into much more detail covering more powerful tools and features but fortunately it is not necessary to read the entire User Manual before you can use VirtualBox 1 First steps You can find a summary of VirtualBox s capabilities in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 12 For existing VirtualBox users who just want to see what s new in this release there is a detailed list in chapter 13 Change log page 202 1 1 Why is virtualization useful The techniques and features that VirtualBox provides are useful for several scenarios e Operating system support With VirtualBox one can run software written for one operating system on another for example Windows software on Linux or a Mac without having to reboot to use it Since you can configure what kinds of hardware should be presented to each virtual machine you can even install an old operating system such as DOS or OS 2 in a virtual machine if your real computer s hardware is no longer supported by that operating system e Testing and disaster recovery Once installed a virtual machine and its virtual hard disks can be considered a container that can be arbitrarily frozen woken up copied backed up and transported between hosts On top of that with the use of another VirtualBox feature called snapshots one can save a particular state of a virtual m
61. fixed creating snapshots 13 15 Version 2 2 2 2009 04 27 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Host and guest clipboard fixed a number of issues affecting hosts and guests running the X window system Guest Additions make sure the virtual mouse autodetection works on first re boot after installing the Additions on X Org server 1 5 and later Guest Additions properly report process identity number of running services Guest Additions clean up properly if the X Window server terminates Linux Additions fixed installation path for OpenGL libraries in some 64 bit guests bug 3693 Solaris Additions fixed installation to work when X Org is not installed on the guest 229 13 Change log Solaris Additions fixed a bug that could panic the guest when unmounting a busy shared folder Windows Additions fixed mouse pointer integration of some Windows guests 2 2 0 regression bug 3734 Windows Additions fixed installation on Windows Server 2008 Core bug 2628 Main do not try to use older versions of D Bus Linux hosts only bug 3732 VMM fixed out of memory conditions on Windows hosts bug 3657 VMM fixed occasional hangs when attaching USB devices during VM startup 2 2 0 regression bugs 3787 VMM fixed guru meditation related to memory management software virtual ization only Virtual disks fix possible data corruption when writing to diff images incorrect detection of r
62. following major new features were added e OVF Open Virtualization Format appliance import and export see chapter 1 11 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 29 e Host only networking mode see chapter 6 6 Host only networking page 103 e Hypervisor optimizations with significant performance gains for high context switching rates e Raised the memory limit for VMs on 64 bit hosts to 16GB e VI x AMD V are enabled by default for newly created virtual machines e USB OHCI amp EHCI is enabled by default for newly created virtual machines Qt GUI only e Experimental USB support for OpenSolaris hosts e Shared Folders for Solaris and OpenSolaris guests e OpenGL 3D acceleration for Linux and Solaris guests see chapter 4 6 1 Hard ware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 75 e Added C API in addition to C Java Python and Web Services In addition the following items were fixed and or added e VMM FreeBSD guest related fix for V86 flags bug 2342 e VMM fixed guru meditation when booting an AsteriskNow Linux VM bug 2342 e VMM fixed PGMPOOLKIND FREE guru meditation bugs 3356 3431 e VMM fixed Windows XP boot hang guest PAE nested paging only 231 13 Change log VMM allow mixing of VI x AMD V and software virtualization VMM fixed extremely slow safe mode booting in e g Windows 2008 VT x AMD V only VMM significant speedup of certain GRUB boot loaders e g Solaris VT x A
63. free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DIS TRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 255 15 Third party materials and licenses 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may c
64. have provided a response file named autoresponse that the installer will use for responses to inputs rather than ask them from you Extract the tar gz package as described in the normal installation Then open a root terminal session and execute pkgadd d VirtualBox 3 2 0 BETA3 Sun0S x86 n a autoresponse SUNWvbox 44 2 Installation details To perform a non interactive uninstallation open a root terminal session and exe cute pkgrm n a opt VirtualBox autoresponse SUNWvbox 2 4 5 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox Starting with VirtualBox 1 6 it is possible to run VirtualBox from within Solaris zones For an introduction of Solaris zones please refer to http www sun com bigadmin features articles solaris_zones jsp Assuming that VirtualBox has already been installed into your zone you need to give the zone access to VirtualBox s device node This is done by performing the following steps Start a root terminal and execute zonecfg z vboxzone Inside the zonecfg prompt add the device resource and match properties to the zone Here s how it can be done zonecfg vboxzone gt add device zonecfg vboxzone device set match dev vboxdrv zonecfg vboxzone device gt end zonecfg vboxzone verify zonecfg vboxzone gt exit If you are running VirtualBox 2 2 0 or above on OpenSolaris or Nevada hosts you should add a device for dev vboxusbmon too similar to what was shown above This does not apply to Solaris 10 h
65. include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other pro prietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system Such a con tradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute 7 You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this License and distribute such a combined library provided that the separate distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted and provided that you do these two things a Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library uncombined with any other library facilities This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above b Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library and explaining where to find the accompanying uncom bined form of the same work 8 You may not copy modify sublicense link with or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sub
66. information Windows Additions fixed runtime OS detection on Windows 7 for session infor mation Windows Additions fixed crash in seamless mode contributed by Huihong Luo Linux Additions added support for uninstalling the Linux Guest Additions bug 4039 Linux guest shared folders allow mounting a shared folder if a file of the same name as the folder exists in the current directory bug 928 SDK added object oriented web service bindings for PHP5 214 13 Change log 13 7 Version 3 0 12 2009 11 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM reduced IO APIC overhead for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP 2003 guests requires 64 bits support VT x only bug 4392 VMM fixed double timer interrupt delivery on old Linux kernels using IO APIC caused guest time to run at double speed bug 3135 VMM re initizalize VI x and AMD V after host suspend or hibernate some BlOSes forget this Windows hosts only bug 5421 VMM fixed loading of saved state when RAM preallocation is enabled BIOS ignore unknown shutdown codes instead of causing a guru meditation bug 5389 GUI never start a VM on a single click into the selector window bug 2676 Serial reduce the probability of lost bytes if the host end is connected to a raw file VMDK fixed handling of split image variants and fix a 3 0 10 regression bug 5355 VRDP fixed occasional VRDP server crash Network even if the vir
67. instead of this License to a given copy of the Library To do this you must alter all the notices that refer to this License so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License version 2 instead of to this License If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared then you can specify that version instead if you wish Do not make any other change in these notices 262 15 Third party materials and licenses Once this change is made in a given copy it is irreversible for that copy so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library 4 You may copy and distribute the Library or a portion or derivative of it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object
68. is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel To enable flushing for SATA disks issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 LUN x Config IgnoreFlush 0 The value x that selects the disk can be a value between 0 and 29 Note that this doesn t affect the flushes performed according to the configuration described in chapter 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host file system page 189 Restoring the default of ignoring flush commands is possible by setting the value to 1 or by removing the key 12 3 Windows guests 12 3 1 Windows bluescreens after changing VM configuration Changing certain virtual machine settings can cause Windows guests to fail during start up with a bluescreen This may happen if you change VM settings after installing Windows or if you copy a disk image with an already installed Windows to a newly created VM which has settings that differ from the original machine This applies in particular to the following settings e The ACPI and I O APIC settings should never be changed after installing Win dows Depending on the presence of these hardware features the Windows installation program chooses special kernel and device driver versions and will fail to startup should these hardware features be r
69. may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute cor responding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribu tion and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making mod ifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include
70. may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www mozilla org MPL Software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS basis WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the License The Original Code is The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Portions created by are Copyright C All Rights Reserved Contributor s y Alternatively the contents of this file may be used under the terms of the license the ___ License in which case the provisions of License are applicable instead of those above If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only under the terms of the ___ License and not to allow others to use your version of this file under the MPL indicate your decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice and other provisions required by the __ License If you do not delete the provisions above a recipient may use your version of this file under either the MPL or the __ License NOTE The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code You should use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications 15 2 4 MIT License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to
71. modifyvm page 124 and chapter 8 11 VBoxManage controlvm page 134 for details With Linux guests the following applies To prevent ejection while the CPU is still used it has to be ejected from within the guest before The Linux Guest Additions contain a service which receives hot remove events and ejects the CPU Also after a CPU is added to the VM it is not automatically used by Linux The Linux Guest Additions service will take care of that if installed If not a CPU can be started with the following command echo 1 gt sys devices system cpu cpu lt id gt online 9 5 Advanced display configuration 9 5 1 Custom VESA resolutions Apart from the standard VESA resolutions the VirtualBox VESA BIOS allows you to add up to 16 custom video modes which will be reported to the guest operating system When using Windows guests with the VirtualBox Guest Additions a custom graphics driver will be used instead of the fallback VESA solution so this information does not apply Additional video modes can be configured for each VM using the extra data facility The extra data key is called CustomVideoMode x with x being a number from 1 to 16 Please note that modes will be read from 1 until either the following number is not defined or 16 is reached The following example adds a video mode that corresponds to the native display resolution of many notebook computers VBoxManage setextradata VM name CustomVideoModel 1400x1050x16 The VESA
72. movements of the virtual mouse which were confusing some applications bug 3782 226 13 Change log Shared Folders sometimes a file was created using the wrong permissions 2 2 0 regression bug 3785 Shared Folders allow to change file attributes from Linux guests and use the correct file mode when creating files Shared Folders some content was incorrectly written under certain conditions bug 1187 Shared Folders fixed incorrect file timestamps when using Windows guest on a Linux host bug 3404 X11 clipboard fix duplicate end of lines bug 4270 X11 guests a number of shared clipboard fixes Linux guests Guest Additions support for SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 Linux guests new daemon vboxadd service to handle time synchronization and guest property lookup Linux guests implemented guest properties OS info logged in users basic network information Windows host installer VirtualBox Python API can now be installed automati cally requires Python and Win32 Extensions installed USB Support for high speed isochronous endpoints has been added In addition read ahead buffering is performed for input endpoints currently Linux hosts only This should allow additional devices to work notably webcams bug 242 USB fixed error handling for some USB dongles Web service fixed inability to handle NULL pointers for object arguments which are valid values for a lot of APIs in both the raw and the object or
73. of Windows 2000 After issuing a hard disk request there is a race condition in the Windows driver code which leads to corruption if the operation completes too fast i e the hardware in terrupt from the IDE controller arrives too soon With physical hardware there is a guaranteed delay in most systems so the problem is usually hidden there however it should be possible to reproduce it on physical hardware as well In a virtual environ ment it is possible for the operation to be done immediately especially on very fast systems with multiple CPUs and the interrupt is signaled sooner than on a physical system The solution is to introduce an artificial delay before delivering such inter rupts This delay can be configured for a VM using the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 Config IRQDelay 1 This sets the delay to one millisecond In case this doesn t help increase it to a value between 1 and 5 milliseconds Please note that this slows down disk performance After installation you should be able to remove the key or set it to 0 12 3 4 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests When Windows guests run into a kernel crash they display the infamous bluescreen Depending on how Windows is configured the information will remain on the screen until the machine is restarted or it will reboot automatically During installation Win dows is usually configured to reboot auto
74. of bytes written since the last flush The value for it must be selected so that the occasional long write delays do not occur Since the proper flush interval depends on the performance of the host and the host filesystem finding the optimal value that makes the problem disappear requires some experimentation Values between 1000000 and 10000000 1 to 10 megabytes are a good starting point Decreasing the interval both decreases the probability of the problem and the write performance of the guest Setting the value unnecessarily low will cost performance without providing any benefits An interval of 1 will cause a flush for each write operation and should solve the problem in any case but has a severe write performance penalty Providing a value of O for b is treated as an infinite flush interval effectively disabling this workaround Removing the extra data key by specifying no value for b has the same effect 12 2 2 Responding to guest IDE SATA flush requests If desired the virtual disk images can be flushed when the guest issues the IDE FLUSH CACHE command Normally these requests are ignored for improved performance The parameters below are only accepted for disk drives They must not be set for DVD drives To enable flushing for IDE disks issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN x Config IgnoreFlush 0 190 12 Troubleshooting The value x that selects the disk
75. of which can be configured in detail in the graphical user interface All eight network cards can be configured on the command line with VBoxManage Because of this we have dedicated an entire chapter of this manual to discussing networking configuration please see chapter 6 Virtual networking page 96 57 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 9 Serial ports VirtualBox fully supports virtual serial ports in a virtual machine in an easy to use manner Ever since the original IBM PC personal computers have been equipped with one or two serial ports also called COM ports by DOS and Windows While these are no longer as important as they were until a few years ago especially since mice are no longer connected to serial ports these days there are still some important uses left for them For example serial ports can be used to set up a primitive network over a null modem cable in case Ethernet is not available Also serial ports are indispensable for system programmers needing to do kernel debugging since kernel debugging software usually interacts with developers over a serial port In other words with virtual serial ports system programmers can do kernel debugging on a virtual machine instead of needing a real computer to connect to If a virtual serial port is enabled the guest operating system sees it a standard 16450 type serial port Both receiving and transmitting data is supported How this virtual serial port is then connected
76. on the guest operating system selected this is now enabled by default for new virtual machines 52 3 Configuring virtual machines Address Extension Normally if enabled and supported by the operating system then even a 32 bit x86 CPU can access more than 4 GB of RAM This is made possible by adding another 4 bits to memory addresses so that with 36 bits up to 64 GB can be addressed Some operating systems such as Ubuntu Server require PAE support from the CPU and cannot be run in a virtual machine without it With virtual machines running modern server operating systems VirtualBox also supports CPU hot plugging For details about this please refer to chapter 9 4 CPU hot plugging page 158 3 4 3 Acceleration tab On this page you can determine whether and how VirtualBox should use hardware virtualization extensions that your host CPU may support This is the case with most CPUs built after 2006 You can select for each virtual machine individually whether VirtualBox should use software or hardware virtualization In most cases the default settings will be fine VirtualBox will have picked sensi ble defaults depending on the operating system that you selected when you created the virtual machine In certain situations however you may want to change these preconfigured defaults Advanced users may be interested in technical details about software vs hardware virtualization please see chapter 10 2 Hardware vs soft
77. or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it 5 Application of this License This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 Versions of the License 6 1 New Versions Netscape Communications Corporation Netscape may pub lish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a partic ular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subse 270 15 Third party materials and licenses quent version of the License published by Netscape No one other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to Covered Code created under this License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code gov erned by this License You must a rename Your license so that the phrases Mozilla MOZILLAPL MOZPL Netscape MPL NPL or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license except to note that your license differs from this Li cense and b otherwise make it clea
78. other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement This product includes cryptographic software writ ten by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The word cryptographic can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related 4 If you include any Windows specific code or a derivative thereof from the apps directory application code you must include an acknowledgement This product includes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTI TUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS IN TERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTH ERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE The licence and distribution terms for any publicly available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed i e this code cannot s
79. other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application program ming interface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the LEGAL file c Representations Contributor represents that except as disclosed pursuant to Section 3 4 a above Contributor believes that Contributor s Modifications are Con tributor s original creation s and or Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by this License 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a relevant directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recip
80. port 3389 the standard port for RDP For details see the description for the vrdpport option in chapter 8 7 3 Serial port audio clipboard VRDP and USB settings page 129 setvideomodehint requests that the guest system change to a particular video mode This requires that the Guest Additions be installed and will not work for all guest systems The setcredentials operation is used for remote logons in Windows guests For details please refer to chapter 9 3 Automated guest logons page 155 The guestmemoryballoon operation changes the size of the guest memory bal loon that is memory allocated by the VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest operating system and returned to the hypervisor for re use by other virtual ma chines This must be specified in megabytes For details see chapter 4 9 Memory ballooning page 79 8 12 VBoxManage discardstate This command discards the saved state of a virtual machine which is not currently running which will cause its operating system to restart next time you start it This is the equivalent of pulling out the power cable on a physical machine and should be avoided if possible 135 8 VBoxManage 8 13 VBoxManage snapshot This command is used to control snapshots from the command line A snapshot con sists of a complete copy of the virtual machine settings copied at the time when the snapshot was taken and optionally a virtual machine saved state file if the snapshot was taken
81. root mode and non root mode e In root mode the CPU operates much like older generations of processors with out VT x support There are four privilege levels rings and the same instruc tion set is supported with the addition of several virtualization specific instruc tion Root mode is what a host operating system without virtualization uses and it is also used by a hypervisor when virtualization is active e In non root mode CPU operation is significantly different There are still four privilege rings and the same instruction set but a new structure called VMCS Virtual Machine Control Structure now controls the CPU operation and deter mines how certain instructions behave Non root mode is where guest systems run 181 10 Technical background Switching from root mode to non root mode is called VM entry the switch back is VM exit The VMCS includes a guest and host state area which is saved restored at VM entry and exit Most importantly the VMCS controls which guest operations will cause VM exits The VMCS provides fairly fine grained control over what the guests can and can t do For example a hypervisor can allow a guest to write certain bits in shadowed control registers but not others This enables efficient virtualization in cases where guests can be allowed to write control bits without disrupting the hypervisor while preventing them from altering control bits over which the hypervisor needs to retain fu
82. target OVF file will also receive the exported disk images in the compressed VMDK format regardless of the original format and should have enough disk space left for them Beside a simple export of a given virtual machine you can append several prod uct information to the appliance file Use product producturl vendor vendorurl and version to specify this additional information For legal rea sons you may add a license text or the content of a license file by using the eula and eulafile option respectively As with OVF import you must use the vsys X option to direct the previously mentioned options to the correct virtual machine For virtualization products which aren t fully compatible with the OVF standard 1 0 you can enable a OVF 0 9 legacy mode with the Legacy09 option 8 10 VBoxManage startvm This command starts a virtual machine that is currently in the Powered off or Saved states Note This is provided for backwards compatibility only We recommend to start virtual machines directly by running the respective front end as you might otherwise miss important error and state information that VirtualBox may display on the console This is especially important for front ends other than VirtualBox our graphical user interface because those cannot display error messages in a popup window See chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 106 for more information The optional t
83. the Software 287 15 Third party materials and licenses without restriction including without limitation on the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to per mit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice including the next para graph shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND OR THEIR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 15 2 16 curl license COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE Copyright c 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg daniel haxx se All rights reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR
84. the VRDP server by dropping the existing connection configurable and disabled by default only relevant when multiconnection mode is disabled VRDP fixed an image repaint problem Linux hosts fixed bug in vboxdrv ko that could corrupt kernel memory and panic the kernel bug 2078 Linux hosts compile fixes for kernel module on Linux 2 6 27 Mac OS X hosts added Python support Additions fixed a possible hang in HGCM communication after a VM reboot Windows Additions added support for Windows XP 64 bits bug 2117 Linux Additions deactivate dynamic resizing on Linux guests with buggy X servers 246 13 Change log Linux Additions support Ubuntu 8 10 guests and Fedora 9 guests dynamic resizing disabled for the latter Linux Additions added installer check for the system architecture Linux Additions fixed Xorg modules path for some Linux distributions bug 2128 VMDK be more liberal with ambiguous parts of the format specification and accept more format variants bug 2062 VHD fixed a bug in the VHD backend which resulted in reading the wrong data bug 2085 Solaris hosts fixed kernel panic on certain machines when starting VMs with host interface networking bug 2183 Solaris hosts fixed inability to access NFS shares on the host when host interface networking was enabled Solaris hosts installer now detects and reports when installing under the wrong architecture Solaris hosts fixed security hardening tha
85. the current state For example either the VM selector 175 10 Technical background or the VM window or VBoxManage can be used to pause the running VM and other components will always reflect the changed state The VirtualBox GUI application is only one of several available front ends clients The complete list shipped with VirtualBox is 1 2 VirtualBox the Qt GUI front end mentioned earlier VBoxManage a less user friendly but more powerful alternative to the GUI de scribed in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 VBoxSDL a simple graphical front end based on the SDL library see chapter 9 2 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 153 VBoxHeadless a VM front end which does not directly provide any video output and keyboard mouse input but allows redirection via VRDP see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 106 vboxwebsrv the VirtualBox web service process which allows for controlling a VirtualBox host remotely This is described in detail in the VirtualBox Software Development Kit SDK reference please see chapter 11 VirtualBox program ming interfaces page 184 for details The VirtualBox Python shell a Python alternative to VBoxManage This is also described in the SDK reference Internally VirtualBox consists of many more or less separate components You may encounter these when analyzing VirtualBox internal error messages or log files These include IPRT a portable
86. the user can still press F12 to select a temporary boot device boot lt 1 4 gt none floppy dvd disk net This specifies the boot order for the virtual machine There are four slots which the VM will try to access from 126 8 VBoxManage 1 to 4 and for each of which you can set a device that the VM should attempt to boot from snapshotfolder default lt path gt This allows you to specify the folder in which snapshots will be kept for a virtual machine firmware efi bios Specifies which firmware is used to boot particular vir tual machine EFI or BIOS Use EFI only if your fully understand what you re doing guestmemoryballoon size sets the default size of the guest memory bal loon that is memory allocated by the VirtualBox Guest Additions from the guest Operating system and returned to the hypervisor for re use by other virtual ma chines size must be specified in megabytes The default size is 0 megabytes For details see chapter 4 9 Memory ballooning page 79 8 7 2 Networking settings The following networking settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm nic lt 1 N gt none null nat bridged intnet hostonly vde With this you can set for each of the VM s virtual network cards what type of network ing should be available They can be not present none not connected to the host null use network address translation nat bridged networking bridged or communicate with other virtual mac
87. the virtual machine to wait for a teleport request to arrive when it is started instead of actually attempting to start the machine This is done with the following VBoxManage command VBoxManage modifyvm targetvmname teleporter on teleporterport port where lt targetvmname gt is the name of the virtual machine on the target host and port is a TCP IP port number to be used on both the source and the target hosts For example use 6000 For details see chapter 8 7 5 Teleporting settings page 131 2 Start the VM on the target host You will see that instead of actually running it will show a progress dialog indicating that it is waiting for a teleport request to arrive 3 Start the machine on the source host as usual When it is running and you want it to be teleported issue the following command on the source host 112 7 Remote virtual machines VBoxManage controlvm lt sourcevmname gt teleport host lt targethost gt port lt port gt where lt sourcevmname gt is the name of the virtual machine on the source host the machine that is currently running lt targethost gt is the host or IP name of the target host on which the machine is waiting for the teleport request and lt port gt must be the same number as specified in the command on the target host For details see chapter 8 11 VBoxManage controlvm page 134 For testing you can also teleport machines on the same host in that case use loca
88. this you can enable DVD writing support currently experimental see chapter 5 9 Writing CDs and DVDs using the host drive page 93 forceunmount If this option is specified then you can unmount the DVD CD Floppy or mount a new DVD CD Floppy even if the previous one is locked down by the guest for reading 138 8 VBoxManage Note The option medium none doesn t work when the VM is running because you can t remove DVD Floppy Drives or Harddisks when the VM is running 8 16 VBoxManage showhdinfo This command shows information about a virtual hard disk image notably its size its size on disk its type and the VM it is in use by Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the showvdiinfo command is also supported and mapped internally to the showhdinfo com mand 8 17 VBoxManage createhd This command creates a new virtual hard disk image The syntax is as follows VBoxManage createhd filename lt filename gt size lt megabytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD default VDI variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX type normal writethrough default normal comment lt comment gt remember where the parameters mean filename Allows to choose a file name Mandatory size Allows to define the image capacity in 1 MiB units Mandatory format Allows to choose a file format for the output file different from the file format of the i
89. to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contri butions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a conse quence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries ei ther by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limi tation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new proble
90. to find out about the X org server version level that is currently installed 74 4 Guest Additions E BH eogoa og i ae mamm cov 4 a Firefox Start Google wa was O se bles nus 2 hidden E ug v J Mesa Firtex Startacite Mozila Firefox To enable seamless mode after starting the virtual machine press the Host key nor mally the right control key together with L This will enlarge the size of the VM s display to the size of your host screen and mask out the guest operating system s back ground To go back to the normal VM display i e to disable seamless windows press the Host key and L again 4 6 Hardware accelerated video 4 6 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain experimental hardware 3D support for Win dows Linux and Solaris guests With this feature if an application inside your virtual machine uses 3D features through the OpenGL or Direct3D 8 9 programming interfaces instead of emulating them in software which would be slow VirtualBox will attempt to use your host s 3D hardware This works for all supported host platforms Windows Mac Linux Solaris provided that your host operating system can make use of your accelerated 3D hardware in the first place The 3D acceleration currently has the following preconditions 1 It is only available for certain Windows Linux
91. to the current state of the virtual machine 1 12 Alternative front ends As briefly mentioned in chapter 1 3 Features overview page 12 VirtualBox has a very flexible internal design that allows you to use different front ends to control the same virtual machines To illustrate you can for example start a virtual machine with VirtualBox s easy to use graphical user interface and then stop it from the command line With VirtualBox s support for the Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP you can even run virtual machines remotely on a headless server and have all the graphical output redirected over the network In detail the following front ends are shipped in the standard VirtualBox package 1 VirtualBox is our graphical user interface GUI which most of this User Man ual is dedicated to describing especially in chapter 3 Configuring virtual ma chines page 46 While this is the easiest to use of our interfaces it does not yet cover all the features that VirtualBox provides Still this is the best way to get to know VirtualBox initially 2 VBoxManage is our command line interface for automated and very detailed con trol of every aspect of VirtualBox It is described in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 3 VBoxSDL is an alternative simple graphical front end with an intentionally lim ited feature set designed to only display virtual machines that are controlled in detail with VBoxManage This is interesting for busines
92. virtual ma chine As opposed to VirtualBox versions before 1 4 0 system reboots are no longer necessary after installing the driver Also you no longer need to replug devices for VirtualBox to claim them On newer Linux hosts VirtualBox accesses USB devices through special files in the file system When VirtualBox is installed these are made available to all users in the vboxusers system group In order to be able to access USB from guest systems make sure that you are a member of this group On older Linux hosts USB devices are accessed using the usbfs file system There fore the user executing VirtualBox needs read and write permission to the USB file system Most distributions provide a group e g usbusers which the VirtualBox user needs to be added to Also VirtualBox can only proxy to virtual machines USB devices which are not claimed by a Linux host USB driver The Driver entry in proc bus usb devices will show you which devices are currently claimed Please refer to chapter 12 6 7 USB not working page 199 also for details about usbfs 3 11 Shared folders Shared folders allow you to easily exchange data between a virtual machine and your host This feature requires that the VirtualBox Guest Additions be installed in a virtual machine and is described in detail in chapter 4 4 Shared folders page 72 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI Starting with release 3 1 VirtualBox includes experimental support for the Extensible Firmw
93. what VirtualBox might look like later after you have created many machines here s another example 16 1 First steps S Oracle VM VirtualBox ales File Machine Help O Y db o Details Snapshots 10 9 Description New Settings Start Discard a General r fa Name Windows 5 1 XP 1 OpenSolaris 2008 11 RC OS Type Windows XP Powered Off System OpenSolaris 2009 06 321 Base Memory 895 MB Powered Off Processor s al Boot Order Floppy CD DVD ROM Hard t22 Disk opensuse 10 3 ct 22 2 VT X AMD V Enabled Nested Paging Enabled openSUSE 11 2 Display Powered Off Video Memory 24 MB 3D Acceleration Enabled OS2 MCP2 2 1 before WF 2D Video Acceleration Disabled Y Saved Remote Display Server Port 3389 Windows 5 1 XP 1 Storage 2 Saved IDE Controller IDE Primary Master Windows 5 1 XP 1 merged vdi Windows 5 1 XP 2 2007 Normal 9 77 GB Powered Off IDE Secondary Master CD DVD VBoxGuestAdditions iso 30 87 MB Windows 5 1 XP 3 SMP BIcpRyAeoniallelg Powered Off Floppy Device 0 Empty jp Audio Windows 5 1 XP tpTarge Host Driver ALSA Audio Driver Powered Of E Controller ICH AC97 CHEN b Y 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine Click on the New button at the top of the VirtualBox window A wizard will pop up to guide you through setting up a new virtual machine VM N Create New Virtual Machine Ere Welcome to the New Virtual Machine Wizard This wizard will guid
94. which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 50 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 2 SOURCE CODE LICENSE 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license subject to third party intellectual property claims a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Initial Developer to make have made use and sell offer to sell and import the Original Code Modifi cations or portions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Original Code Modifications or any combination or portions thereof c 280 15 Third party materials and licenses d 2 2 Contributor Grant Subject to third party intellectual property claims each Contributor hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclu
95. which will restart and boot the guest operating system again immedi ately The state of the VM is not saved beforehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Reset item in the Machine menu of the GUI e VBoxManage controlvm vm poweroff has the same effect on a virtual ma chine as pulling the power cable on a real computer Again the state of the VM is not saved beforehand and data may be lost This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the Machine menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and then selecting Power off the machine in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Powered off From there it can be started again see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage startvm page 133 e VBoxManage controlvm vm savestate will save the current state of the VM to disk and then stop the VM This is equivalent to selecting the Close item in the Machine menu of the GUI or pressing the window s close button and then selecting Save the machine state in the dialog After this the VM s state will be Saved From there it can be started again see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage startvm page 133 e VBoxManage controlvm lt vm gt teleport hostname lt name gt port lt port gt password lt password gt makes the machine the source of a teleporting op eration and initiates a teleport to the given target See chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 112 for an i
96. with two images that use the same number If you do accidentally try to reimport a disk image which you copied normally you can make a second copy using VirtualBox s utility and import that instead Note that newer Linux distributions identify the boot hard disk from the ID of the drive The ID VirtualBox reports for a drive is determined from the UUID of the virtual disk image So if you clone a disk image and try to boot the copied image the guest might not be able to determine its own boot disk as the UUID changed In this case you have to adapt the disk ID in your boot loader script for example boot grub menu lst The disk ID looks like this Scsi SATA VBOX HARDDISK VB5cfdb1e2 c251e503 The ID for the copied image can be determined with hdparm i dev sda 5 7 Disk images and I O caching VirtualBox can optionally disable the I O caching that the host operating system would otherwise perform on disk image files Traditionally VirtualBox has opened disk image files as normal files which results in them being cached by the host operating system like any other file The main advantage of this is speed when the guest OS writes to disk and the host OS cache uses delayed writing the write operation can be reported as completed to the guest OS quickly while the host OS can perform the operation asynchronously Also when you start a VM a second time and have enough memory available for the OS to use for caching large parts of the virtua
97. without having to install device specific drivers on the host USB support is not limited to certain device categories For details see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 59 Hardware compatibility VirtualBox virtualizes a vast array of virtual de vices among them many devices that are typically provided by other virtu alization platforms That includes IDE SCSI and SATA hard disk controllers several virtual network cards and sound cards virtual serial and parallel ports and an Input Output Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller I O APIC which is found in many modern PC systems This eases cloning of PC images from real machines and importing of third party virtual ma chines into VirtualBox Full ACPI support The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI is fully supported by VirtualBox This eases cloning of PC images from real machines or third party virtual machines into VirtualBox With its unique ACPI power status support VirtualBox can even report to ACPI aware guest operating systems the power status of the host For mobile systems running on battery the guest can thus enable energy saving and notify the user of the remaining power e g in fullscreen modes Multiscreen resolutions VirtualBox virtual machines support screen res olutions many times that of a physical screen allowing them to be spread over a large number of screens attached to the host system Built in iSCSI support This unique feature allows you
98. work with the Guest Additions The version of the Linux kernel supplied by default in SUSE and openSUSE 10 2 Ubuntu 6 10 all versions and Ubuntu 6 06 server edition contains a bug which can cause it to crash during startup when it is run in a virtual machine The Guest Additions work in those distributions 4 3 2 1 Installing the Linux Guest Additions The VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux are provided on the same ISO CD ROM as the Additions for Windows described above They also come with an installation program guiding you through the setup process although due to the significant dif ferences between Linux distributions installation may be slightly more complex Installation involves the following steps 1 Before installing the Guest Additions you will have to prepare your guest system for building external kernel modules This works similarly as described in chap ter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module page 36 except that this step must now be performed in your Linux guest instead of on a Linux host system as described there Again as with Linux hosts we recommend using DKMS for Linux guests as well If it is not installed use this command sudo apt get install dkms 68 4 Guest Additions Install DKMS before installing the Linux Guest Additions 2 Mount the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file as your Linux guest s virtual CD ROM drive exactly the same way as described for a Windows guest in chapter 4 3 1 1 Instal
99. 00 2001 2002 Thomas G Lane This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group See the file README JPEG TXT for more information Portions relating to WBMP copyright 2000 2001 2002 Maurice Szmurlo and Johan Van den Brande Permission has been granted to copy distribute and modify gd in any context with out fee including a commercial application provided that this notice is present in user accessible supporting documentation This does not affect your ownership of the derived work itself and the intent is to assure proper credit for the authors of gd not to interfere with your productive use of gd If you have questions ask Derived works includes all programs that utilize the library Credit must be given in user accessible documentation This software is provided AS IS The copyright holders disclaim all warranties either express or implied including but not limited to implied warranties of mer chantability and fitness for a particular purpose with respect to this code and accom panying documentation Although their code does not appear in gd the authors wish to thank David Koblas David Rowley and Hutchison Avenue Software Corporation for their prior contribu tions 15 2 18 BSD license from Intel All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source
100. 008 09 12 s s s sess seeme dea peka ua o 13 24Version 2 0 0 2008 09 04 osoasa ae o RR 14 Known limitations 15 Third party materials and licenses 15 1 Materials 2g 2e ees eB A ES 1925 LITERAS ce Ss ae ended as a he HH ecu ee e eee Be Rede ad idc os 15 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL 15 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL 15 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL leen 15 2 4 MIT License 2 2 0 oc enanas SR aa 15 2 5 X Consortium License X11 2 2 2 2 ee ee 15 2 6 Zib licens o 23339 ERR EERE 3 aes 15 2 7 Openssl license Re RR UE Rs 15 28 Slip license oone ecce A ES 15 2 9 hblzflicens 2 5 o ooo Romo ooo 15 2 100ibpns license 2 222999 om EORR ep SOS 152 1LlIP license se roto doom mm o 15 eli Heese se es aoa ae ee XR Sw we ms 15 2 18 libxslt licenses usu BR Be mnceck xc com a 15 2 14gSOAP Public License Version 1 324 15 2 15Chromium licenses lee tear E S uuu o3 Sale GRA RW xke ww odo E d 15 2 17libgd license os vere ADR DEER ERS SEG 15 2 18BSD license from Intel cens 15 2 Slibjpeg License os cc ee obo RR Rr eee ees 16 VirtualBox privacy policy Glossary 1 First steps Welcome to Oracle VM VirtualBox VirtualBox is a cross platform virtualization application What does that mean For one thing it installs on your existing Intel or AMD based computers whether they are running Windows Mac Linux or Solaris oper
101. 11 guests show the guest mouse pointer at the right position if the virtual desktop is larger than the guest resolution bug 2306 Linux Additions fixed typo when detecting Xorg 1 6 bug 3555 Solaris guests added xpg4 xcu4 dependency to the Guest Additions installer bug 3524 Windows guests bind the VBoxMouse sys filter driver to the correct guest point ing device bug 1324 Windows hosts fixed BSOD when starting a VM with enabled host interface bug 3414 Linux hosts do proper reference counting to prevent unloading the vboxnetflt module as long as this code is in use bug 3104 Linux hosts do not leave zombies of VBoxSysInfo sh bug 3586 Linux installers fixes for Slackware Arch Linux and Linux from Scratch systems Windows installers combined installer executable which contains both 32 and 64 bit architectures VBoxManage less cryptic command line error messages VBoxManage list vms commands now default to compact format VBoxManage controlvm dvdattach did not work if the image was attached before VBoxManage allow creation of all supported disk image variants VBoxManage showvminfo don t spam the release log if the Guest Additions don t support statistics information bug 3457 VBoxManage big command line processing cleanup the legacy single dash op tions are deprecated and will be removed in the next major release so switch to the new options now Hard disks improved immutable disk support to
102. 279895767000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS LoggedInUsers value 1 timestamp 1229099826317660000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S NoLoggedInUsers value false timestamp 1229098455580553000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net Count value 1 timestamp 1229099826299785000 flags Name VirtualBox HostInfo GUI LanguageID value C timestamp 1229098151272771000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 IP value 192 168 2 102 timestamp 1229099826300088000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 Broadcast value 255 255 255 255 timestamp 1229099826300220000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 V4 Netmask value 255 255 255 0 timestamp 1229099826300350000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo Net 0 Status value Up timestamp 1229099826300524000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS LoggedInUsersList value username timestamp 1229099826317386000 flags 78 4 Guest Additions To query the value of a single property use the get subcommand like this VBoxManage guestproperty get Windows Vista III VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Product VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 3 2 0 C 2005 2010 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Value Windows Vista Business Edition To add or change guest properties from the guest use the tool VBoxControl This tool is included in the Guest Additions of VirtualBox 2 2 or later When started from a Linux guest this tool
103. 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters 172 9 12 Configuring multiple host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts 173 9 13 Locking down the GUI seo Re 40804449 545 174 10 Technical background 175 10 1 VirtualBox executables and components ls 175 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization 2 4 177 10 3 Details about software virtualization ln 179 10 4 Details about hardware virtualization 181 10 5 Nested pacing and VPIDS uus eem RR Re o ue eos 182 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces 184 12 Troubleshooting 185 12 1 Procedures and Gls o og 22x RO RE ae A 185 12 1 1 Categorizing and isolating problems 185 12 1 2 Collecting debugging information 186 121 3 Tbe built in VM debugger o o o xx E X 187 12 2 DEEP 20 des bee e e 189 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host filesystem gt o socle y ovo o R 189 12 2 2 Responding to guest IDE SATA flush requests 190 12 3 Windows Quests s cu u 00844255 S53 GR BEES RSE RR 191 12 3 1 Windows bluescreens after changing VM configuration 191 Contents 12 3 2 Windows 0x101 bluescreens with SMP enabled IPI timeout 191 12 3 3 Windows 2000 installation failures 192 12 3 4 How to record bluescreen information from Windows guests 192 12 3 5 No networking in Windows Vista guests
104. 30 839 The reason for duplicating the standard modes instead of only supplying the ad justed modes is that most guest operating systems require the standard VESA modes to be fixed and refuse to start with different modes 154 9 Advanced topics When using the X org VESA driver custom modelines have to be calculated and added to the configuration usually in etc X11 xorg conf A handy tool to deter mine modeline entries can be found at http www tkk fi Misc Electronics faq vga2rgb calc html 9 2 3 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDL on Linux When switching from a X virtual terminal VT to another VT using Ctrl Alt Fx while the VBoxSDL window has the input focus the guest will receive Ctrl and Alt keypress events without receiving the corresponding key release events This is an architectural limitation of Linux In order to reset the modifier keys it is possible to send SIGUSR1 to the VBoxSDL main thread first entry in the ps list For example when switching away to another VT and saving the virtual machine from this terminal the following sequence can be used to make sure the VM is not saved with stuck modifiers kill usrl pid VBoxManage controlvm Windows 2000 savestate 9 3 Automated guest logons VirtualBox provides Guest Addition modules for Windows Linux and Solaris to enable automated logons on the guest When a guest operating system is running in a virtual machine it might be desirable to perform coordinated
105. 4 207 13 Change log Linux Additions fixed SELinux security context of mount vboxsf bug 6362 Linux Additions support Ubuntu 10 04 bug 5737 Web service update PHP bindings to fix problems with enums and collections 13 4 Version 3 1 4 2010 02 12 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM SMP stability fixes VMM fixed guru meditation in certain rare cases bug 5968 VMM activate NXE for PAE enabled guests VI x and AMD V on 32 bits hosts only bug 3578 VMM added workaround for broken BIOSes that make VirtualBox think AMD V is in use for details see bug 5639 VMM fixed rare host reboot when restoring a saved state bug 3945 VMM fixed incompatibility with 2 6 32 Linux kernels software virtualization only bug 6100 VMM turn on nested paging by default for new VMs if available VI x and AMD V only VMM turn on VPID by default for new VMs if available VT x only VMM perform strict CPUID compatibility checks when teleporting to get the old behavior set VBoxInternal CPUM StrictCpuldChecks to O VMM fixed VM crash with certain 16 bits Windows applications software virtu alization only bug 5399 Snapshots fixed a 3 1 regression that broke deletion of snapshots when a ma chine had immutable or writethrough storage attached bug 5727 Saved state fixed VERR_SSM_LOADED_TOO_MUCH error when loading Dis playScreenshot bug 6162 VBoxManage add r
106. 6eb3a7 0416 439a 86ed 0251a5c59624 vdi 20 00 GB 238 08 MB Y 5c030068 e0f3 4bf0 84da 479b6ae175e9 vdi 20 00 GB 181 08 MB v 5dc1895d 1b7d 4c0d 9f2d 92b01e091b9c vdi 20 00 GB 174 08 MB V 2bd99bbc 8245 4914 953c 00607ca79d24 vdi 20 00 GB 186 08 MB i ADORA 4 04 A653 AP ADO uai 5n 55 0n 34r nn san Lll Y Location mntinnotek unix vdis Windows 7 RTM 32 bit vdi Type Format Normal VDI Attached to Windows 7 RTM 32 bit Snapshot 1 fresh install voeem Sox In all of these situations from the point of view of the virtual machine the virtual hard disk behaves like any other disk While the virtual machine is running there is a slight run time I O overhead because VirtualBox might need to look up sectors several times This is not noticeable however since the tables with sector information are always kept in memory and can be looked up quickly Differencing images are used in the following situations 1 Snapshots When you create a snapshot as explained in the previous section VirtualBox freezes the images attached to the virtual machine and creates dif ferencing images for each of them to be precise one for each image that is 5 Virtual storage not in write through mode From the point of view of the virtual machine the virtual disks continue to operate before but all write operations go into the differencing images Each time you create another snapshot for each hard disk attachment another differen
107. 9 3D support fixed incorrect context window tracking for multithreaded apps Shared Folders fixed loading from saved state bug 1595 Shared Folders host file permissions set to 0400 with Windows guest bug 4381 X11 host and guest clipboard fixed a number of issues including bug 4380 and 4344 X11 Additions fixed some issues with seamless windows in X11 guests bug 3727 Windows Additions added VBoxServiceNT for NT4 guests for time synchro nization and guest properties Windows Additions fixed version lookup Linux Installer support Pardus Linux Linux hosts workaround for buggy graphics drivers showing a black VM window on recent distributions bug 4335 Linux hosts fixed typo in kernel module startup script bug 4388 Solaris hosts several installer fixes Solaris host fixed a preemption issue causing VMs to never start on Solaris 10 bug 4328 Solaris guest fixed mouse integration for OpenSolaris 2009 06 bug 4365 Windows hosts fixed high CPU usage after resuming the host bug 2978 Fixed a settings file conversion bug which sometimes caused hardware accelera tion to be enabled for virtual machines that had no explicit configuration in the XML 224 13 Change log 13 13 Version 3 0 0 2009 06 30 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Guest SMP with up to 32 virtual CPUs VT x and AMD V only see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 52 Windows g
108. ADONLY a combination of the two the value cannot be changed at all e wait vm pattern timeout timeout This waits for a particular value described by pattern to change or to be deleted or created The pattern rules are the same as for the enumerate subcommand above 8 28 VBoxManage guestcontrol The guestcontrol commands allow you to control certain things inside a guest from the host Please see chapter 4 8 Guest control page 79 for an introduction The syntax is as follows VBoxManage guestcontrol command for whereas command can stand for execute Allows for executing a program script process which is already installed and runnable on the guest This command only works while a VM is up and running 147 8 VBoxManage execute lt vmname gt lt uuid gt lt path to program gt arguments lt arguments gt environment lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt flags lt flags gt timeout lt msec gt username lt name gt password lt password gt verbose wait for exit stdout stderr where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory path to program Absolute path amp process name of process to execute on the guest e g C Windows System32 calc exe arguments lt arguments gt One or more arguments to pass to the process being executed Note More than one arguments at a time can be specified in or
109. AL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE SOFTWARE EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED ON THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE OR IF SUCH DAMAGE COULD HAVE BEEN REASONABLY FORESEEN AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAIL URE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED SUCH LIM 283 15 Third party materials and licenses ITATION ON DAMAGES INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL LOST PROFITS LOSS OF DATA OR SOFTWARE WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER GOODS IN NO EVENT WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR THE COSTS OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS SOFT WARE IS NOT DESIGNED FOR USE IN ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS EN VIRONMENTS SUCH AS OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES AIRCRAFT NAVIGA TION OR CONTROL OR LIFE CRITICAL APPLICATIONS THE AUTHORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS AND ACCEPTS NO LIABIL ITY IN RESPECT OF ANY ACTIONS OR CLAIMS BASED ON THE USE OF THE SOFT WARE IN ANY SUCH ON LINE EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTS BY YOU FOR PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH THE TERM LIFE CRITICAL APPLICA TION MEANS AN APPLICATION IN WHICH THE FUNCTIONING OR MALFUNCTION ING OF THE SOFTWARE MAY RESULT DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY
110. B device Clicking on the button to the right of the USB Device Filters window creates a new filter You can give the filter a name for referencing it later and specify the filter criteria The more criteria you specify the more precisely devices will be selected For instance if you specify only a vendor ID of 046d all devices produced by Logitech will be available to the guest If you fill in all fields on the other hand the filter will only apply to a particular device model from a particular vendor and not even to other devices of the same type with a different revision and serial number In detail the following criteria are available 1 Vendor and product ID With USB each vendor of USB products carries an identification number that is unique world wide the vendor ID Similarly each line of products is assigned a product ID number Both numbers are commonly written in hexadecimal that is they are composed of the numbers 0 9 and the letters A F and a colon separates the vendor from the product ID For example 046d c016 stands for Logitech as a vendor and the M UV69a Optical Wheel Mouse product Alternatively you can also specify Manufacturer and Product by name To list all the USB devices that are connected to your host machine with their respective vendor and product IDs you can use the following command see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 VBoxManage list usbhost On Wind
111. Box program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VBoxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you The following detailed instructions should only be of interest if you wish to execute VirtualBox without installing it first You should start by compiling the vboxdrv ker nel module see above and inserting it into the Linux kernel VirtualBox consists of a service daemon VBoxSVC and several application programs The daemon is au tomatically started if necessary All VirtualBox applications will communicate with the daemon through Unix local domain sockets There can be multiple daemon in stances under different user accounts and applications can only communicate with the daemon running under the user account as the application The local domain socket resides in a subdirectory of your system s directory for temporary files called vbox lt username gt ipc In case of communication problems or server startup prob lems you may try to remove this directory All VirtualBox applications VirtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxManage and VBoxHeadless require the VirtualBox directory to be in the library path LD_LIBRARY_PATH VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP 2 4 Installing on Solaris hosts For the various versions of Solaris that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 If you have a prev
112. Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard VirtualBox may contain code from the gSOAP XML web services tools which are licensed under the license in chapter 15 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a page 279 and Copyright C 2000 2007 Robert van Engelen Genivia Inc and others VirtualBox may ship with the application tunctl shipped as VBoxTunctl from the User mode Linux suite which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 255 and Copyright C 2002 Jeff Dike VirtualBox contains code from Chromium an OpenGL implementation which is goverened by the licenses in chapter 15 2 15 Chromium licenses page 286 and Copyright C Stanford University The Regents of the University of California Red Hat and others VirtualBox contains libcurl which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 16 curl license page 288 and Copyright C 1996 2009 Daniel Stenberg VirtualBox contains dnsproxy which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 4 MIT License page 273 and Copyright c 2003 2004 2005 Armin Wolfermann VirtualBox may contain iniparser which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 4 MIT License page 273 and Copyright c 2000 2008 by Nicolas Devillard VirtualBox contains some code from libgd which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 17 libgd license page 288 and Copyright 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Pierre Alain Joye pierre libgd org VirtualBo
113. Chromium is not hardened enough to prevent every risky 3D oper ation on the host Technically VirtualBox implements this by installing an additional hardware 3D driver inside your guest when the Guest Additions are installed This driver acts as a hardware 3D driver and reports to the guest operating system that the virtual hardware is capable of 3D hardware acceleration When an application in the guest then requests hardware acceleration through the OpenGL or Direct3D programming interfaces these are sent to the host through a special communication tunnel imple mented by VirtualBox and then the host performs the requested 3D operation via the host s programming interfaces 4 6 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests Starting with version 3 1 the VirtualBox Guest Additions contain experimental hard ware 2D video acceleration support for Windows guests With this feature if an application e g a video player inside your Windows VM uses 2D video overlays to play a movie clip then VirtualBox will attempt to use your host s video acceleration hardware instead of performing overlay stretching and color conversion in software which would be slow This currently works for Windows Linux and Mac host platforms provided that your host operating system can make use of 2D video acceleration in the first place The 2D video acceleration currently has the following preconditions 76 4 Guest Additions 1 It is o
114. Courts of the Northern Dis trict of California with venue lying in Santa Clara County California with the losing party responsible for costs including without limitation court costs and reasonable 272 15 Third party materials and licenses attorneys fees and expenses The application of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded Any law or reg ulation which provides that the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this License 12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contribu tors each party is responsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Devel oper and Contributors to distribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability 13 MULTIPLE LICENSED CODE Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as Multiple Licensed Multiple Licensed means that the Initial De veloper permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under Your choice of the NPL or the alternative licenses if any specified by the Initial Developer in the file described in Exhibit A EXHIBIT A Mozilla Public License The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version 1 1 the License you
115. D page 84 OVF create manifest files on export and verify the content of an optional mani fest file on import 213 13 Change log OVF fixed memory setting during import bug 4188 Mouse device now five buttons are passed to the guest bug 3773 VBoxHeadless fixed loss of saved state when VM fails to start VBoxSDL fixed crash during shutdown Windows hosts only X11 based hosts allow the user to specify their own scan code layout bug 2302 Mac OS X hosts don t auto show the menu and dock in fullscreen bug 4866 Mac OS X hosts 64 bit don t interpret mouse wheel events as left click bug 5049 Mac OS X hosts fixed a VM abort during shutdown under certain conditions Solaris hosts combined the kernel interface package into the VirtualBox main package Solaris hosts support for OpenSolaris Boomer architecture with OSS audio backend Shared folders VBOXSVR is visible in Network folder Windows guests bug 4842 Shared folders performance improvements Windows guests bug 1728 Windows Linux and Solaris Additions added balloon tip notifier if VirtualBox host version was updated and Additions are out of date Solaris guests fixed keyboard emulation bug 1589 Solaris Additions fixed as pagelock failed errors affecting guest properties bug 5337 Windows Additions added automatic logon support for Windows Vista and Win dows 7 Windows Additions improved file version lookup for guest OS
116. F fixed potential hang during import OVF fixed potential crashes during import export on Win64 hosts VBoxManage modifyhd compact fixed bug which could lead to crashes and image corruption bug 3864 VBoxManage metrics collect now flushes the output stream VHD made VBoxManage internalcommands sethduuid work for vhd files bug 3443 VHD some vhd files could not be cloned bug 4080 NAT improvement of TCP connection establishment bug 2987 228 13 Change log NAT fixed order of DNS servers in DHCP lease bug 4091 NAT fixed DHCP lease for multiple name servers bug 3692 NAT fixed a potential segfault if the host lost its connectivity bug 3964 Shared Folders deny access to parent directories on Windows hosts bug 4090 Shared Folders make rm rmdir work with Solaris guests on Windows hosts Networking fixed the problem with blocked receiving thread when a broadcast packet arrives too early to be handled by uninitialized e1000 adapter Networking fixed the problem that caused host freezes crashes when using bridged mode with host s interface having RX checksum offloading on bug 3926 and related Fixes problems with TX offloading as well bug 3870 PXE boot Added support for PRO 1000 MT Server adapter Python bindings fixed keyword conflict SCSI fixed occasional crashes on Win64 Serial allow to redirect the serial port to a raw file bug 1023 VRDP fixed a rare incorrect screen update VMDK
117. GABios developers Team VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS ROM BIOS which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 259 and Copyright C 2002 MandrakeSoft S A Copyright C 2004 Fabrice Bellard Copyright C 2005 Struan Bartlett VirtualBox contains the zlib library which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 6 zlib license page 274 and Copyright C 1995 2003 Jean loup Gailly and Mark Adler 252 15 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox may contain OpenSSL which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 7 OpenSSL license page 275 and Copyright C 1995 1998 Eric Young eay cryptsoft com This product in cludes software written by Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com VirtualBox may contain NSPR and XPCOM which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 3 Mozilla Public License MPL page 266 and Copyright C The Authors VirtualBox contains Slirp which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 8 Slirp license page 276 and was written by Danny Gasparovski Copyright C 1995 1996 All Rights Reserved VirtualBox contains liblzf which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 9 liblzf license page 276 and Copyright C 2000 2005 Marc Alexander Lehmann lt schmorp schmorp de gt VirtualBox may ship with a modified copy of rdesktop which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 255 and Copyright C Matthew Chap
118. IMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIA BILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEG LIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS The Covered Code is a commercial item as that term is defined in 48 C F R 2 101 Oct 1995 consisting of commercial com puter software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 Sept 1995 Consistent with 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 through 227 7202 4 June 1995 all U S Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those rights set forth herein 11 MISCELLANEOUS This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject matter hereof If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable such provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it enforceable This License shall be governed by California law provisions except to the extent applicable law if any provides otherwise excluding its conflict of law provisions With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of or an entity chartered or reg istered to do business in the United States of America any litigation relating to this License shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal
119. INC AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CON SEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSI NESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE 285 15 Third party materials and licenses OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 15 2 15 Chromium licenses 15 2 15 1 Main license Copyright c 2002 Stanford University All rights reserved Some portions of Chromium are copyrighted by individiual organizations Please see the files COPYRIGHT LLNL and COPYRIGHT REDHAT for more information Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met e Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the nam
120. If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement claim excluding declaratory judgment actions against Initial Developer or a Contributor the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom You file such action is referred to as Partici pant alleging that a such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any and all rights granted by such Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 of this License shall upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either i agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable royalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such Participant or ii withdraw Your litigation claim with re spect to the Contributor Version against such Participant If within 60 days of notice a reasonable royalty and payment arrangement are not mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim is not withdrawn the rights granted by Participant to You under Sections 2 1 and or 2 2 automatically terminate at the expiration of the 60 day notice period specified above 271 15 Third party materials and licenses b any software hardware or device other than such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent then any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2 1 b and 2 2 b are revoked effectiv
121. In other cases permission to use a particular library in non free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software For example permission to use the GNU C Library in non free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU operating system as well as its variant the GNU Linux operating system Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users freedom it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version of the Library The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow Pay close attention to the difference between a work based on the library and a work that uses the library The former contains code derived from the library whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPY ING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License also called this License Each licensee is addressed as you A library means a collection of software functions and or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs whic
122. LUDING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE SHALL YOU THE INI TIAL DEVELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COV ERED CODE OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM AGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF SUCH 284 15 Third party materials and licenses PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EX TENT APPLICABLE LAW PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUEN TIAL DAMAGES SO THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 10 U S GOVERNMENT END USERS 11 MISCELLANEOUS 12 RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS As between Initial Developer and the Contributors each party is responsible for claims and damages arising directly or indirectly out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to work with Initial Developer and Contributors to dis tribute such responsibility on an equitable basis Nothing herein is intended or shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability EXHIBIT A The contents of this file are subject to the gSOAP Public License
123. MD V bug 2565 VMM fixed Solaris 10U6 reboot hangs AMD V only bug 2565 GUI the host key was sometimes not properly displayed Windows hosts only bug 1996 GUI the keyboard focus was lost after minimizing and restoring the VM window via the Windows taskbar bugs 784 VBoxManage properly show SATA disks when showing the VM information bug 2624 SATA fixed access if the buffer size is not sector aligned bug 2024 SATA improved performance SATA fixed snapshot function with ports gt 1 bug 2510 E1000 fixed crash under rare circumstances USB fixed support for iPhone and Nokia devices Linux host bugs 470 amp 491 Windows host installer added proper handling of open VirtualBox applications when updating the installation Windows host installer fixed default installation directory on 64 bit on new installations bug 2501 Linux Solaris Darwin hosts verify permissions in tmp vbox USER ipc Linux hosts fixed assertion on high network load AMD64 hosts fix for Linux distributions with glibc 2 6 and newer bug 7616 Linux hosts don t crash during shutdown with serial ports connected to a host device Solaris hosts fixed incompatibility between IPSEC and host interface networking Solaris hosts fixed a rare race condition while powering off VMs with host in terface networking Solaris hosts fixed VBoxSDL on Solaris 10 by shipping the required SDL library bug 2475 243 13 Change log Window
124. MD V only VMM real mode IOPL fix for DOS guests VT x only VMM fixed VI x detection with certain BIOSes that enable VT x but don t set the lock bit in MSR_IA32_ FEATURE CONTROL VMM fixed hibernation issues on Windows XP hosts VI x only bug 1794 VMM properly emulate RDMSR from the TSC MSR should fix some NetBSD guests VMM emulate RDPMC fixes Windows guests crashes when using the Kaspersky virus scanner bug 1778 NAT fixed truncated downloads FTP bug 3257 NAT blocked UDP packets caused a crash bug 3426 NAT allow to configure the next server and the boot file via VBoxManage bug 2759 IDE fixed hard disk upgrade from XML 1 2 settings bug 1518 Hard disk support more VMDK file variants including fixed size ESX server images Hard disks refuse to start the VM if a disk image is not writable USB further reduced host CPU utilization for OHCI and EHCI the VBoxInternal Devices usb ohci 0 Config FrameRate CFG key is no longer necessary and no longer sup ported USB fixed BSOD on the host with certain USB devices Windows hosts only bug 1654 E1000 properly handle cable disconnects bug 3421 VRDP fixed hangs when VRDP server is enabled or disabled in runtime Shared Folders respect umask settings on Linux OSX and Solaris hosts when creating files X11 guests prevented setting the locale in vboxmouse as this caused problems with Turkish locales bug 3563 232 13 Change log X
125. MP traffic under certain circumstances Network allow to switch the host interface or the internal network while a VM is running bug 5781 VHD fix for images with a block size different than 2MB USB fixed filtered device attach regression bug 6251 USB fixed crash in OHCI under rare circumstances bug 3571 VRDP fixed hang under rare circumstances when attaching USB devices ACPI prevent guest freezes when accessing proc acpi for determining the state of the host battery and the AC adapter Linux hosts only bug 2836 PulseAudio fixed guest freezes under certain conditions 3 1 4 regression bug 6224 BIOS increased space for DMI strings BIOS fixed interrupt routing problem for certain configurations I O APIC en abled ACPI not used bug 6098 iSCSI be more robust when handling the INQUIRY response iSCSI be more robust when handling sense data BusLogic fixed FreeBSD guests webservice vboxwebsrv is now multithreaded webservice fixed handling of structs and arrays in PHP bindings Solaris Installer fixed netmask to stay persistent across reboots for Host only interface bug 4590 Linux installer removed external dependency to libpng12 so bug 6243 Solaris Additions fixed superfluous kernel logging bug 6181 Linux Additions fixed hang when starting the X server in Fedoral2 guests and in guests with Linux 2 6 33 or later bug 6198 Linux Additions support Mandriva speedboot runlevel bug 548
126. PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU AS SUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LI ABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 15 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 1 February 1999 Copyright C 1991 1999 Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute ver batim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License version 2 hence the version number 2 1 Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to guarant
127. RR ee gs 53 2 0 Storage setings uus d RR RR Re x x oe a dou weis de 54 3 7 JadiG set colis 9o orc om Ro m dO RO RO EEE OS 57 4 8 JINBpAOPE SEAS cuoc a oe Bee E Re RR E RR RR 57 AU SOMA pene iio ers mE ONUS RC eoo e Hae bus 58 S10 USE SUPPOM ooo dar a a ERR 59 3 10 1 USB SEINES 22 o d mmm RR RE Y Rhe EE 59 3 10 2 Implementation notes for Windows and Linux hosts 61 3 11 Bhaned folded L nea anh m RR Ro ore 61 3 12 Alternative firmware EFD 61 3 12 1 Vides modes EFI sow we y 8 62 4 Guest Additions 63 A Cnbodu NN dup oue d Pau EG RR wR ce Ai ees 63 2 VEROS iio 39 e doro o Rm e a oa a 64 4 3 Supported guest operating systems o o o 65 4 3 1 Guest Additions for Windows 65 432 Guest Additions for Linux oro o m dodo esa 68 4 3 3 Guest Additions for Solaris 70 43 4 Guest Additions for OS 2 o o o 72 44 Shaced folders 2 2229999 doom ee ted ees 72 4 5 Seamless windows eee eee eee ee eee ene 74 4 6 Hardware accelerated video 1 2 cee eee ee ee es 75 4 6 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 75 4 6 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests 76 47 Guest properties s s e eec er bae d xs E o S 77 A5 Guest contol ou II 79 49 Memory ballooning e 79 Contents 5 Virtual storage 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI
128. So laris Mac OS X it is not possible to bind to ports below 1024 from applications that are not run by root As a result if you try to configure such a port forward ing the VM will refuse to start These limitations normally don t affect standard network use But the presence of NAT has also subtle effects that may interfere with protocols that are normally work ing One example is NFS where the server is often configured to refuse connections from non privileged ports i e ports not below 1024 100 6 Virtual networking 6 4 Bridged networking With bridged networking VirtualBox uses a device driver on your host system that filters data from your physical network adapter This driver is therefore called a net filter driver This allows VirtualBox to intercept data from the physical network and inject data into it effectively creating a new network interface in software When a guest is using such a new software interface it looks to the host system as though the guest were physically connected to the interface using a network cable the host can send data to the guest through that interface and receive data from it This means that you can set up routing or bridging between the guest and the rest of your network For this to work VirtualBox needs a device driver on your host system The way bridged networking works has been completely rewritten with VirtualBox 2 0 and 2 1 depending on the host operating system From the user
129. This automatically installs the right files and drivers for the corresponding platform 32 or 64 bit Note Because of the drivers are not yet WHQL certified you still might get some driver installation popups depending on the Windows guest version For more options regarding unattended guest installations consult the command line help by using the command VBoxWindowsAdditions exe 4 3 1 4 Manual file extraction If you would like to install the files and drivers manually you can extract the files from the Windows Guest Additions setup by typing VBoxWindowsAdditions exe extract To explicitly extract the Windows Guest Additions for another platform than the current running one e g 64 bit files on a 32 bit system you have to execute the appropriate platform installer VBoxWindowsAdditions x86 exe or VBoxWindowsAdditions amd64 exe with the extract parameter 4 3 1 5 Windows Vista networking Earlier versions of VirtualBox provided a virtual AMD PCNet Ethernet card to guests by default Since Microsoft no longer ships a driver for that card with Windows starting with Windows Vista if you select Windows Vista or newer as the guest operating system for a virtual machine VirtualBox will instead present a virtual Intel network controller to the guest see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 96 However if for any reason you have a 32 bit Windows Vista VM that is configured to use an AMD PCNet card y
130. USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 15 2 9 liblzf license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT IN DIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SER VICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOW EVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING 276 15 Third party materials and licenses IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
131. VBoxManage modifyhd 22205445545 3 RR 140 8 19 VBoxsMamase clonehd o o eek dw ee do Rs 140 8 20 VBoxManage convertfromraw o e 141 8 21 VBoxManage addiscsidisk o ooo ee eens 142 8 22 VBoxManage getextradata setextradata 143 8 23 VBoxManasesetprODeFty lt s sosea coe a eom 143 8 24 VBoxManage usbfilter add modify remove 144 8 25 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove 144 B26 XBoxManase metr ue vos A A E RU ue x RR X nor m a 144 8 27 VBoxManase gu uestproperty lt eo o xk sor ledede i o s 146 8 28 VBoxManage guestcontrol see ee dass 147 8 29 VBoxManage dhepserver cc ee nn 149 Advanced topics 151 Dl VirtualBox configuration data uds ha a xs 151 9 2 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer ln 153 92 Introduction 2 222 ke emm o RR a 153 9 2 2 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL 154 9 2 3 Releasing modifiers with VBoxSDLon Linux 155 0 3 Automated guestlogons e c e coacerea a e o o o eS 155 9 3 1 Automated Windows guest logons 155 9 3 2 Automated Linux Unix guest logons 157 9 4 CPUhotplugging ee 158 9 5 Advanced display configuration 159 9 5 1 Custom VESA resolutions 159 9 5 2 Multiple monitors for the guest o o 160 9 5 3 Configuring the maximum resolution of gues
132. VBoxManage registervm unregistervm The registervm command allows you to import a virtual machine definition in an XML file into VirtualBox There are some restrictions here the machine must not 123 8 VBoxManage conflict with one already registered in VirtualBox and it may not have any hard or removable disks attached It is advisable to place the definition file in the machines folder before registering it Note When creating a new virtual machine with VBoxManage createvm see below you can directly specify the register option to avoid having to register it separately The unregistervm command unregisters a virtual machine If delete is also specified then the XML definition file will be deleted 8 6 VBoxManage createvm This command creates a new XML virtual machine definition file The name name parameter is required and must specify the name of the ma chine Since this name is used by default as the file name of the settings file with the extension xml and the machine folder a subfolder of the VirtualBox Machines folder it must conform to your host operating system s requirements for file name specifications If the VM is later renamed the file and folder names will change auto matically However if the basefolder path and the settingsfile filename op tions are used the XML definition file will be given the name filename and the machine folder will be named path In this
133. VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX server lt name gt lt ip gt target lt target gt port lt port gt lun lt lun gt encodedlun lt lun gt username lt username gt password password type normal writethrough immutable intnet global lt uuid gt lt name gt lt key gt enumerate 119 VBoxManage setextradata VBoxManage setproperty VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage usbfilter usbfilter usbfilter sharedfolder sharedfolder vmstatistics metrics metrics 8 VBoxManage global lt uuid gt lt name gt lt key gt lt value gt no value deletes key hdfolder default lt folder gt machinefolder default lt folder gt vrdpauthlibrary default lt library gt websrvauthlibrary default null lt library gt loghistorycount value add index 0 N target lt uuid gt lt name gt global name lt string gt action ignore hold global filters only active yes no yes vendorid XXXX null productid XXXX null revision lt IIFF gt null manufacturer lt string gt null product string null remote yes no null VM filters only serialnumber lt string gt null mask
134. VMM fixed Linux 2 6 26 kernel crashes used by Ubuntu 8 10 Alpha Fedora 10 Alpha bug 1875 e VMM fixed 64 bits Linux 2 6 26 kernel crashes Debian e VMM fixed Vista 32 bits guest crash during boot when PAE and NX are enabled applied to 64 bits hosts with VT x enabled only e VMM fixed OS 2 guest crashes during boot AMD V bug 2132 245 13 Change log GUI fixed crash when trying to release an inaccessible image in the virtual disk manager GUI fixed invalid error message for a changed snapshot path even if that path wasn t changed bug 2064 GUI fixed crash when creating a new hard disk image bug 2060 GUI fixed crash when adding a hard disk in the VM settings bug 2081 GUI fixed a bug where VirtualBox isn t working with the new QGtkStyle plugin bug 2066 GUI fixed VM close dialog in seamless mode Mac OS X hosts only bug 2067 GUI fixed standard menu entries for NLS versions Mac OS X hosts only GUI disable the VI x AMD V setting when it s not supported by the CPU or on Mac OS X hosts VBoxManage fixed crash during internalcommands createrawvmdk bug 2184 VBoxManage fixed output of snapshot showvminfo bug 698 Guest properties added information about guest network interfaces Windows guests only Shared Folders fixed regression that caused Windows guest crashes API fixed number of installed CPUs Solaris hosts only VRDP allow a client to reconnect to an existing session on
135. Version 3 0 6 2009 09 09 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed IO APIC overhead for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests AMD V only bug 4392 VMM fixed a Guru meditation under certain circumstances when enabling a disabled device bug 4510 VMM fixed a Guru meditation when booting certain Arch Linux guests software virtualization only bug 2149 VMM fixed hangs with 64 bits Solaris amp OpenSolaris guests bug 2258 VMM fixed decreasing rdtsc values AMD V amp VT x only bug 2869 VMM small Solaris OpenSolaris performance improvements VT x only VMM cpuid change to correct reported virtual CPU id in Linux VMM NetBSD 5 0 1 CD hangs during boot VT x only bug 3947 Solaris hosts worked around an issue that caused the host to hang bug 4486 Solaris hosts fixed a rare host system deadlock when using bridged networking Solaris hosts fixed a potential host system deadlock when CPUs were onlined or offlined Solaris hosts installer added missing dependency for UTF 8 package bug 4899 Linux hosts don t crash on Linux PAE kernels lt 2 6 11 in particular RHEL CentOS 4 disable VT x on Linux kernels lt 2 6 13 bug 1842 Linux Solaris hosts correctly detect keyboards with fewer keys than usual bug 4799 Mac OS X hosts prevent password dialogs in 32 bits Snow Leopard 219 13 Change log Python WS fixed issue with certain enumerations con
136. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non free programs When a program is linked with a library whether statically or using a shared library the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work a derivative of the original library The ordinary General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom The Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library We call this license the Lesser General Public License because it does Less to protect the user s freedom than the ordinary General Public License It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing non free programs These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many libraries However the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances 260 15 Third party materials and licenses For example on rare occasions there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library so that it becomes a de facto standard To achieve this non free programs must be allowed to use the library A more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non free libraries In this case there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only so we use the Lesser General Public License
137. a result if the Settings button is disabled shut down the current VM first VirtualBox provides a plethora of parameters that can be changed for a virtual ma chine The various settings that can be changed in the Settings window are described in detail in chapter 3 Configuring virtual machines page 46 Even more parameters are available with the command line interface see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 For now if you have just created an empty VM you will probably be most interested in the settings presented by the CD DVD ROM section if you want to make a CD or a DVD available the first time you start it in order to install your guest operating system For this you have two options e If you have actual CD or DVD media from which you want to install your guest Operating system e g in the case of a Windows installation CD or DVD put the media into your host s CD or DVD drive 28 1 First steps Then in the settings dialog go to the CD DVD ROM section and select Host drive with the correct drive letter or in the case of a Linux host device file This will allow your VM to access the media in your host drive and you can proceed to install from there If you have downloaded installation media from the Internet in the form of an ISO image file most probably in the case of a Linux distribution you would normally burn this file to an empty CD or DVD and proceed as just described With V
138. ach the same normal image to more than one virtual ma chine only one of these virtual machines attached to the same image file can be executed simultaneously as otherwise there would be conflicts if several ma chines write to the same image file 2 By contrast write through hard disks are completely unaffected by snapshots their state is not saved when a snapshot is taken and not restored when a snap shot is restored To create a disk image in VDI format as write through use the VBoxManage createhd command see chapter 8 17 VBoxManage createhd page 139 To mark an existing image as write through use VBoxManage modifyhd see chap ter 8 18 VBoxManage modifyhd page 140 3 Finally immutable images only remember write accesses temporarily while the virtual machine is running all changes are lost when the virtual machine is powered on the next time As a result as opposed to normal images the same immutable image can be used with several virtual machines without restrictions Creating an immutable image makes little sense since it would be initially empty and lose its contents with every machine restart unless you really want to have a disk that is always unformatted when the machine starts up As a result normally you would first create a normal image and then when you deem its contents useful later mark it immutable using VBoxManage modifyhd again please see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage modifyhd page
139. achine and revert back to that state if necessary This way one can freely experiment with a computing environment If something goes wrong e g after installing misbehaving software or infecting the guest with a virus one can easily switch back to a previous snapshot and avoid the need of frequent backups and restores Any number of snapshots can be created allowing you to travel back and for ward in virtual machine time You can delete snapshots while a VM is running to reclaim disk space e Infrastructure consolidation Virtualization can significantly reduce hardware and electricity costs Servers today typically run with fairly low average system loads and are rarely used to their full potential A lot of hardware potential as well as electricity is thereby wasted So instead of running many such physical computers that are only partially used one can pack many virtual machines onto a few powerful hosts and balance the loads between them With VirtualBox you can even run virtual machines as mere servers for the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP with full client USB support This allows for consolidating the desktop machines in an enterprise on just a few RDP servers while the actual clients only have to be capable of displaying VRDP data e Easier software installations Virtual machines can be used by software ven dors to ship entire software configurations For example installing a complete mail server solution on a rea
140. adapter and DHCP settings e Alternatively you can use VBoxManage dhcpserver on the command line please see chapter 8 29 VBoxManage dhcpserver page 149 for details 104 7 Remote virtual machines 7 1 Remote display VRDP support VirtualBox the graphical user interface has a built in server for the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP This allows you to see the output of a virtual machine s window remotely on any other computer and control the virtual machine from there as if the virtual machine was running locally VRDP is a backwards compatible extension to Microsoft s Remote Desktop Protocol RDP Typically graphics updates and audio are sent from the remote machine to the client while keyboard and mouse events are sent back As a result you can use any standard RDP client to control the remote VM With VirtualBox the graphical user interface the VRDP server is disabled by de fault but can easily be enabled on a per VM basis either in the Display settings see chapter 3 5 Display settings page 53 or with VBoxManage VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdp on If you use VBoxHeadless described further below VRDP support will be automat ically enabled since VBoxHeadless has no other means of output 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers You can use any standard RDP viewer to connect to such a remote virtual machine examples follow below For this to work you must specify the IP address of your host
141. affic unrelated to the VM VirtualBox provides an ability to capture network traffic only on a specific VM s network adapter Refer to the network tracing article on the VirtualBox website for information on enabling this capture Note that the trace files created by VirtualBox are in pcap format and can be easily analyzed with Wireshark 12 1 3 The built in VM debugger VirtualBox includes a built in VM debugger which advanced users may find useful This debugger allows the user to examine and to some extent control the VM state Note Use the VM debugger at your own risk There is no support for it and the following documentation is only made available for advanced users with a very high level of familiarity with the x86 AMD64 machine instruction set as well as detailed knowledge of the PC architecture A degree of familiarity with the internals of the guest OS in question is not required but may be very helpful The VM debugger is available in all regular production versions of VirtualBox but it is disabled by default because the average user will have little use for it There are two ways to access the debugger e A debugger console window displayed alongside the VM e Via the telnet protocol at port 5000 The debugger can be enabled in two ways e Start the VirtualBox process with a dbg debug or debug command line argument See the VirtualBox usage help for details Note that these arguments are only use
142. ailable Solaris hosts fixed a bug which would hang the host sporadically as interrupts were not re enabled every time Solaris hosts fixed a kernel panic with bridged and host only networking bug 4775 Solaris hosts fixed incorrectly persistent CD DVD ROMs when changing them bug 5077 X11 based hosts support additional function keys on Sun keyboards bug 4907 Mac OS X hosts Snow Leopard fixed problem starting headless VMs without a graphical session bug 5002 Mac OS X hosts fixed problem listing host only adapter names with trailing garbage attached VMs won t start Windows Additions now work with Vista 64 bit Home editions bug 3865 Windows Additions fixed screen corruption with ZoomText Magnifier Windows Additions fixed NPGetUniversalName failure bug 4853 Windows Additions fixed Windows NT regression bug 4946 Windows Additions fixed VBoxService not running if no Shared Folders are installed Linux Additions implemented ftrunctate bug 4771 VRDP start VM even if configured VRDP port is in use Networking the PCnet network device stopped receiving under rare conditions bug 4870 218 13 Change log VBoxManage implemented controlvm vrdpport command iSCSI fixed issue with NetApp targets bug 5072 SCSI add support for virtual disks larger than 2TB USB fixed potential crash when unplugging USB2 devices bug 5089 NAT IPSEC did not properly work with Linux guests bug 4801 13 10
143. ailable As with ACPI the I O APIC therefore must not be turned off after installation of a Windows guest OS Turning it on after installation will have no effect however 51 3 Configuring virtual machines Enable EFI This enables Extensible Firmware Interface EFI which replaces the legacy BIOS which may be useful for certain advanced use cases Please refer to chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI page 61 for details Hardware clock in UTC time If checked VirtualBox will report the system time in UTC format to the guest instead of local host time This affects how the virtual real time clock RTC operates and may be useful for Unix like guest operating systems which typically expect the hardware clock to be set to UTC Enable absolute pointing device If enabled VirtualBox reports to the virtual ma chine that a USB tablet device is present and communicates mouse events to the virtual machine through this device If disabled mouse events are communi cated through a traditional PS 2 virtual mouse device Using the virtual USB tablet has the advantage that movements are reported in absolute coordinates instead of as relative position changes which allows VirtualBox to translate mouse events over the VM window into tablet events without having to capture the mouse in the guest as described in chapter 1 7 1 1 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 21 This makes using the VM less tedious even if Guest A
144. ake command will tell you how to create the device node depending on your Linux system The procedure is slightly different for a classical Linux setup with a dev directory a system with the now deprecated devfs and a modern Linux system with udev On certain Linux distributions you might experience difficulties building the mod ule You will have to analyze the error messages from the build system to diagnose the cause of the problems In general make sure that the correct Linux kernel sources are used for the build process Note that the user who is going to run VirtualBox needs read and write permission on the VirtualBox kernel module device node dev vboxdrv You can either define a vboxusers group by entering groupadd vboxusers chgrp vboxusers dev vboxdrv chmod 660 dev vboxdrv or alternatively simply give all users access insecure not recommended 40 2 Installation details chmod 666 dev vboxdrv You should also add any users who will be allowed to use host USB devices in VirtualBox guests to the appropriate USB users group for your distribution This group is often called usb or usbusers Next you will have to install the system initialization script for the kernel module cp opt VirtualBox vboxdrv sh etc init d vboxdrv assuming you installed VirtualBox to the opt VirtualBox directory and activate the initialization script using the right method for your distribution You should create VirtualBox s configurat
145. al configuration options and the media and virtual machine registry The media registry links to all CD DVD floppy and disk images that have been added to the Virtual Media Manager For each registered VM there is one entry which points to the VM configuration file also in XML format Virtual machine settings and files are by default saved as XML files in a sub directory of the Machines directory which VirtualBox creates under the main configuration directory see above You can change the location of this main Machines folder in the Global settings dialog By default for each virtual machine VirtualBox uses another subdirectory of the Machines directory that carries the same name as the virtual machine As a result your virtual machine names must conform to the conventions of your operating system for valid file names For example a machine called Fedora 6 would by default have its settings saved in VirtualBox Machines Fedora 6 Fedora 6 xml on a Linux or Solaris host If you would like more control over the file names used you can create the machine using VBoxManage createvm with the settingsfile option see chapter 8 6 VBoxManage createvm page 124 The virtual machine directory will be renamed if you change the machine name If you do not wish this to happen you can create the machine using VBoxManage createvm with the basefolder option In this case the folder name will never change VirtualBox keeps sn
146. albox delete old modules boolean true The first line allows compilation of the vboxdrv kernel module if no module was found for the current kernel The second line allows the package to delete any old vboxdrv kernel modules compiled by previous installations These default settings can be applied with debconf set selections vboxconf prior to the installation of the VirtualBox Debian package In addition there are some common configuration options that can be set prior to the installation described in chapter 2 3 4 7 Automatic installation options page 42 2 3 4 6 Automatic installation of rpm packages The rpm format does not provide a configuration system comparable to the debconf system See chapter 2 3 4 7 Automatic installation options page 42 for how to set some common installation options provided by VirtualBox 2 3 4 7 Automatic installation options To configure the installation process of our deb and rpm packages a file etc default virtualbox is interpreted The automatic generation of the udev rule can be prevented by the following setting INSTALL NO UDEV 1 The creation of the group vboxusers can be prevented by INSTALL NO GROUP 1 If the line INSTALL NO VBOXDRV 1 is specified the package installer will not try to build the vboxdrv kernel module if no module according to the current kernel was found 42 2 Installation details 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux The easiest way to start a Virtual
147. allation 20245 28 es beeee ee GBA 35 2 2 0 Unattended installation 6460 46 4 044 RR 35 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts oes e oee eor ee es 36 Zl PIETEQUIEMES lt a kao a ee oe ee 36 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module LL 36 2 3 8 USB and advanced networking support 37 22 4 Performing the installation os or ees 37 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on LINUX gt gt gt c os ea o eee 43 2 4 Installing on Solaris hosts o gt cs e ec e o ooo eraras 43 2 4 1 Performing the installation 43 2 4 2 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris ls 44 24 9 Upinstallation 2292s o SEE eee oa we 44 Contents 2 4 4 Unattended installation 44 2 4 5 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox 45 3 Configuring virtual machines 46 3 1 Supported guest operating systems o 46 pd MacOSX HERE o cia eA A eee bee ees 47 ALE GADES lle x a ee E E OQ n 48 5 4 Emulated hardware 2229s XXL Rok y 48 23 9 General serge cuu ou xu o oon o ex e RU ae ge eom od eie Rs 49 Bol Basie Wa casaca y Ra Rum mcm ion A 49 332 Advanced tab 2 2 2222 kk RA 50 So Descrip EB 2 055 5c oeo RE eR GR we EG Re 50 34 System setings uos os ls ed r AR SDR S UE eU oss 50 3 4 1 NHlotherboard tab 2 nae es m Rmo em yy a 51 342 Processor tab oss o oo RA 52 3 4 3 Acceleration tab o oooo rer 53 3o Display settings cocido eso eR 844 eR
148. ally modified guest OSes are allowed to run This way most of the hardware access is abstracted and any functions which would normally access the hardware or privileged CPU state are passed on to the hypervisor instead Paravirtualization can achieve good function ality and performance on standard x86 CPUs but it can only work if the guest OS can actually be modified which is obviously not always the case VirtualBox chooses a different approach When starting a virtual machine through its ring 0 support kernel driver VirtualBox has set up the host system so that it can run most of the guest code natively but it has inserted itself at the bottom of the picture It can then assume control when needed if a privileged instruction is executed the guest traps in particular because an I O register was accessed and a device needs to be virtualized or external interrupts occur VirtualBox may then handle this and either route a request to a virtual device or possibly delegate handling such things to 179 10 Technical background the guest or host OS In guest context VirtualBox can therefore be in one of three states Guest ring 3 code is run unmodified at full speed as much as possible The number of faults will generally be low unless the guest allows port I O from ring 3 something we cannot do as we don t want the guest to be able to access real ports This is also referred to as raw mode as the guest ring 3 code runs un
149. ame VRDP server see chapter 7 1 7 Multiple VRDP connections page 111 130 8 VBoxManage 8 7 5 Teleporting settings With the following commands for VBoxManage modifyvm you can configure a ma chine to be a target for teleporting See chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 112 for an introduction e teleporter on off With this setting you turn on or off whether a machine waits for a teleporting request to come in on the network when it is started If on when the machine is started it does not boot the virtual machine as it would normally instead it then waits for a teleporting request to come in on the port and address listed with the next two parameters e teleporterport lt port gt teleporteraddress lt address gt these must be used with teleporter and tell the virtual machine on which port and address it should listen for a teleporting request from another virtual machine lt port gt can be any free TCP IP port number e g 6000 lt address gt can be any IP address or hostname and specifies the TCP IP socket to bind to The default is 0 0 0 0 which means any address e teleporterpassword lt password gt if this optional argument is given then the teleporting request will only succeed if the source machine specifies the same password as the one given with this command e cpuid lt leaf gt lt eax gt lt ebx gt lt ecx gt lt edx gt Advanced users can use this command before a teleporting operati
150. an loup Gailly Mark Adler jloup gzip org madler alumni caltech edu 274 15 Third party materials and licenses 15 2 7 OpenSSL license This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young eay cryptsoft com The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscape s SSL This library is free for commercial and non commercial use as long as the following conditions are adhered to The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution be it the RC4 RSA Ihash DES etc code not just the SSL code The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson tjh cryptsoft com Copyright remains Eric Young s and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed If this package is used in a product Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation online or textual provided with the package Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice this list of condi tions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or
151. an the Guest Additions a notification with further instructions is displayed in the guest To disable this update check for the Guest Additions of a given virtual machine set the value of its VirtualBox GuestAdd CheckHostVersion guest property to 0 see chapter 4 7 Guest properties page 77 for details 4 3 Supported guest operating systems Guest Additions are available for virtual machines running Windows Linux Solaris or OS 2 The following sections describe the specifics of each variant in detail 4 3 1 Guest Additions for Windows The VirtualBox Windows Guest Additions are designed to be installed in a virtual machine running a Windows operating system The following versions of Windows guests are supported e Microsoft Windows NT 4 0 any service pack e Microsoft Windows 2000 any service pack e Microsoft Windows XP any service pack e Microsoft Windows Server 2003 any service pack e Microsoft Windows Server 2008 e Microsoft Windows Vista all editions e Microsoft Windows 7 all editions 4 3 1 1 Installation In the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar VirtualBox has a handy menu item named Install guest additions which mounts the Guest Additions ISO file inside your virtual machine A Windows guest should then automatically start the Guest Additions installer which installs the Guest Additions into your Windows guest Note For Direct 3D acceleration to work in a Windows Guest you m
152. and Solaris guests In particular e For Windows guests support is restricted to 32 bit versions of XP and Vista Both OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 are supported experimental 2OpenGL support for Windows guests was added with VirtualBox 2 1 support for Linux and Solaris fol lowed with VirtualBox 2 2 With VirtualBox 3 0 Direct3D 8 9 support was added for Windows guests OpenGL 2 0 is now supported as well 75 4 Guest Additions e OpenGL on Linux requires kernel 2 6 27 and higher as well as X org server version 1 5 and higher Ubuntu 8 10 and Fedora 10 have been tested and confirmed as working e OpenGL on Solaris guests requires X org server version 1 5 and higher 2 The Guest Additions must be installed Note For Direct 3D acceleration to work in a Windows Guest VirtualBox needs to replace Windows system files in the virtual machine As a result the Guest Additions installation program offers Direct 3D acceleration as an op tion that must be explicitly enabled Also you must install the Guest Additions in Safe Mode see chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 for details 3 Because 3D support is still experimental at this time it is disabled by default and must be manually enabled in the VM settings see chapter 3 3 General settings page 49 Note Enabling 3D acceleration may expose security holes to malicious soft ware running the guest The third party code that VirtualBox uses for this purpose
153. and line e g via telnet or ssh Before VirtualBox 1 6 the headless server was called VBoxVRDP For the sake of backwards compatibility the VirtualBox installation still installs an executable with that name as well 107 7 Remote virtual machines 4 an RDP viewer on the remote client see chapter 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers page 105 above for examples Note again that on the server machine since we will only use the headless server neither Qt nor SDL nor the X Window system will be needed 1 On the headless server create a new virtual machine VBoxManage createvm name Windows XP ostype WindowsXP register Note that if you do not specify register you will have to manually use the registervm command later Note further that you do not need to specify ostype but doing so selects some sane default values for certain VM parameters for example the RAM size and the type of the virtual network device To get a complete list of supported operating systems you can use VBoxManage list ostypes 2 Make sure the settings for this VM are appropriate for the guest operating system that we will install For example VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 256 acpi on bootl dvd nicl nat 3 Create a virtual hard disk for the VM in this case 10GB in size and register it with VirtualBox VBoxManage createhd filename WinXP vdi size 10000 remember 4 Add an IDE Controller to the new VM VB
154. and line after the G option e g like this usermod G groupl group2 vboxusers username If any users on your system should be able to access host USB devices from within VirtualBox guests you should also add them to the appropriate user group that your distribution uses for USB access e g usb or usbusers 39 2 Installation details 2 3 4 3 Performing a manual installation If for any reason you cannot use the shell script installer described previously you can also perform a manual installation Invoke the installer like this VirtualBox run keep noexec This will unpack all the files needed for installation in the directory install under the current directory The VirtualBox application files are contained in VirtualBox tar bz2 which you can unpack to any directory on your system For example sudo mkdir opt VirtualBox sudo tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox Or as root mkdir opt VirtualBox tar jxf install VirtualBox tar bz2 C opt VirtualBox The sources for VirtualBox s kernel module are provided in the src directory To build the module change to the directory and issue make If everything builds correctly issue the following command to install the module to the appropriate module directory sudo make install In case you do not have sudo switch the user account to root and perform make install The VirtualBox kernel module needs a device node to operate The above m
155. ands is the set of info commands Running info help provides complete usage information The information commands provide ad hoc data pertinent to various emulated devices and aspects of the VMM There is no general guideline for using the info commands the right command to use depends entirely on the problem being investigated Some of the info commands are e cfgm print a branch of the configuration tree e cpuid display the guest CPUID leaves e ioport print registered I O port ranges e mmio print registered MMIO ranges e mode print the current paging mode e pit print the 18254 PIT state e pic print the i8259A PIC state e ohci ehci print a subset of the OHCI EHCI USB controller state e pcnet6 print the PCnet state vgatext print the contents of the VGA framebuffer formatted as standard text mode e timers print all VM timers The output of the info commands generally requires in depth knowledge of the emulated device and or VirtualBox VMM internals However when used properly the information provided can be invaluable 12 2 General 12 2 1 Guest shows IDE SATA errors for file based images on slow host file system Occasionally some host file systems provide very poor writing performance and as a consequence cause the guest to time out IDE SATA commands This is normal behavior and should normally cause no real problems as the guest should repeat commands that have timed out However some guests e g so
156. apshots and saved states in another special folder for each virtual machine By default this is a subfolder of the virtual machine folder called Snapshots in our example VirtualBox Machines Fedora 6 Snapshots You can change this setting for each machine using VBoxManage as well VDI container files are by default created in the HardDisks directory under the main configuration directory see above In particular this directory is used when the Create new virtual disk wizard is started to create a new VDI file Changing this default is probably most useful if the disk containing your home directory does not have enough room to hold your VDI files which can grow very large 152 9 Advanced topics 9 2 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer 9 2 1 Introduction VBoxSDL is a simple graphical user interface GUI that lacks the nice point and click support which VirtualBox our main GUI provides VBoxSDL is currently primarily used internally for debugging VirtualBox and therefore not officially supported Still you may find it useful for environments where the virtual machines are not necessarily controlled by the same person that uses the virtual machine Note VBoxSDL is not available on the Mac OS X host platform As you can see in the following screenshot VBoxSDL does indeed only provide a simple window that contains only the pure virtual machine without menus or other controls to click upon and no additiona
157. ardware even check for an exact model These restrictions are not circumvented by VirtualBox and continue to apply At this time the authenticity check is only supported on Apple hardware running OS X so it will not work if you install e g Windows or Linux on your Apple computer 2 Only CPUs known and tested by Apple are supported As a result AMD CPUs will never work at all and if the Intel CPU is newer than the build of OS X it will most likely panic during bootup with an Unsupported CPU exception 1See chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 47 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 The Mac OS X installer expects the harddisk to be partitioned so when it does not offer a selection you have to launch the Disk Utility from the Tools menu and partition the hard disk Then close the Disk Utility and proceed with the installation 4 In addition as Mac OS X support in VirtualBox is currently still experimental please refer also to chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 3 1 2 64 bit guests Starting with version 2 0 VirtualBox supports 64 bit guest operating systems Starting with version 2 1 you can even run 64 bit guests on a 32 bit host operating system The hardware prerequisites are identical for both cases In particular 64 bit guests are supported under the following conditions 1 You need a 64 bit processor with hardware virtualization support see chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177
158. are Interface EFI which is a new industry standard intended to eventually replace the legacy BIOS as the primary interface for bootstrapping computers and certain system services later By default VirtualBox uses the BIOS firmware for virtual machines To use EFI for a given virtual machine you can enable EFI in the machine s Settings dialog see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 51 Alternatively use the VBoxManage command line interface like this VBoxManage modifyvm VM name firmware efi 61 3 Configuring virtual machines To switch back to using the BIOS use VBoxManage modifyvm VM name firmware bios One notable user of EFI is Apple s Mac OS X but recent Linuxes such as Fedora 11 and Windows starting with Vista can be booted using EFI as well Another possible use of EFI in VirtualBox is development and testing of EFI applica tions without booting any OS Note that the VirtualBox EFI support is experimental and will be enhanced as EFI matures and becomes more widespread While Mac OS X and Linux guests are known to work fine Windows guests are currently unable to boot using EFI 3 12 1 Video modes in EFI EFI provides two distinct video interfaces GOP Graphics Output Protocol and UGA Universal Graphics Adapter Mac OS X uses GOP while Linux tends to use UGA VirtualBox provides a configuration option to control the framebuffer size for both interfaces To control GOP use the followin
159. arge image files on a real hard disk and present them to a guest as a virtual hard disk This is described in chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 84 2 Alternatively if you have iSCSI storage servers you can attach such a server to VirtualBox as well this is described in chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 94 3 Finally as an experimental feature you can allow a virtual machine to access one of your host disks directly this advanced feature is described in chapter 9 6 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest page 162 Each such virtual storage device image file iSCSI target or physical hard disk will need to be connected to the virtual hard disk controller that VirtualBox presents to a virtual machine This is explained in the next section 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI In a real PC hard disks and CD DVD drives are connected to a device called hard disk controller which drives hard disk operation and data transfers VirtualBox can emulate the three most common types of hard disk controllers typically found in today s PCs IDE SATA AHCI and SCSI e IDE ATA controllers have been in use since the 1980s Initially this type of interface worked only with hard disks but was later extended to also support CD ROM drives and other types of removable media In physical PCs this stan dard uses flat ribbon parallel cables with 40 or 80 wires Each such cable can connect two devices to a con
160. at modifies metric settings to find out which metrics were affected Note that the VBoxManage metrics setup subcommand discards all samples that may have been previously collected for the specified set of objects and metrics To enable or disable metrics collection without discarding the data VBoxManage metrics enable and VBoxManage metrics disable subcommands can be used Note that these subcommands expect metrics not submetrics like CPU Load or RAM Usage as parameters In other words enabling CPU Load User while disabling CPU Load Kernel is not supported The host and VMs have different sets of associated metrics Available metrics can be listed with VBoxManage metrics list subcommand A complete metric name may include an aggregate function The name has the following form Category Metric SubMetric aggregate For example RAM Usage Free min stands for the minimum amount of available memory over all retained data if applied to the host object Subcommands may apply to all objects and metrics or can be limited to one object or and a list of metrics If no objects or metrics are given in the parameters the sub commands will apply to all available metrics of all objects You may use an asterisk to explicitly specify that the command should be applied to all objects or metrics Use host as the object name to limit the scope of the command to host related met rics To limit the scope to a subset of metrics use a metric list with names
161. at you created with the machine one virtual CD DVD drive connected to the secondary master e In addition there is a floppy controller to which a virtual floppy drive is attached You can modify these media attachments freely For example if you wish to copy some files from another virtual disk that you created you can connect that disk as a second hard disk You could also add a second virtual CD DVD drive or change where these items are attached In addition to the IDE controller VirtualBox can also present an SATA controller and a SCSI controller to the guest which gives you 30 or 16 additional slots to attach devices to respectively This however may require that you run a modern guest operating system See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI page 81 for details To add another virtual hard disk or CD DVD drive select the storage controller to which it should be added IDE SATA or SCSI and then click on the add disk button 55 3 Configuring virtual machines below the tree You can then either select Add CD DVD device or Add Hard Disk Alternatively right click on the storage controller and select a menu item there On the right part of the window you can then select where the virtual disk should be connected to on the controller and which image file to use e For virtual hard disks a drop down list appears on the right listing all the hard disk images that VirtualBox curren
162. ata setextradata These commands let you attach and retrieve string data to a virtual machine or to a VirtualBox configuration by specifying global instead of a virtual machine name You must specify a key as a text string to associate the data with which you can later use to retrieve it For example VBoxManage setextradata Fedora5 installdate 2006 01 01 VBoxManage setextradata SUSE10 installdate 2006 02 02 would associate the string 2006 01 01 with the key installdate for the virtual ma chine Fedora5 and 2006 02 02 on the machine SUSE10 You could retrieve the information as follows VBoxManage getextradata Fedora5 installdate which would return VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 3 2 0 C 2005 2010 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Value 2006 01 01 8 23 VBoxManage setproperty This command is used to change global settings which affect the entire VirtualBox installation Some of these correspond to the settings in the Global settings dialog in the graphical user interface The following properties are available hdfolder This specifies the default folder that is used to keep disk image files vdi vmdk vhd machinefolder This specifies the default folder in which virtual machine definitions are kept see chapter 9 1 VirtualBox configuration data page 151 for details vrdpauthlibrary This specifies which library to use when external VRDP authenti cation has been selected for
163. ate the code to achieve the desired behavior While this works emulating thousands of these faults is very expensive and severely hurts the performance of the virtualized guest There are certain flaws in the implementation of ring 1 in the x86 architec ture that were never fixed Certain instructions that should trap in ring 1 don t This affect for example the LGDT SGDT LIDT SIDT or POPF PUSHF instruction pairs Whereas the load operation is privileged and can therefore be trapped the store instruction always succeed If the guest is allowed to execute these it will see the true state of the CPU not the virtualized state The CPUID instruction also has the same problem A hypervisor typically needs to reserve some portion of the guest s address space both linear address space and selectors for its own use This is not entirely transparent to the guest OS and may cause clashes 180 10 Technical background 4 The SYSENTER instruction used for system calls executed by an application running in a guest OS always transitions to ring 0 But that is where the hyper visor runs not the guest OS In this case the hypervisor must trap and emulate the instruction even when it is not desirable 5 The CPU segment registers contain a hidden descriptor cache which is not software accessible The hypervisor cannot read save or restore this state but the guest OS may use it 6 Some resources must and can b
164. ately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty 261 15 Third party materials and licenses keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Library and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The modified work must itself be a software library b You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change c You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License d If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that in the event an application does not supply such function or table the facility still operates and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful For example a function in a library to compute square r
165. ating systems Secondly it extends the capabilities of your existing computer so that it can run multiple operating systems inside multiple virtual machines at the same time So for example you can run Windows and Linux on your Mac run Windows Server 2008 on your Linux server run Linux on your Windows PC and so on all alongside your existing applications You can install and run as many virtual machines as you like the only practical limits are disk space and memory VirtualBox is deceptively simple yet also very powerful It can run everywhere from small embedded systems or desktop class machines all the way up to datacenter de ployments and even Cloud environments The following screenshot shows you how VirtualBox installed on a Linux machine is running Windows 7 in a virtual machine window Windows 7 RTM 32 bit Snapshot 2 3 Running Oracle VM VirtualBox Machine Devices Debug Help Eile Machine Help Q O9 5 p New Settings Show Discard WX Windows 5 1 XP 1 Snapsh XA Powered Off JA Windows 5 1 XP 2 2007 0 8 Powered Off Windows 5 1 XP 3 SMP 8 Powered Oft Windows 6 Vista III Snaps E Saved Windows 7 beta Snapshot Powered off Windows 7 RC 32 bit Sna B Saved Windows 7 RTM 32 bit 5 4 Running ge 555PM iS 13 57 2008 80 ZB nieht ct In this User Manual we ll begin simply with a quick introduction to virtualization and how to get your
166. ause the VM is not running or the Guest Additions are not installed 146 8 VBoxManage If patterns lt pattern gt is specified it acts as a filter to only list properties that match the given pattern The pattern can contain the following wildcard characters asterisk represents any number of characters for example VirtualBox would match all properties beginning with VirtualBox question mark represents a single arbitrary character for example fo would match both foo and for pipe symbol can be used to specify multiple alternative patterns for example sx t would match anything starting with either s or t get vm This retrieves the value of a single property only If the property cannot be found e g because the guest is not running this will print No value seti set lt vm gt lt property gt lt value gt flags lt flags gt This allows you to set a guest property by specifying the key and value If lt value gt is omitted the property is deleted With flags you can optionally specify additional behavior you can combine several by separating them with commas TRANSIENT the value will not be stored with the VM data when the VM exits RDONLYGUEST the value can only be changed by the host but the guest can only read it RDONLYHOST reversely the value can only be changed by the guest but the host can only read it RE
167. auto reset diff file at VM startup related to bug 2772 GUI enable the audio adapter by default for new VMs GUI warn if VI x AMD V is not operational when starting a 64 bit guest GUI deactivate 64 bit guest support when the host CPU does not support VT x AMD V GUI removed floppy icon from the status bar 233 13 Change log GUI show build revision in about dialog GUI fixed sticky status bar text GUI improved error dialogs GUI fail with an appropriate error message when trying to boot a read only disk image bug 1745 GUI Mac OS X fixed disabled close button GUI Windows re enabled support for copy and paste Windows hosts 2 0 re gression bug 2065 3D support added OpenGL select feedback support bug 2920 3D support close OpenGL subsystem for terminated guest applications bug 3243 3D support fixed VM hangs when starting guests with 3D acceleration enabled bug 3437 PXE fixed boot hangs when hardware virtualization is used bug 2536 LsiLogic fixed problems with Solaris guests Main API close machine settings XML file when unregistering machine bug 3548 13 17 Version 2 1 4 2009 02 16 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Windows hosts fixed host crashes hangs on certain 32 bits Windows systems when running Linux guests bugs 1606 2269 2763 Windows hosts fixed network component BSOD issue bugs 3168 2916 Windows hosts fixed installa
168. bal option anymore Use the dock menu to configure it Mac OS X added the VM menu to the dock menu 3D support fixed corrupted surface rendering bug 5695 3D support fixed VM crashes when using ARB_ IMAGING bug 6014 3D support fixed assertion when guest applications uses several windows with single OpenGL context bug 4598 3D support added GL_ARB pixel buffer object support 203 13 Change log 3D support added OpenGL 2 1 support 3D support fixed Final frame of Compiz animation not updated to the screen Mac OS X only bug 4653 3D support fixed blank screen after loading snapshot of VM with enabled Com piz Added support for virtual high precision event timer HPET OVF fixed mapping between two IDE channels in OVF and the one IDE controller in VirtualBox OVF fix VMDK format string identifiers and sort XML elements from rasd namespace alphabetically as prescribed by standard VBoxShell interactive Python shell extended to be fully functional TUI for VirtualBox 13 2 Version 3 1 8 2010 05 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed crash with the OpenSUSE 11 3 milestone kernel during early boot software virtualization only VMM fixed invalid state during teleportation VMM fixed OS 2 guest crash with nested paging enabled VMM fixed massive display performance loss AMD V with nested paging only GUI fixed off by one bug when passing absolute mouse
169. be able to start any virtual machines The VirtualBox kernel module is automatically installed on your system when you install VirtualBox To maintain it with future kernel updates for recent Linux distribu tions for example Fedora Core 5 and later Ubuntu 7 10 Gutsy and later and Man driva 2007 1 and later generally we recommend installing Dynamic Kernel Module Support DKMS This framework helps to build kernel modules and to deal with kernel upgrades If DKMS is not already installed execute one of the following e On an Ubuntu system sudo apt get install dkms e On a Fedora system yum install dkms e On a Mandriva system 1See http en wikipedia org wiki Dynamic Kernel Module Support for an introduction 36 2 Installation details urpmi dkms If DKMS is available and installed the VirtualBox kernel module should always work automatically and it will be automatically rebuilt if your host kernel is updated Otherwise there are only two situations in which you will need to worry about the kernel module 1 The original installation fails This probably means that your Linux system is not prepared for building external kernel modules Most Linux distributions can be set up simply by installing the right packages normally these will be the GNU compiler GCC GNU Make make and pack ages containing header files for your kernel and making sure that all system updates are installed and that the sy
170. bleshooting domain socket residing in tmp vbox lt username gt ipc In case there are commu nication problems i e a VirtualBox application cannot communicate with VBoxSVC terminate the daemons and remove the local domain socket directory 12 6 7 USB not working If USB is not working on your Linux host make sure that the current user is a member of the vboxusers group On older hosts you need to make sure that the user has permission to access the USB filesystem usbfs which VirtualBox relies on to retrieve valid information about your host s USB devices The rest of this section only applies to those older systems Note The current rdesktop vrdp implementation does not support accessing USB devices through the sysfs As usbfs is a virtual filesystem a chmod on proc bus usb has no effect The permissions for usbfs can therefore only be changed by editing the etc fstab file For example most Linux distributions have a user group called usb or similar of which the current user must be a member To give all users of that group access to usbfs make sure the following line is present 85 is the USB group none proc bus usb usbfs devgid 85 devmode 664 0 0 Replace 85 with the group ID that matches your system search etc group for usb or similar Alternatively if you don t mind the security hole give all users access to USB by changing 664 to 666 The various distributions are very crea
171. by Parallels Irrespective of the disk format as briefly mentioned in chapter 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine page 17 there are two options of how to create a disk image fixed size or dynamically expanding e If you create a fixed size image of e g 10 GB an image file of roughly the same size will be created on your host system Note that the creation of a fixed size image can take a long time depending on the size of the image and the write performance of your hard disk e For more flexible storage management use a dynamically expanding image This will initially be very small and not occupy any space for unused virtual disk sectors but the image file will grow every time a disk sector is written to for the first time While this format takes less space initially the fact that VirtualBox 3Initial support for VMDK was added with VirtualBox 1 4 since version 2 1 VirtualBox supports VMDK fully meaning that you can create snapshots and use all the other advanced features described above for VDI images with VMDK also Support was added with VirtualBox 3 1 84 5 Virtual storage needs to constantly expand the image file consumes additional computing re sources so until the disk has fully expanded write operations are slower than with fixed size disks However after a dynamic disk has fully expanded the performance penalty for read and write operations is negligible 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager VirtualBox keep
172. ces IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Driver IntNet VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config Network MyIntNet VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 LUN 0 Config IsService 1 94 5 Virtual storage Finally the iSCSI disk must be registered with the intnet option to tell the iSCSI initiator to use internal networking VBoxManage addiscsidisk server 10 0 9 30 target iqn 2008 12 com sun sampletarget intnet The target address must be specified as a numeric IP address as there is no DNS resolver for internal networking The virtual machine with the iSCSI target should be started before the VM using it is powered on If a virtual machine using an iSCSI disk is started without having the iSCSI target powered up it can take up to 200 seconds to detect this situation The VM will fail to power up 95 6 Virtual networking As briefly mentioned in chapter 3 8 Network settings page 57 VirtualBox provides up to eight virtual PCI Ethernet cards for each virtual machine For each such card you can individually select 1 the hardware that will be virtualized as well as 2 the virtualization mode that the virtual card will be operating in with respect to your physical networking hardware on the host Four of the network cards can be configured in the Network section of the settings dialog in the graphical user interface of VirtualBox You can configure all eight network cards on t
173. ch will report this size as the virtual computer s installed RAM Note Choose this setting carefully The memory you give to the VM will not be available to your host OS while the VM is running so do not specify more than you can spare For example if your host machine has 1 GB of RAM and you enter 512 MB as the amount of RAM for a particular virtual machine while that VM is running you will only have 512 MB left for all the other software on your host If you run two VMs at the same time even more memory will be allocated for the second VM which may not even be able to start if that memory is not available On the other hand you should specify as much as your guest OS and your applications will require to run properly A Windows XP guest will require at least a few hundred MB RAM to run properly and Windows Vista will even refuse to install with less than 512 MB Of course if you want to run graphics intensive applications in your VM you may require even more RAM So as a rule of thumb if you have 1 GB of RAM or more in your host computer it is usually safe to allocate 512 MB to each VM But in any case make sure you always have at least 256 to 512 MB of RAM left on your host operating system Otherwise you may cause your host OS to excessively swap out memory to your hard disk effectively bringing your host system to a standstill Note VirtualBox restricts the amount of guest RAM to 1500 MB on 32 bit Windo
174. chantability or fitness for a particular purpose This software is provided AS IS and you its user assume the entire risk as to its quality and accuracy This software is copyright C 1991 2010 Thomas G Lane Guido Vollbeding All Rights Reserved except as specified below Permission is hereby granted to use copy modify and distribute this software or portions thereof for any purpose without fee subject to these conditions 1 If any part of the source code for this software is distributed then this README file must be included with this copyright and no warranty notice unaltered and any additions deletions or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in ac companying documentation 2 If only executable code is distributed then the accompanying documentation must state that this software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group 3 Permission for use of this software is granted only if the user accepts full re sponsibility for any undesirable consequences the authors accept NO LIABILITY for damages of any kind These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the IJG code not just to the unmodified library If you use our work you ought to acknowledge us Permission is NOT granted for the use of any IJG author s name or company name in advertising or publicity relating to this software or products derived from it This software may be referred to only as the In
175. cifies a maximum resolution VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution auto restores the default settings Note that these settings apply globally to all guest systems not just to a single machine 9 5 4 Custom external VRDP authentication As described in chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 109 VirtualBox supports ar bitrary external modules to perform authentication with its VRDP servers When the authentication method is set to external for a particular VM VirtualBox calls the library that was specified with VBoxManage setproperty vrdpauthlibrary This library will be loaded by the VM process on demand i e when the first RDP connec tion is made by an external client External authentication is the most flexible as the external handler can both choose to grant access to everyone like the null authentication method would and delegate the request to the guest authentication component When delegating the request to the guest component it will still be called afterwards with the option to override the result A VRDP authentication library is required to implement exactly one entry point include VRDPAuth h kx Authentication library entry point Decides whether to allow a client connection Return code Parameters pUuid Pointer to the UUID of the virtual machine which the client connected to guestJudgement Result of the guest authentication szUser User name passed in by
176. cing image is created and attached forming a chain or tree In the above screenshot you see that the original disk image is now attached to a snapshot representing the state of the disk when the snapshot was taken If you now restore a snapshot that is if you want to go back to the exact machine state that was stored in the snapshot the following happens a VirtualBox copies the virtual machine settings that were copied into the snapshot back to the virtual machine As a result if you have made changes to the machine configuration since taking the snapshot they are undone b If the snapshot was taken while the machine was running it contains a saved machine state and that state is restored as well after restoring the snapshot the machine will then be in Saved state and resume execution from there when it is next started Otherwise the machine will be in Pow ered Off state and do a full boot c For each disk image attached to the machine the differencing image hold ing all the write operations since the current snapshot was taken is thrown away and the original parent image is made active again If you restored the root snapshot then this will be the root disk image for each attach ment otherwise some other differencing image descended from it This effectively restores the old machine state If you later delete a snapshot in order to free disk space for each disk at tachment one of the differencin
177. cle may update this privacy policy by posting a new version on the virtualbox org website You should check this page occasionally to ensure you are happy with any changes 292 Glossary A ACPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface an industry specification for BIOS and hardware extensions to configure PC hardware and perform power manage ment Windows 2000 and higher as well as Linux 2 4 and higher support ACPI Windows can only enable or disable ACPI support at installation time AHCI Advanced Host Controller Interface the interface that supports SATA devices such as hard disks See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI page 81 AMD V The hardware virtualization features built into modern AMD processors See chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177 API Application Programming Interface APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller a newer version of the original PC PIC programmable interrupt controller Most modern CPUs contain an on chip APIC local APIC Many systems also contain an I O APIC input output APIC as a separate chip which provides more than 16 IRQs Windows 2000 and higher use a different kernel if they detect an I O APIC during installation Therefore an I O APIC must not be removed after installation ATA Advanced Technology Attachment an industry standard for hard disk inter faces synonymous with IDE See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA
178. code 5 A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library but is de signed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it is called a work that uses the Library Such a work in isolation is not a derivative work of the Library and therefore falls outside the scope of this License However linking a work that uses the Library with the Library creates an exe cutable that is a derivative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library rather than a work that uses the library The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables When a work that uses the Library uses material from a header file that is part of the Library the object code for the work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library or if the work is itself a library The threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law If such an object file uses only numerical parameters data structure layouts and accessors and small macros and small inline functions ten lines or less in length then the use of the object file is unrestricted regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6 Otherwise if the work is a derivat
179. code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer e Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution e Neither the name of the Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without spe cific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBU TORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS 289 15 Third party materials and licenses FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPY RIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCI DENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 15 2 19 libjpeg License The authors make NO WARRANTY or representation either express or implied with respect to this software its quality accuracy mer
180. connect arbitrary USB devices locally to a virtual machine which is running remotely on a VirtualBox RDP server see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 109 for details 1 4 Supported host operating systems Currently VirtualBox runs on the following host operating systems e Windows hosts Windows XP all service packs 32 bit Windows Server 2003 32 bit Windows Vista 32 bit and 64 bit Support for 64 bit Windows was added with VirtualBox 1 5 14 1 First steps Windows Server 2008 32 bit and 64 bit Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit e Mac OS X hosts 10 5 Leopard 32 bit 10 6 Snow Leopard 32 bit and 64 bit Intel hardware is required please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 also e Linux hosts 32 bit and 64 bit Among others this includes Debian GNU Linux 3 1 sarge 4 0 etch and 5 0 lenny Fedora Core 4 to 12 Gentoo Linux Redhat Enterprise Linux 4 and 5 SUSE Linux 9 and 10 openSUSE 10 3 11 0 11 1 11 2 Ubuntu 6 06 Dapper Drake 6 10 Edgy Eft 7 04 Feisty Fawn 7 10 Gutsy Gibbon 8 04 Hardy Heron 8 10 Intrepid Ibex 9 04 Jaunty Jackalope 9 10 Karmic Koala 10 04 Lucid Lynx Mandriva 2007 1 2008 0 2009 1 2010 0 It should be possible to use VirtualBox on most systems based on Linux kernel 2 6 using either the VirtualBox installer or by doing a manual instal
181. coordinates to the guest 3 1 6 regression GUI show the real version of the Guest Additions not the interface version GUI when adding a DVD or floppy slot in the VM mass storage settings dialog don t attach a random medium but just leave the slot empty GUI added seamless and fullscreen command line switches bug 4220 GUI fixed a SEGFAULT under rare circumstances 2D Video acceleration fixed display issues when working with non 32 bit modes bugs 6094 amp 6208 LsiLogic Fixed detection of hard disks attached to port 0 when using the drivers from LSI 204 13 Change log ATA Fixed sporadic crash with Linux guests when having a hard disk and DVD drive on the same channel bug 6079 Network allow to start a VM even if not all network adapters are attached Network promiscuous mode support for e1000 and paravirtualized adapters bug 6519 NAT fixed ICMP latency non Windows hosts only bug 6427 SCSI fixed guest crashes under certain circumstances when booting from SCSI devices VBoxManage fixed modifyvm natnet default Solaris Hosts fixed a kernel panic when bridged networking might fail to initial ize Solaris Hosts fixed priority tagged VLAN packets in bridged networking Shared folders fixed issue with copying read only files Linux guests only bug 4890 Shared folders renamed the guest kernel module from vboxvfs to vboxsf to make it load on demand by the Linux kernel Fixes mounting from
182. crash bug 2212 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe memory leak due to a Windows WMI memory leak Vista only bug 2242 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe delays GUI startup 244 13 Change log Linux hosts handle jiffies counter overflow VM stuck after 300 seconds of host uptime bug 2247 Solaris hosts fixed host or guest side networking going stale while using host interface networking bug 2474 Solaris hosts added support for using unplumbed network interfaces and Cross bow Virtual Network Interfaces VNICs with host interface networking Solaris hosts reworked threading model improves performance for host inter face networking Windows Additions fixed crash when accessing deep directory structures in a shared folder Windows Additions improved shared folder name resolving bug 1728 Windows Additions fixed Windows 2000 shutdown crash bug 2254 Windows Additions fixed error code for MoveFile if the target exists bug 2350 Linux Additions fixed seek for files bigger than 2GB bug 2379 Linux Additions support Ubuntu 8 10 Linux Additions clipboard fixes bug 2015 Web services improved documentation and fixed example bug 1642 13 23 Version 2 0 2 2008 09 12 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added e VMM fixed inability to run more than one VM in parallel AMD V on CPUs with erratum 170 only bug 2167 e VMM VTx stability fixes bug 2179 and others e
183. dditions are not installed In addition you can turn off the Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI which VirtualBox presents to the guest operating system by default ACPI is the current industry standard to allow operating systems to recognize hardware configure motherboards and other devices and manage power As all modern PCs contain this feature and Windows and Linux have been supporting it for years it is also enabled by default in VirtualBox It can only be turned off on the command line e see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 install different kernels depending on whether ACPI is available so ACPI must not be turned off after installation of a Windows guest OS Turning it on after installation will have no effect however 3 4 2 Processor tab On the Processor tab you can set how many virtual CPU cores the guest operating systems should see Starting with version 3 0 VirtualBox supports symmetrical multi processing SMP and can present up to 32 virtual CPU cores to each virtual machine You should not however configure virtual machines to use more CPU cores than you have available physically In addition the Enable PAE NX setting determines whether the PAE and NX capa bilities of the host CPU will be exposed to the virtual machine PAE stands for Physical 2The virtual USB tablet was added with VirtualBox 3 2 Depending
184. dependent JPEG Group s software We specifically permit and encourage the use of this software as the basis of com mercial products provided that all warranty or liability claims are assumed by the product vendor ansi2knrc is included in this distribution by permission of L Peter Deutsch sole proprietor of its copyright holder Aladdin Enterprises of Menlo Park CA ansi2knr c is NOT covered by the above copyright and conditions but instead by the usual dis tribution terms of the Free Software Foundation principally that you must include source code if you redistribute it See the file ansi2knr c for full details However since ansi2knr c is not needed as part of any program generated from the IJG code this does not limit you more than the foregoing paragraphs do 290 15 Third party materials and licenses The Unix configuration script configure was produced with GNU Autoconf It is copyright by the Free Software Foundation but is freely distributable The same holds for its supporting scripts config guess config sub Itmain sh Another support script install sh is copyright by X Consortium but is also freely distributable The IJG distribution formerly included code to read and write GIF files To avoid entanglement with the Unisys LZW patent GIF reading support has been removed altogether and the GIF writer has been simplified to produce uncompressed GIFs This technique does not use the LZW algorithm the resulti
185. der to keep a better overview To pass arguments containing spaces quotation marks have to be used environment lt NAME gt lt VALUE gt One or more environment variables to be set or unset At the time of process creation the standard environment of the guest OS is applied to it To set modify a variable a pair of NAME VALUE has to be specified to unset a certain variable the name with no value has to be set e g NAME Note More than one environment parameters at a time can be specified in order to keep a better overview To pass environment variables containing spaces quotation marks have to be used flags flags Additional flags to set Not used at the moment timeout lt msec gt Value in milliseconds that specifies the time how long the started process is allowed to run and how long VBoxManage waits for get ting output from that process If no timeout is specified VBoxManage will wait forever until the started process exited or gets closed or an error occured username lt name gt Name of the user the process should run under This user has to exist on the guest OS Also this parameter needs password to be specified in order to authenticate on the guest password password Password of the user account specified with username verbose Tells VBoxManage to be more verbose during the execution 148 8 VBoxManage wait for action Tells VBoxManage to wait for a c
186. dition to enabling secure labeling a TrueType font has to be supplied To use another font size than 12 point use the parameter seclabelsiz The label text can be set with VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxSDL SecureLabel The Label Changing this label will take effect immediately Typically full screen resolutions are limited to certain standard geometries such as 1024 x 768 Increasing this by twenty lines is not usually feasible so in most cases VBoxSDL will chose the next higher resolution e g 1280 x 1024 and the guest s screen will not cover the whole display surface If VBoxSDL is unable to choose a higher resolution the secure label will be painted on top of the guest s screen surface In order to address the problem of the bottom part of the guest screen being hidden VBoxSDL can provide custom video modes to the guest that are reduced by the height of the label For Windows guests and recent Solaris and Linux guests the VirtualBox Guest Additions automatically provide the reduced video modes Additionally the VESA BIOS has been adjusted to duplicate its standard mode table with adjusted resolutions The adjusted mode IDs can be calculated using the following formula reduced modeid modeid 0x30 For example in order to start Linux with 1024 x 748 x 16 the standard mode 0x117 1024 x 768 x 16 is used as a base The Linux video mode kernel parameter can then be calculated using vga vga 0x200 0x117 0x
187. do not send zero terminated text to X11 guests and hosts bug 4712 Shared clipboard use a less CPU intensive way of checking for new data on X11 guests and hosts bug 4092 Guest Additions do not hide the host mouse cursor when restoring a saved state bug 4700 Windows guests fixed issues with the display of the mouse cursor image bugs 2603 2660 and 4817 SUSE 11 guests fixed Guest Additions installation bug 4506 Guest Additions support Fedora 12 Alpha guests bugs 4731 4733 and 4734 221 13 Change log 13 11 Version 3 0 4 2009 08 04 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM 64 bits guest stability fixes AMD V only bugs 3923 amp 3666 VMM SMP stability fixes AMD V only VMM SMP performance improvement esp for Solaris guests VMM eliminated several bugs which could lead to a host reboot VMM fixed OS 2 ACP2 boot floppy hang VT x only VMM small performance improvement for OpenSolaris guests AMD V only VMM fixed CentOS Xen reboot software virtualization only bug 4509 SATA fixed hangs BSOD during Windows XP installation bug 4342 SATA mark the ports as non hotpluggable bug 3920 3D support fix deadlocks and context window tracking for multithreaded ap plications bug 3922 3D support fix memory leaks when terminating OpenGL guest applications 3D support fix crash in Call of Duty NAT using two or more NAT adapters in one VM was b
188. dwords qwords e u unassemble memory e dg print the guest s GDT e di print the guest s IDT e dl print the guest s LDT e dt print the guest s TSS e dp print the guest s page table structures e bp br set a normal recompiler breakpoint e bl list breakpoints e bc clear a breakpoint See the built in help for other available commands The VM debugger supports symbolic debugging although symbols for guest code are often not available For Solaris guests the detect command automatically deter mines the guest OS version and locates kernel symbols in guest s memory Symbolic debugging is then available For Linux guests the detect commands also determines the guest OS version but there are no symbols in the guest s memory Kernel symbols are available in the file proc kallsyms on Linux guests This file must be copied to the host for example using scp The loadmap debugger command can be used to make the symbol information available to the VM debugger Note that the kallsyms 188 12 Troubleshooting file contains the symbols for the currently loaded modules if the guest s configuration changes the symbols will change as well and must be updated For all guests a simple way to verify that the correct symbols are loaded is the k command The guest is normally idling and it should be clear from the symbolic information that the guest operating system s idle loop is being executed Another group of debugger comm
189. e O Powered Off P 9 gy Snapshot 2 2 MSN open again 02 11 09 21 32 G Snapshot 2 3 24 02 10 12 29 Windows 6 Vista I nap Powered Ott G Snapshot 1 1 without additions 02 11 09 14 30 Windows 7 beta Snapsho Gy Snapshot 1 10 without additions 04 11 09 20 06 9 Powered Of gj Snapshot 4 09 11 09 15 17 G Snapshot 5 15 02 10 16 48 w c gj ao I VirtualBox allows you to take an unlimited number of snapshots the only limi tation is the size of your disks Keep in mind that each snapshot stores the state of the virtual machine and thus takes some disk space 2 You can restore a snapshot by right clicking on any snapshot you have taken in the list of snapshots By restoring a snapshot you go back or forward in time the current state of the machine is lost and the machine is restored to exactly the same state as it was when then snapshot was taken 5Both the terminology and the functionality of restoring snapshots has changed with VirtualBox 3 1 Before that version it was only possible to go back to the very last snapshot taken not earlier ones and the operation was called Discard current state instead of Restore last snapshot The limitation has been lifted with version 3 1 It is now possible to restore any snapshot going backward and forward in time 26 1 First steps Note Restoring a snapshot will affect the virtual hard drives that are con nected to your VM as the enti
190. e 1 timestamp 1229098279122627000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd InstallDir value C Program Files Sun xVM VirtualBox Guest Additions timestamp 1229098279269739000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Revision value 40720 timestamp 1229098279345664000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Version value 3 2 0 timestamp 1229098279479515000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxControl exe value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279651731000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxHook dll value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279804835000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxDisp dll value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279880611000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxMRXNP dll value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279882618000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxService exe value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279883195000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxTray exe value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279885027000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxGuest sys value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279886838000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxMouse sys value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279890600000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxSF sys value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098279893056000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestAdd Components VBoxVideo sys value 3 2 0r40720 timestamp 1229098
191. e the current setting for the host key is always displayed at the bottom right of your VM window should you have forgotten about it Recycle Bin In detail all this translates into the following e Your keyboard is owned by the VM if the VM window on your host desktop has the keyboard focus and then if you have many windows open in your guest operating system as well the window that has the focus in your VM This means that if you want to type within your VM click on the title bar of your VM window first To release keyboard ownership press the Host key as explained above typically the right Control key Note that while the VM owns the keyboard some key sequences like Alt Tab for example will no longer be seen by the host but will go to the guest instead After you press the host key to re enable the host keyboard all key presses will go through the host again so that sequences like Alt Tab will no longer reach the guest Your mouse is owned by the VM only after you have clicked in the VM window The host mouse pointer will disappear and your mouse will drive the guest s pointer instead of your normal mouse pointer Note that mouse ownership is independent of that of the keyboard even after you have clicked on a titlebar to be able to type into the VM window your mouse is not necessarily owned by the VM yet To release ownership of your mouse by the VM also press the Host key As this behavior can be inconveni
192. e Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER WISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of the authors shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 15 2 14 gSOAP Public License Version 1 3a The gSOAP public license is derived from the Mozilla Public License MPL1 1 The sections that were deleted from the original MPL1 1 text are 1 0 1 2 1 c d 2 2 c d 8 2 b 10 and 11 Section 3 8 was added The modified sections are 2 1 b 2 2 b 3 2 simplified 3 5 deleted the last sentence and 3 6 simplified 1 DEFINITIONS 1 1 Contrib
193. e appliance containing a Windows XP guest VBoxManage import WindowsXp ovf dry run Interpreting WindowsXp ovf OK Virtual system 0 0 Suggested OS type WindowsXP change with vsys O ostype lt type gt use list ostypes to list all 1 Suggested VM name Windows XP Professional_1 change with vsys 0 vmname lt name gt 3 Number of CPUs 1 change with vsys 0 cpus lt n gt 4 Guest memory 956 MB change with vsys 0 memory lt MB gt 5 Sound card appliance expects ensonig1371 can change on import disable with vsys 0 unit 5 ignore 6 USB controller disable with vsys 0 unit 6 ignore 7 Network adapter orig bridged config 2 extra type bridged 8 Floppy disable with vsys O unit 8 ignore 9 SCSI controller type BusLogic change with vsys 0 unit 9 scsitype BusLogic LsiLogic disable with vsys 0 unit 9 ignore 10 IDE controller type PIIX4 disable with vsys O unit 10 ignore 11 Hard disk image source image WindowsXp vmdk target pathz home user disks WindowsXp vmdk controller 9 channel 0 change controller with vsys O unit 11 controller lt id gt disable with vsys 0 unit 11 ignore As you can see the individual configuration items are numbered and depending on their type support different command line options The import subcommand can be directed to ignore many such items with a vsys X unit Y ignore opti
194. e as of the date You first made used sold distributed or had made Modifications made by that Participant 8 3 If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant alleging that such Participant s Contributor Version directly or indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved such as by license or settlement prior to the initiation of patent in fringement litigation then the reasonable value of the licenses granted by such Partic ipant under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 shall be taken into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or license 8 4 In the event of termination under Sections 8 1 or 8 2 above all end user license agreements excluding distributors and resellers which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder prior to termination shall survive termination 9 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LE GAL THEORY WHETHER TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE CONTRACT OR OTH ERWISE SHALL YOU THE INITIAL DEVELOPER ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PAR TIES BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITA TION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL WORK STOPPAGE COMPUTER FAIL URE OR MALFUNCTION OR ANY AND ALL OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES THIS L
195. e createvm name SUSE 10 2 register VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 3 2 0 C 2005 2010 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Virtual machine SUSE 10 2 is created UUID c89fc351 8ec6 4f02 a048 57f4d25288e5 Settings file home username VirtualBox Machines SUSE 10 2 SUSE 10 2 xml As can be seen from the above output a new virtual machine has been created with a new UUID and a new XML settings file e To show the configuration of a particular VM use VBoxManage showvminfo see chapter 8 4 VBoxManage showvminfo page 122 for details and an example e To change settings while a VM is powered off use VBoxManage modifyvm e g as follows VBoxManage modifyvm Windows XP memory 512MB For details see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 e To control VM operation use one of the following To start a VM that is currently powered off use VBoxManage startvm see chapter 8 10 VBoxManage startvm page 133 for details To pause or save a VM that is currently running or change some of its settings use VBoxManage controlvm see chapter 8 11 VBoxManage con trolvm page 134 for details 8 2 Commands overview When running VBoxManage without parameters or when supplying an invalid com mand line the below syntax diagram will be shown Note that the output will be slightly different depending on the host platform when in doubt check the output of VBoxManage for the commands availab
196. e guest page 160 usb on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB controller see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 59 for details usbehci on off This option enables or disables the VM s virtual USB 2 0 controller see chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 59 for details 8 7 4 Remote machine settings The following settings that affect remote machine behavior are available through VBoxManage modifyvm vrdp on off With the VirtualBox graphical user interface this enables or disables the built in VRDP server Note that if you are using VBoxHeadless see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 106 VRDP output is always enabled vrdpport default lt ports gt A port or a range of ports the VRDP server can bind to default or 0 means port 3389 the standard port for RDP You can specify a comma separated list of ports or ranges of ports Use a dash be tween two port numbers to specify a range The VRDP server will bind to one of available ports from the specified list Only one machine can use a given port at a time For example the option vrdpport 5000 5010 5012 will tell the server to bind to one of following ports 5000 5010 5011 or 5012 vrdpauthtype null external guest This allows you to choose whether and how authorization will be performed see chapter 7 1 5 RDP authentication page 109 for details vrdpmulticon on off This enables multiple VRDP connections to the s
197. e initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or struc ture of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is A Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifications 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer software code which is de scribed in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter ac quired including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contributors choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving s
198. e list of disk images as described in chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 and can thus be attached to one of the VM s three hard disk slots the usual way 5 10 1 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking As an experimental feature VirtualBox allows for accessing an iSCSI target running in a virtual machine which is configured for using Internal Networking mode as de scribed in chapter 6 5 Internal networking page 102 The setup of the virtual ma chine which uses such an iSCSI target is done as described above The only difference is that the IP address of the target must be specified as a numeric IP address The IP stack accessing Internal Networking must be configured in the virtual ma chine which accesses the iSCSI target A free static IP and a MAC address not used by other virtual machines must be chosen In the example below adapt the name of the virtual machine the MAC address the IP configuration and the Internal Networking name MyIntNet according to your needs The following seven commands must be issued VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Trusted 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config MAC 08 00 27 01 02 0f VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config IP 10 0 9 1 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices IntNetIP 0 Config Netmask 255 255 255 0 VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devi
199. e of Stanford University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBU TORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPY RIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCI DENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 15 2 15 2 COPYRIGHT LLNL file This Chromium distribution contains information and code which is covered under the following notice Copyright c 2002 The Regents of the University of California Produced at the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory For details contact Randall Frank rjfrank IInl gov UCRL CODE 2002 058 All rights reserved This file is part of Chromium For details see accompanying documentation Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided tha
200. e place Otherwise the new filter will be added onto the end of the list The target parameter selects the virtual machine that the filter should be attached to or use global to apply it to all virtual machines name is a name for the new filter and for global filters action says whether to allow machines access to devices that fit the filter description hold or not to give them access ignore In addition you should specify parameters to filter by You can find the parameters for devices attached to your system using VBoxManage list usbhost Finally you can specify whether the filter should be active and for local filters whether they are for local devices remote over an RDP connection or either When you modify a USB filter using usbfilter modify you must specify the filter by index see the output of VBoxManage list usbfilters to find global filter in dexes and that of VBoxManage showvminfo to find indexes for individual machines and by target which is either a virtual machine or global The properties which can be changed are the same as for usbfilter add To remove a filter use usbfilter remove and specify the index and the target 8 25 VBoxManage sharedfolder add remove This command allows you to share folders on the host computer with guest operating systems For this the guest systems must have a version of the VirtualBox Guest Additions installed which supports this functionality Shared folders are de
201. e provided under our contract with the U S De partment of Energy DOE This work was produced at the University of California Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory under Contract No W 7405 ENG 48 with the DOE 2 Neither the United States Government nor the University of California nor any of their employees makes any warranty express or implied or assumes any liability or responsibility for the accuracy completeness or usefulness of any information ap paratus product or process disclosed or represents that its use would not infringe privately owned rights 3 Also reference herein to any specific commercial products process or services by trade name trademark manufacturer or otherwise does not necessarily constitute or imply its endorsement recommendation or favoring by the United States Government or the University of California The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States Government or the University of California and shall not be used for advertising or product endorsement purposes 15 2 15 3 COPYRIGHT REDHAT file This Chromium distribution contains information and code which is covered under the following notice Copyright 2001 2002 Red Hat Inc Durham North Carolina All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in
202. e release OS X guests only work with one CPU assigned to the VM Support for SMP will be provided in a future release Depending on your system and version of OS X you might experience guest hangs after some time This can be fixed by turning off energy saving set timeout to Never in the system preferences By default the VirtualBox EFI enables debug output of the OS X kernel to help you diagnose boot problems Note that there is a lot of output and not all errors are fatal they would also show on your physical Mac You can turn off these messages by issuing this command VBoxManage setextradata vmname VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs To revert to the previous behavior use 250 14 Known limitations VBoxManage setextradata vmname VBoxInternal2 EfiBootArgs e Solaris hosts The following restrictions apply for OpenSolaris and Solaris 10 There is no support for USB on Solaris 10 hosts USB support on OpenSolaris requires version snv 124 or higher Webcams and other isochronous devices are known to have poor performance No ACPI information battery status power source is reported to the guest No support for using wireless with bridged networking e Guest Additions for OS 2 Shared folders are not yet supported with OS 2 guests In addition seamless windows and automatic guest resizing will prob ably never be implemented due to inherent limitations of the OS 2 graphics system 251 15 Third party ma
203. e trapped by the hypervisor but the access is so frequent that this creates a significant performance overhead An example is the TPR Task Priority register in 32 bit mode Accesses to this register must be trapped by the hypervisor but certain guest operating systems notably Windows and Solaris write this register very often which adversely affects virtualization performance To fix these performance and security issues VirtualBox contains a Code Scanning and Analysis Manager CSAM which disassembles guest code and the Patch Manager PATM which can replace it at runtime Before executing ring 0 code CSAM scans it recursively to discover problematic instructions PATM then performs in situ patching i e it replaces the instruction with a jump to hypervisor memory where an integrated code generator has placed a more suitable implementation In reality this is a very complex task as there are lots of odd situations to be discovered and handled correctly So with its current complexity one could argue that PATM is an advanced in situ recompiler In addition every time a fault occurs VirtualBox analyzes the offending code to determine if it is possible to patch it in order to prevent it from causing more faults in the future This approach works well in practice and dramatically improves software virtualization performance 10 4 Details about hardware virtualization With Intel VT x there are two distinct modes of CPU operation VMX
204. e virtual machine which you selected will boot up Everything which would normally be seen on the virtual system s monitor is shown in the window as can be seen with the image in chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 11 Since this is the first time you are running this VM another wizard will show up to help you select an installation medium Since the VM is created empty it would otherwise behave just like a real computer with no operating system installed it will do nothing and display an error message that it cannot boot an operating system For this reason the First Start Wizard helps you select an operating system medium to install an operating system from In most cases this will either be a real CD or DVD VirtualBox can then configure the virtual machine to use your host s drive or you might have an ISO image of a CD or DVD handy which VirtualBox can then present to the virtual machine In both cases after making the choices in the wizard you will be able to install your Operating system In general you can use the virtual machine much like you would use a real com puter There are couple of points worth mentioning however 1 7 1 Keyboard and mouse support in virtual machines 1 7 1 1 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse As of version 3 2 VirtualBox provides a virtual USB tablet device to new virtual ma chines through which mouse events are communicated to the guest operating system As a result if you are runnin
205. e you through the steps that are necessary to create a new virtual machine for VirtualBox Use the Next button to go to the next page of the wizard and the Back button to return to the previous page You can also press Cancel if you want to cancel the execution of this wizard ues care On the following pages the wizard will ask you for the bare minimum of information that is needed to create a VM in particular 17 1 First steps 1 Aname for your VM and the type of operating system OS you want to install The name is what you will later see in the VirtualBox main window and what your settings will be stored under It is purely informational but once you have created a few VMs you will appreciate if you have given your VMs informative names My VM probably is therefore not as useful as Windows XP SP2 For Operating System Type select the operating system that you want to install later Depending on your selection VirtualBox will enable or disable certain VM settings that your guest operating system may require This is particularly important for 64 bit guests see chapter 3 1 2 64 bit guests page 48 It is therefore recommended to always set it to the correct value 2 The amount of memory RAM that the virtual machine should have for itself Every time a virtual machine is started VirtualBox will allocate this much mem ory from your host machine and present it to the guest operating system whi
206. ed virtual machines One virtual SATA controller is created by default and the default disk that is created with a new VM is attached to this controller The assignment of the machine s CD DVD drive to the secondary master was fixed before VirtualBox 3 1 it is now changeable and the drive can be at other slots of the IDE controller and there can be more than one such drive 82 1 2 5 Virtual storage Warning The entire SATA controller and the virtual disks attached to it in cluding those in IDE compatibility mode will not be seen by operating sys tems that do not have device support for AHCI In particular there is no support for AHCI in Windows before Windows Vista so Windows XP even SP2 will not see such disks unless you install additional drivers To add a SATA controller to a machine for which it has not been enabled by default either because it was created by an earlier version of VirtualBox or be cause SATA is not supported by default by the selected guest operating system go to the Storage page of of the machine s settings dialog click on the Add Controller button under the Storage Tree box and then select Add SATA Con troller After this the additional controller will appear as a separate PCI device in the virtual machine and you can add virtual disks to it To change the IDE compatibility mode settings for the SATA controller please see chapter 8 15 VBoxManage sto
207. edinterfaces lt XXXXXXXX gt modify lt index 0 N gt target lt uuid gt lt name gt global name lt string gt action ignore hold global filters only active yes no vendorid lt XXXX gt productid lt XXXX gt revision lt IIFF gt manufacturer lt string gt product lt string gt remote yes no null VM filters only serialnumber string maskedinterfaces 0000000 remove index 0 N target lt uuid gt lt name gt global add lt vmname gt lt uuid gt name name hostpath hostpath transient readonly remove lt vmname gt lt uuid gt name name transient lt vmname gt lt uuid gt reset pattern lt pattern gt descriptions list host lt vmname gt metric list comma separated setup 120 8 VBoxManage period lt seconds gt default 1 samples lt count gt default 1 list host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt VBoxManage metrics query host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt VBoxManage metrics enable list host lt vmname gt metric list VBoxManage metrics disable list host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt VBoxManage metrics collect period lt seconds gt default 1 samples lt count gt default 1 list detach host lt vmname gt lt metric_list gt VBoxManage dhcps
208. edundant writes GUI reworked network settings dialog GUI properly show the detailed settings dialog of NAT networks bug 3702 GUI HostKey could not be changed 2 2 0 regression bug 3689 GUI fixed memory textfield size Windows hosts only bug 3679 GUI fixed crash when selecting a shared folder path Windows hosts only bugs 3694 3751 3756 VBoxManage modifyhd compact implemented again for VDI files and now supports relative paths bug 2180 2833 VBoxManage snapshot discard made it work again 2 1 0 regression bug 3714 NAT on some Windows hosts the guest didn t receive a DHCP lease bug 3655 NAT fixed release assertion during pollO bug 3667 Networking fixed a deadlock caused by the PCnet network device emulation 2 2 0 regression bug 3676 Clipboard fixed random crashes X11 hosts only bug 3723 Shared Folders fixed incorrect permissions for Solaris guests Shared Folders fixed wrong file sizes with Solaris guests 230 13 Change log e CBindings fixed possible memory leak while releasing the VirtualBox and ISes sion Objects e Solaris hosts fixed host only network interface incompatibility with nwam dhcpagent bug 3754 e Windows installer fixed several install and uninstall issues bugs 73659 3686 1730 3711 3373 3382 3701 3685 3710 e Mac OS X hosts preliminary support for Snow Leopard 13 16 Version 2 2 0 2009 04 08 This version is a major update The
209. ee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This license the Lesser General Public License applies to some specially designated software packages typically libraries of the Free Software Foundation and other au thors who decide to use it You can use it too but we suggest you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use in any particular case based on the explanations below 259 15 Third party materials and licenses When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom of use not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software and use pieces of it in new free programs and that you are informed that you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of the library whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source c
210. ee chapter 9 11 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters page 172 9 11 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters The VirtualBox Guest Additions ensure that the guest s system time is synchronized with the host time There are several parameters which can be tuned The parameters can be set for a specific VM using the following command VBoxManage guestproperty set VM_NAME VirtualBox GuestAdd VBoxService PARAMETER VALUE where PARAMETER is one of the following timesync interval Specifies the interval at which to synchronize the time with the host The default is 10000 ms 10 seconds timesync min adjust The minimum absolute drift value measured in millisec onds to make adjustments for The default is 1000 ms on OS 2 and 100 ms elsewhere timesync latency factor The factor to multiply the time query latency with to calculate the dynamic minimum adjust time The default is 8 times that means in detail Measure the time it takes to determine the host time the guest has to contact the VM host service which may take some time multiply this value by 8 and do an adjustment only if the time difference between host and guest is bigger than this value Don t do any time adjustment otherwise 172 9 Advanced topics timesync max latency The max host timer query latency to accept The default is 250 ms timesync set threshold The absolute drift threshold given as milliseconds where
211. eed as it is essential to execute this script which installs the VirtualBox kernel module Following this confirmation the installer will install VirtualBox and execute the postinstall setup script Once the postinstall script has been executed your installation is now complete You may now safely delete the uncompressed package and autoresponse files from your system VirtualBox would be installed in opt VirtualBox 2 4 2 Starting VirtualBox on Solaris The easiest way to start a VirtualBox program is by running the program of your choice VirtualBox VBoxManage VBoxSDL or VBoxHeadless from a terminal These are symbolic links to VBox sh that start the required program for you Alternatively you can directly invoke the required programs from opt VirtualBox Using the links provided is easier as you do not have to type the full path You can configure some elements of the VirtualBox Qt GUI such as fonts and colours by executing VBoxQtconfig from the terminal 2 4 3 Uninstallation Uninstallation of VirtualBox on Solaris requires root permissions To perform the unin stallation start a root terminal session and execute pkgrm SUNWvbox After confirmation this will remove VirtualBox from your system If you are uninstalling VirtualBox version 3 0 or lower you need to remove the VirtualBox kernel interface package execute pkgrm SUNWvboxkern 2 4 4 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox we
212. efore reporting a problem 1 Is the problem specific to a certain guest OS Specific release of a guest OS Es pecially with Linux guest related problems the issue may be specific to a certain distribution and version of Linux 2 Is the problem specific to a certain host OS Problems are usually not host OS specific because most of the VirtualBox code base is shared across all supported platforms but especially in the areas of networking and USB support there are significant differences between host platforms Some GUI related issues are also host specific 3 Is the problem specific to certain host hardware This category of issues is typi cally related to the host CPU Because of significant differences between VT x and AMD V problems may be specific to one or the other technology The exact CPU model may also make a difference even for software virtualization because dif ferent CPUs support different features which may affect certain aspects of guest CPU operation 4 Is the problem specific to a certain virtualization mode Some problems may only occur in software virtualization mode others may be specific to hardware virtualization 185 12 Troubleshooting 5 Is the problem specific to guest SMP That is is it related to the number of vir tual CPUs VCPUs in the guest Using more than one CPU usually significantly affects the internal operation of a guest OS 6 Is the problem specific to the Guest Additions In so
213. eing displayed the same way as USB devices that are connected to the actual host This allows for running virtual machines on a VirtualBox host that acts as a server where a client can connect from elsewhere that needs only a network adapter and a display capable of running an RDP viewer When USB devices are plugged into the client the remote VirtualBox server can access them For these remote USB devices the same filter rules apply as for other USB devices as described with chapter 3 10 1 USB settings page 59 All you have to do is specify Remote or Any when setting up these rules Accessing remote USB devices is only possible if the RDP client supports this ex tension On Linux and Solaris hosts the VirtualBox installation provides a suitable RDP client called rdesktop vrdp RDP clients for other platforms will be provided in future VirtualBox versions To make a remote USB device available to a VM rdesktop vrdp should be started as follows rdesktop vrdp r usb a 16 N my host address Note that rdesktop vrdp can access USB devices only through proc bus usb Please refer to chapter 12 6 7 USB not working page 199 for further details on how to properly set up the permissions Furthermore it is advisable to disable automatic loading of any host driver on the remote host which might work on USB devices to ensure that the devices are accessible by the RDP client If the setup was properly done on the remote host plug unplug e
214. els 2 6 30 or later bug 5562 Mac OS X hosts fixed VBoxSVC crash while enumerating the host network in terfaces under certain circumstances Snapshots fixed image corruption after snapshot merge under certain circum stances bug 6023 Snapshots fixed crash with VBoxHeadless OSE VMM fixed reference counting guru meditation bug 4940 VMM improved guest SMP stability VMM fixed VT x hardware debug issues bugs 477 amp 5792 VMM fixed PGMDynMapHCPage guru meditation Mac OS X VT x only bug 6095 VMM fixed pgmPoolTrackFlushGCPhysPTInt guru meditations Mac OS X VI x only bugs 6095 amp 6125 VMM Fixed host crash when running PAE guests in VI X mode Mac OS X only bug 5771 GUI fix displaying of error message bug 4345 GUI fix inability to enter seamless mode bugs 6185 6188 3D support fixed assertion and flickering when guest application uses several windows with a single OpenGL context bug 4598 3D support fixed host crashes when using GL EXT compiled vertex array and array element calls bug 6165 3D support fixed runtime linker errors with OpenGL guest libs bug 5297 206 13 Change log 3D support fixed OpenGL extension viewer crash on startup bug 4962 NAT fixed a 3 1 4 regression on Windows hosts where graceful connection ter mination was broken bug 6237 NAT alternative network setting was not stored persistent bug 6176 NAT fixed memory corruption during IC
215. emoved Enabling them for a Windows VM which was installed without them does not cause any harm How ever Windows will not use these features in this case Changing the storage controller hardware will cause bootup failures as well This might also apply to you if you copy a disk image from an older version of VirtualBox to a virtual machine created with a newer VirtualBox version the default subtype of IDE controller hardware was changed from PIIX3 to PIIX4 with VirtualBox 2 2 Make sure these settings are identical 12 3 2 Windows 0x101 bluescreens with SMP enabled IPI timeout If a VM is configured to have more than one processor symmetrical multiprocessing SMP some configurations of Windows guests crash with an 0x101 error message indicating a timeout for inter processor interrupts IPIs These interrupts synchronize memory management between processors 191 12 Troubleshooting According to Microsoft this is due to a race condition in Windows A hotfix is available If this does not help please reduce the number of virtual processors to 1 12 3 3 Windows 2000 installation failures When installing Windows 2000 guests you might run into one of the following issues e Installation reboots usually during component registration e Installation fills the whole hard disk with empty log files e Installation complains about a failure installing msgina dll These problems are all caused by a bug in the hard disk driver
216. ems were fixed and or added VMM guest SMP fixes for certain rare cases GUI snapshots include a screenshot GUI locked storage media can be unmounted by force GUI the log window grabbed all key events from other GUI windows bug 5291 GUI allow to disable USB filters bug 5426 GUI improved memory slider in the VM settings 3D support major performance improvement in VBO processing 3D support added GL EXT framebuffer object GL EXT compiled vertex array support 3D support fixed crashes in FarCry SecondLife Call of Duty Unreal Tourna ment Eve Online bugs 2801 2791 3D support fixed graphics corruption in World of Warcraft bug 2816 3D support fixed Final frame of Compiz animation not updated to the screen bug 4653 3D support fixed incorrect rendering of non ARGB textures under compiz iSCSI support iSCSI targets with more than 2TiB capacity VRDP fixed occasional VRDP server crash bug 5424 Network fixed the E1000 emulation for QNX and probably other guests bug 3206 NAT added host resolver DNS proxy see chapter 9 9 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode page 169 VMDK fixed incorrectly rejected big images split into 2G pieces bug 5523 2787 VMDK fixed compatibility issue with fixed or raw disk VMDK files bug 2723 VHD fixed incompatibility with Hyper V Support for Parallels version 2 disk image HDD files see chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HD
217. ent VirtualBox provides a set of tools and device drivers for guest systems called the VirtualBox Guest Additions which make VM key board and mouse operation a lot more seamless Most importantly the Additions will 22 1 First steps get rid of the second guest mouse pointer and make your host mouse pointer work directly in the guest This will be described later in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 63 1 7 1 2 Typing special characters Operating systems expect certain key combinations to initiate certain procedures Some of these key combinations may be difficult to enter into a virtual machine as there are three candidates as to who receives keyboard input the host operating sys tem VirtualBox or the guest operating system Who of these three receives keypresses depends on a number of factors including the key itself e Host operating systems reserve certain key combinations for themselves For example it is impossible to enter the Ctrl Alt Delete combination if you want to reboot the guest operating system in your virtual machine because this key combination is usually hard wired into the host OS both Windows and Linux intercept this and pressing this key combination will therefore reboot your host Also on Linux and Solairs hosts which use the X Window System the key com bination Ctrl Alt Backspace normally resets the X server to restart the entire graphical user interface in case it got stuck As the X serve
218. ent or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contri butions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make
219. er the parameter is treated as number and the VM will most probably refuse to start with an VERR_CFGM_NOT_STRING error In that case use string lt value gt for instance VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSerial string 1234 Changing this information can be necessary to provide the DMI information of the host to the guest to prevent Windows from asking for a new product key On Linux hosts the DMI BIOS information can be obtained with dmidecode t0 and the DMI system information can be obtained with dmidecode t1 9 11 Fine tuning timers and time synchronization 9 11 1 Configuring the guest time stamp counter TSC to reflect guest execution By default VirtualBox keeps all sources of time visible to the guest synchronized to a single time source the monotonic host time This reflects the assumptions of many guest operating systems which expect all time sources to reflect wall clock time In special circumstances it may be useful however to make the TSC time stamp counter in the guest reflect the time actually spent executing the guest This special TSC handling mode can be enabled on a per VM basis and for best results must be used only in combination with hardware virtualization To enable this mode use the following command VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal TM TSCTiedToExecution 1 To revert to the default TSC handling mode use VBoxManage setextradata My VM
220. erencing image is created for a virtual disk that already has a differencing image then it becomes a grandchild of the original parent The first differencing image then becomes read only as well and write operations only go to the second level differencing image When reading from the virtual disk VirtualBox needs to look into the second differencing image first then into the first if the sector was not found and then into the original image There can be an unlimited number of differencing images and each image can have more than one child As a result the differencing images can form a complex tree with parents siblings and children depending on how complex your machine configuration is Write operations always go to the one active differencing image that is attached to the machine and for read operations VirtualBox may need to look up all the parents in the chain until the sector in question is found You can look at such a tree in the Virtual Media Manager el Virtual Media Manager e E 23 Actions New Add Remove Release Refresh Hard Disks CD DVD Images E Floppy Images Name Y Virtual Size Actual Size Windows 7 RTM 32 bit vdi 20 00 GB 5 10 GB v 188f0dad 74a8 4e40 bc15 bb045e29369f vdi 20 00 GB 138 08 MB 915b1ef6 d4c3 47eb bfe4 9301516d49d0 vdi 20 00 GB 146 08 MB Y 2156d71d 008b 4289 9a08 b4668652c36b vdi 20 00 GB 310 08 MB Y 0d034fa3 0c64 4fee b3a4 6e9fal5e5615 vdi 20 00 GB 195 08 MB 08
221. ers of official releases are always even An odd build number represents an internal development or test build 13 1 Version 3 2 0 Beta 3 2010 05 12 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Following the acquisition of Sun Microsystems by Oracle Corporation the prod uct is now called Oracle VM VirtualBox and all references were changed with out impacting compatibility Experimental support for Mac OS X guests see chapter 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests page 47 Memory ballooning to dynamically in or decrease the amount of RAM used by a VM 64 bit hosts only see chapter 4 9 Memory ballooning page 79 CPU hot plugging for Linux hot add and hot remove and certain Windows guests hot add only see chapter 9 4 CPU hot plugging page 158 New Hypervisor features with both VI x AMD V on 64 bit hosts using large pages can improve performance see chapter 10 5 Nested paging and VPIDs page 182 also on VT x unrestricted guest execution is now supported if nested paging is enabled with VT x real mode and protected mode without paging code runs faster which mainly speeds up guest OS booting Support for deleting snapshots while the VM is running Support for multi monitor guest setups in the GUI for Windows guests see chap ter 3 5 Display settings page 53 USB tablet keyboard emulation for improved user experience if no Guest Addi tions are available see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard
222. ersion BIOS Version VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseDate BIOS Release Date VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMajor 1 VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSReleaseMinor 2 VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMajor 3 VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSFirmwareMinor 4 VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemVendor System Vendor VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemProduct System Product VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemVersion System Version VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemSerial System Serial VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemFamily System Family VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiSystemUuid 9852bf98 b83c 49db a8de 182c42c7226b 170 9 Advanced topics If a DMI string is not set the default value of VirtualBox is used To set an empty string use lt EMPTY gt Note that in the above list all quoted parameters DmiBIOSVendor DmiBIOSVersion but not DmiBIOSReleaseMajor are expected to be strings If such a string is a valid numb
223. ertain action to happen and react to it The following actions are available exit Waits until the process exited or got terminated and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags stdout or stderr Waits until the process exited or got terminated and outputs its exit code along with the exit reason flags After that VBox Manage retrieves the collected output from stdout and stderr 8 29 VBoxManage dhcpserver The dhcpserver commands allow you to control the DHCP server that is built into VirtualBox You may find this useful when using internal or host only networking Theoretically you can enable it for a bridged network as well but that will likely cause conflicts with other DHCP servers in your physical network Use the following command line options e If you use internal networking for a virtual network adapter of a virtual machine use VBoxManage dhcpserver add netname lt network_name gt where lt network_name gt is the same network name you used with VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt intnet lt X gt network name e If you use host only networking for a virtual network adapter of a virtual ma chine use VBoxManage dhcpserver add ifname hostonly if name instead where hostonly if name is the same host only interface name you used with VBoxManage modifyvm lt vmname gt hostonlyadapter lt X gt hostonly if name Alternatively you can also use the netname option as with internal net
224. erver add modify netname lt network_name gt ip lt ip_address gt netmask lt network_mask gt lowerip lower ip upperip upper ip enable disable VBoxManage dhcpserver remove netname network name Each time VBoxManage is invoked only one command can be executed However a command might support several subcommands which then can be invoked in one sin gle call The following sections provide detailed reference information on the different commands 8 3 VBoxManage list The list command gives relevant information about your system and information about VirtualBox s current settings The following subcommands are available with VBoxManage list e vms lists all virtual machines currently registered with VirtualBox By default this displays a compact list with each VM s name and UUID if you also specify Long or 1 this will be a detailed list as with the showvminfo command see below e runningvms lists all currently running virtual machines by their unique identi fiers UUIDs in the same format as with vms 121 8 VBoxManage e hdds dvds and floppies all give you information about virtual disk images cur rently registered in VirtualBox including all their settings the unique identifiers UUIDs associated with them by VirtualBox and all files associated with them e ostypes lists all guest operating systems presently known to VirtualBox along with the identifiers used to refer to them w
225. ervices clipboard service 3D acceleration Solaris amp Darwin hosts only bug 3199 NAT fixed occasional crashes when the guest is doing traceroute non Windows hosts bug 3200 NAT fixed crashes under high load bug 3110 NAT fixed truncated downloads Windows hosts only bug 3257 NAT don t intercept TFTP packages with a destination address different from the builtin TFTP server bug 3112 USB several fixes for USB passthrough on Linux hosts USB reduced host CPU utilization if EHCI is active VRDP fixed VRDP server black screen after a client reconnect bug 1989 VRDP modified rdesktop client rdesktop vrdp now uses NumLock state syn chronization bug 3253 LsiLogic make FreeBSD guests work bug 3174 235 13 Change log ATA fixed deadlock when pausing VM due to problems with the virtual disk e g disk full iSCSI target unavailable iSCSI fixed possible crash when pausing the VM 3D support added missing GL MAX TEXTURE COORDS ARB bug 3246 Windows Additions fixed ERROR e0000101 error during installation bug 1923 Windows Additions fixed Windows Explorer hang when browsing shared folders with 64 bit guests bug 2225 Windows Additions fixed guest screen distortions during a video mode change Windows Additions fixed the Network drive not connected message for mapped shared folders drives after the guest startup bug 3157 Linux Additions fixed occasional file corruption when writi
226. es remote USB DBGF Debug Facility a built in VM debuger VirtualBox emulates a number of devices to provide the hardware environment that various guests need Most of these are standard devices found in many PC compatible machines and widely supported by guest operating systems For net work and storage devices in particular there are several options for the emulated devices to access the underlying hardware These devices are managed by PDM Guest Additions for various guest operating systems This is code that is installed from within a virtual machine see chapter 4 Guest Additions page 63 e The Main component is special it ties all the above bits together and is the only public API that VirtualBox provides All the client processes listed above use only this API and never access the hypervisor components directly As a result third party applications that use the VirtualBox Main API can rely on the fact that it is always well tested and that all capabilities of VirtualBox are fully exposed It is this API that is described in the VirtualBox SDK mentioned above again see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 184 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization VirtualBox allows software in the virtual machine to run directly on the processor of the host but an array of complex techniques is employed to intercept operations that would interfere with your host Whenever the guest attempts to do something that could
227. estorecurrent operation to snapshots command VBoxManage fixed broken snapshot lookup by name bug 6070 GUI fixed the broken Reload button that reloads the machine XML when a machine is inaccessible GUI fixed guest fullscreen mode after reboot bug 5372 208 13 Change log GUI handle Ctrl Break properly on X11 hosts bug 6122 GUI fixed status LEDs for storage devices GUI workaround for disabling the seamless mode on KDE hosts KWin bug 3D support fixed SELinux warning saying VBoxOGL so requires text relocation bug 5690 3D support fixed Corrupted surface rendering bug 5695 3D support free textures on guest application termination bug 5206 3D support fixed ubigraph_server crashes bug 4674 3D support fixes for 64 bit Solaris guests Seamless disable seamless mode when guest changes screen resolution bug 5655 NAT fixed high CPU load under certain circumstances Windows hosts only bug 5787 NAT fixed handling of the broadcast flag in DHCP requests NAT fixed rare crash due to an assertion in the ICMP code bug 3217 Virtio net don t crash when ports accessed beyond the valid range bug 5923 LsiLogic fix for Windows 7 guests ATA fix for guru meditation when installing Solaris 8 guests bug 5972 VHD fixed an incompatibility with Virtual PC bug 5990 VHD update the footer backup after setting a new UUID bug 5004 Host DVD really fixed loading passthrough setting from c
228. et this feature installed an already working Python installation on the system is re quired Depending on your Windows configuration you may see warnings about unsigned drivers or similar Please select Continue on these warnings as otherwise VirtualBox might not function correctly after installation The installer will create a VirtualBox group in the programs startup folder which allows you to launch the application and access its documentation With standard settings VirtualBox will be installed for all users on the local system In case this is not wanted you have to invoke the installer by first extracting it by using VirtualBox exe extract and then do as follows VirtualBox exe msiparams ALLUSERS 2 or msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi ALLUSERS 2 on the extracted MSI files This will install VirtualBox only for the current user To not install certain features of VirtualBox there is an ADDLOCAL parameter that can be specified additionally to explicitly name the features to be installed The following features are available VBoxApplication Main binaries of VirtualBox Note This feature never can be absent since it contains the minimum set of files to have working VirtualBox installation VBoxUSB USB support VBoxNetwork All networking support includes the VBoxNetworkFlt and VBoxNet workAdp features see below VBoxNetworkFIt Bridged networking sup
229. ever a VirtualBox process is started it requests access to the COM server and Windows automatically starts the process Note that it should never be started by the end user When the last process disconnects from the COM server it will terminate itself after some seconds The VirtualBox configuration XML files is maintained and owned by the COM server and the files are locked whenever the server runs In some cases such as when a virtual machine is terminated unexpectedly the COM server will not notice that the client is disconnected and stay active for a longer period 10 minutes or so keeping the configuration files locked In other rare cases the COM server might experience an internal error and subsequently other processes fail to initialize it In these situations it is recommended to use the Windows task manager to kill the process VBoxSVC exe 12 5 2 CD DVD changes not recognized In case you have assigned a physical CD DVD drive to a guest and the guest does not notice when the medium changes make sure that the Windows media change notification MCN feature is not turned off This is represented by the following key in the Windows registry HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE System CurrentControlSet Services Cdrom Autorun Certain applications may disable this key against Microsoft s advice If it is set to 0 change it to 1 and reboot your system VirtualBox relies on Windows notifying it of media changes 195 12 Troubleshooting 12
230. folders from the Devices menu or click on the folder icon on the status bar in the bottom right corner of the virtual machine window If a virtual machine is not currently running you can configure shared folders in each virtual machine s Settings dialog e From the command line you can create shared folders using the VBoxManage command line interface see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 The command is as follows VBoxManage sharedfolder add VM name name sharename hostpath C test There are two types of shares 1 VM shares which are only available to the VM for which they have been defined 72 4 Guest Additions 2 transient VM shares which can be added and removed at runtime and do not persist after a VM has stopped for these add the transient option to the above command line Shared folders have read write access to the files at the host path by default To restrict the guest to have read only access create a read only shared folder This can either be achieved using the GUI or by appending the parameter readonly when creating the shared folder with VBoxManage Then you can mount the shared folder from inside a VM the same way as you would mount an ordinary network share e In a Windows guest starting with VirtualBox 1 5 0 shared folders are browseable and are therefore visible in Windows Explorer So to attach the host s shared folder to your Windows guest open Windows Explorer and lo
231. ful when a VM is started immediately using the startvm argu ment Set the VBOX GUI DBG ENABLED or VBOX GUI DBG AUTO SHOW environment variable to an arbitrary value before launching the VirtualBox process Setting these variables only their presence is checked is effective even when the first VirtualBox process is the VM selector window VMs subsequently launched from the selector will have the debugger enabled Ihttp www virtualbox org wiki Core dump http www virtualbox org wiki Network tips 187 12 Troubleshooting A new Debug menu entry will be added to the VirtualBox application This menu allows the user to open the debugger console The VM debugger command syntax is loosely modeled on Microsoft and IBM debug gers used on DOS OS 2 and Windows Users familiar with symdeb CodeView or the OS 2 kernel debugger will find the VirtualBox VM debugger familiar The most important command is help This will print brief usage help for all de bugger commands The set of commands supported by the VM debugger changes frequently and the help command is always up to date A brief summary of frequently used commands follows e stop stops the VM execution and enables single stepping e g continue VM execution e t single step an instruction rg rh r print the guest hypervisor current registers kg kh k print the guest hypervisor current call stack da db dw dd dq print memory contents as ASCII bytes words
232. g dev scdO if the ide scsi kernel module is loaded This module is required for CD DVD writer support with all Linux 2 4 kernels and some early 2 6 kernels Many Linux distributions load this module whenever a CD DVD writer is detected in the system even if the kernel would support CD DVD writers without the module VirtualBox supports the use of IDE device files e g dev hdc provided the kernel supports this and the ide scsi module is not loaded Similar rules except that within the guest the CD DVD writer is always an IDE device apply to the guest configuration Since this setup is very common it is likely that the default configuration of the guest works as expected 12 6 6 VBoxSVC IPC issues On Linux VirtualBox makes use of a custom version of Mozilla XPCOM cross plat form component object model for inter and intra process communication IPC The process VBoxSVC serves as a communication hub between different VirtualBox pro cesses and maintains the global configuration i e the XML database When starting a VirtualBox component the processes VBoxSVC and VirtualBoxXPCOMIPCD are started automatically They are only accessible from the user account they are running un der VBoxSVC owns the VirtualBox configuration database which normally resides in NirtualBox While it is running the configuration files are locked Communication between the various VirtualBox components and VBoxSVC is performed through a local 198 12 Trou
233. g VBoxManage command VBoxManage setextradata vmname VBoxInternal2 EfiGopMode N Where N can be one of 0 1 2 3 4 referring to the 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1280x1024 1440x900 screen resolution respectively To change the UGA resolution VBoxManage setextradata vmname VBoxInternal2 UgaHorizontalResolution 1440 VBoxManage setextradata vmname VBoxInternal2 UgaVerticalResolution 900 The video mode for both GOP and UGA can only be changed when the VM is pow ered off and remains persistent until changed 62 4 Guest Additions The previous chapter covered getting started with VirtualBox and installing operating systems in a virtual machine For any serious and interactive use the VirtualBox Guest Additions will make your life much easier by providing closer integration between host and guest and improving the interactive performance of guest systems This chapter describes the Guest Additions in detail 4 1 Introduction As said in chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 11 the Guest Additions are designed to be installed inside a virtual machine after the guest operating system has been installed They consist of device drivers and system applications that optimize the guest operating system for better performance and usability Please see chapter 3 1 Supported guest operating systems page 46 for details on what guest operating systems are fully supported with Guest Additions by VirtualBox The VirtualBox Guest Additions for all supported
234. g a fairly recent guest operating system that can handle such devices mouse support may work out of the box without the mouse being cap tured as described below see chapter 3 4 1 Motherboard tab page 51 for more information Otherwise if the virtual machine only sees standard PS 2 mouse and keyboard devices since the operating system in the virtual machine does not know that it is not running on a real computer it expects to have exclusive control over your keyboard and mouse This is however not the case since unless you are running the VM in full screen mode your VM needs to share keyboard and mouse with other applications and possibly other VMs on your host As a result initially after installing a guest operating system and before you install the Guest Additions we will explain this in a minute only one of the two your VM or the rest of your computer can own the keyboard and the mouse You will see a second mouse pointer which will always be confined to the limits of the VM window Basically you activate the VM by clicking inside it 21 1 First steps To return ownership of keyboard and mouse to your host operating system VirtualBox reserves a special key on your keyboard for itself the host key By default this is the right Control key on your keyboard on a Mac host the default host key is the left Command key You can change this default in the VirtualBox Global Settings In any cas
235. g determines the order in which the guest operating system will attempt to boot from the various virtual boot devices Analogous to a real PC s BIOS setting VirtualBox can tell a guest OS to start from the virtual floppy the virtual CD DVD drive the virtual hard drive each of these as defined by the other VM settings the network or none of these If you select Network the VM will attempt to boot from a network via the PXE mechanism This needs to be configured in detail on the command line please see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 Enable I O APIC Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controllers APICs are a newer x86 hardware feature that have replaced old style Programmable Interrupt Con trollers PICs in recent years With an I O APIC operating systems can use more than 16 interrupt requests IRQs and therefore avoid IRQ sharing for improved reliability Note Enabling the I O APIC is required for 64 bit guest operating systems especially Windows Vista it is also required if you want to use more than one virtual CPU in a virtual machine However software support for I O APICs has been unreliable with some operat ing systems other than Windows Also the use of an I O APIC slightly increases the overhead of virtualization and therefore slows down the guest OS a little Warning All Windows operating systems starting with Windows 2000 install different kernels depending on whether an I O APIC is av
236. g images becomes obsolete In this case the differencing image of the disk attachment cannot simply be deleted Instead VirtualBox needs to look at each sector of the differencing image and needs to copy it back into its parent this is called merging images and can be a po tentially lengthy process depending on how large the differencing image is It can also temporarily need a considerable amount of extra disk space before the differencing image obsoleted by the merge operation is deleted 2 Immutable images When an image is switched to immutable mode a dif ferencing image is created as well As with snapshots the parent image then becomes read only and the differencing image receives all the write operations Every time the virtual machine is started all the immutable images which are attached to it have their respective differencing image thrown away effectively resetting the virtual machine s virtual disk with every restart 5 6 Cloning disk images You can duplicate hard disk image files on the same host to quickly produce a second virtual machine with the same operating system setup However you should only make 90 5 Virtual storage copies of virtual disk images using the utility supplied with VirtualBox see chapter 8 19 VBoxManage clonehd page 140 This is because VirtualBox assigns a unique identity number UUID to each disk image which is also stored inside the image and VirtualBox will refuse to work
237. g on the host This is caused by a flaw in the Windows cache manager component and causes sluggish host system response for several minutes followed by a Delayed Write Failed error message in the system tray or in a sepa rate message window The guest is blocked during that period and may show error messages or become unstable Setting the environment variable VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE to 1 will enable a workaround for this problem until Microsoft addresses the issue For example open a command prompt window and start VirtualBox like this set VBOX_DISABLE_HOST_DISK_CACHE 1 VirtualBox While this will decrease guest disk performance especially writes it does not affect the performance of other applications running on the host 196 12 Troubleshooting 12 6 Linux hosts 12 6 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load If the VirtualBox kernel module vboxdrv refuses to load i e you get an Error in serting vboxdrv Invalid argument check as root the output of the dmesg command to find out why the load failed The most common reasons are e With Linux 2 6 19 and higher the NMI watchdog may be active Add nmi watchdog 0 to the kernel command line e g in your grub configura tion and reboot With the Debian and Ubuntu installation modules execute sudo dpkg reconfigure virtualbox again e The kernel disagrees about the version of the gcc used to compile the module Make sure that you use the same compiler as used to bu
238. g that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it 256 15 Third party materials and licenses Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribu tion medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You
239. ge 84 and 2 a textual description file in an XML dialect with an ovf extension These files must reside in the same directory for VirtualBox to be able to import them A future version of VirtualBox will also support packages that include the OVF XML file and the disk images packed together in a single archive To import an appliance in OVF format select File gt Import appliance from the main window of the VirtualBox graphical user interface Then open the file dialog and navigate to the OVF text file with the ovf file extension If VirtualBox can handle the file a dialog similar to the following will appear 30 1 First steps Appliance Import Wizard a Xx Appliance Import Settings These are the virtual machines as described in the appliance with their suggested mappings for importing into VirtualBox You can change many of the shown properties by double clicking on the items and disable others by using the check boxes below Description Configuration A Virtual System 1 MEM d Name Windows 7 beta 1 Guest OS Type Windows 7 3 cpu 1 E Floppy Y DVD vi 9 USB Controller vi lp Sound Card IV ICH AC97 SP Network Adapter Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop Y Hard Disk Controller IDE PIIX4 Virtual Disk Image mnt nask vbox projectsWirtualbo Restore Defaults lt Back meon Cancel This presents the virtual machines described in the OVF file and allows you to change the vi
240. gt auto lt mac gt mouse ps2 usb usbtablet keyboard ps2 usb uart lt 1 N gt off lt I 0 base lt IRQ gt uartmode lt 1 N gt disconnected server lt pipe gt client lt pipe gt file lt file gt lt devicename gt guestmemoryballoon lt balloonsize in MB gt gueststatisticsinterval lt seconds gt audio none null dsound solaudio oss oss coreaudio audiocontroller ac97 sb16 clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional vrdp on off vrdpport default lt ports gt vrdpaddress lt host gt vrdpauthtype null external guest vrdpmulticon on off vrdpreusecon on off vrdpvideochannel on off vrdpvideochannelquality lt percent gt E E usb on off usbehci on off snapshotfolder default path teleporter on off teleporterport port teleporteraddress address empty teleporterpassword password ovf dry run n more options run with n to have options displayed for a particular OVF machines output o lt ovf gt legacy09 117 VBoxManage startvm VBoxManage controlvm VBoxManage discardstate VBoxManage adoptstate VBoxManage snapshot VBoxManage openmedium VBoxManage closemedium VBoxManage storageattach 8 VBoxManage vsys lt number of virtual system gt product lt product name gt producturl product url gt
241. guest operating systems are pro vided as a single CD ROM image file which is called VBoxGuestAdditions iso This image file is located in the installation directory of VirtualBox To install the Guest Additions for a particular VM you mount this ISO file in your VM as a virtual CD ROM and install from there The Guest Additions offer the following features Mouse pointer integration To overcome the limitations for mouse support that were described in chapter 1 7 1 1 Capturing and releasing keyboard and mouse page 21 this provides you with seamless mouse support You will only have one mouse pointer and pressing the Host key is no longer required to free the mouse from being captured by the guest OS To make this work a special mouse driver is installed in the guest that communicates with the real mouse driver on your host and moves the guest mouse pointer accordingly Better video support While the virtual graphics card which VirtualBox emulates for any guest operating system provides all the basic features the custom video drivers that are installed with the Guest Additions provide you with extra high and non standard video modes as well as accelerated video performance In addition with Windows and recent Linux Solaris and OpenSolaris guests if the Guest Additions are installed you can resize the virtual machine s window and the video resolution in the guest will be automatically adjusted as if you had manually entered a
242. guestssh tcp 2222 22 This example illustrates the rule to forward all incoming TCP requests on any host interface via port 2222 to 22 port on the guest The protocol name tcp is a mandatory attribute defining which protocol should be used for forwarding As an alternative it is possible to set the UDP protocol with udp The name guestssh is optional and will be auto generated if omitted To remove the forwarding rule the user needs to excecute the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name delete guestssh If for some reason the guest uses a static assigned IP address not leased from the built in DHCP server it is required to specify the guest IP when registering the for warding rule VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 2222 10 0 2 19 22 The example above illustrates the forwarding of all TCP traffic incoming on any interface via port 2222 to 22 port at 10 0 2 19 If all incoming traffic from a specific host interface should be forwarded the user needs to specify the IP of the corresponding host interface when registering the rule 99 6 Virtual networking VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl guestssh tcp 127 0 0 1 2222 22 This example illustrates registering a rule for forwarding all TCP traffic incoming on the local interface 127 0 0 1 via port 2222 to port 22 on the guest It is not possible to configure incoming NAT connections while the VM is running However you can change the settings fo
243. guments contains information about the guest authentication status For the first call it is always set to VRDPAuthGuestNotAsked In case the function returns VRDPAuthDelegateToGuest a guest authentication will be attempted and another call to the method is made with its result This can be either granted de nied or no judgement the guest component chose for whatever reason to not make a decision In case there is a problem with the guest authentication module e g the Additions are not installed or not running or the guest did not respond within a timeout the not reacted status will be returned 9 6 Advanced storage configuration 9 6 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest Starting with version 1 4 as an alternative to using virtual disk images as described in detail in chapter 5 Virtual storage page 81 VirtualBox can also present either entire physical hard disks or selected partitions thereof as virtual disks to virtual machines 162 9 Advanced topics With VirtualBox this type of access is called raw hard disk access it allows a guest operating system to access its virtual hard disk without going through the host OS file system The actual performance difference for image files vs raw disk varies greatly depending on the overhead of the host file system whether dynamically growing im ages are used and on host OS caching strategies The caching indirectly also affects other aspects such as failure behavior
244. h use some of those functions and data to form executables The Library below refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms A work based on the Library means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Library or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated straightforwardly into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making mod ifications to it For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted and output from such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Library independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library s complete source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropri
245. he affected partitions not for the entire disk During creation however read only access to the entire disk is required to obtain the partitioning information In some configurations it may be necessary to change the MBR code of the created image e g to replace the Linux boot loader that is used on the host by another boot loader This allows e g the guest to boot directly to Windows while the host boots Linux from the same disk For this purpose the mbr parameter is provided It specifies a file name from which to take the MBR code The partition table is not modified at all so a MBR file from a system with totally different partitioning can be used An example of this is VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 mbr winxp mbr The modified MBR will be stored inside the image not on the host disk For each of the above variants you can register the resulting image for immediate use in VirtualBox by adding register to the respective command line The image will then immediately appear in the list of registered disk images An example is VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 relative register which creates an image referring to individual partitions and registers it when the image is successfully created 9 6 2 Allowing a virtual machine to start even with unavailable CD DVD floppy devices When
246. he command line via VBoxManage modifyvm see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 This chapter explains the various networking settings in more detail 6 1 Virtual networking hardware For each card you can individually select what kind of hardware will be presented to the virtual machine VirtualBox can virtualize the following six types of networking hardware e AMD PCNet PCI II Am79C970A e AMD PCNet FAST III Am79C973 the default e Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop 825400EM e Intel PRO 1000 T Server 82543GC e Intel PRO 1000 MT Server 82545EM e Paravirtualized network adapter virtio net The PCNet FAST III is the default because it is supported by nearly all operating systems out of the box as well as the GNU GRUB boot manager As an exception the Intel PRO 1000 family adapters are chosen for some guest operating system types that no longer ship with drivers for the PCNet card such as Windows Vista see chapter 4 3 1 5 Windows Vista networking page 67 for details ISupport for the Intel PRO 1000 MT Desktop type was added with VirtualBox 1 6 The T Server variant of the Intel PRO 1000 card was added with VirtualBox 1 6 2 because this one is recognized by Windows XP guests without additional driver installation The MT Server variant was added with VirtualBox 2 2 to facilitate OVF imports from other platforms 96 6 Virtual networking The Paravirtualized network adapter virtio net is special If you
247. he guest and they can also be read from both sides In addition to establishing the general mechanism of reading and writing values a set of predefined guest properties is automatically maintained by the VirtualBox Guest Additions to allow for retrieving interesting guest data such as the guest s exact oper ating system and service pack level the installed version of the Guest Additions users that are currently logged into the guest OS network statistics and more These prede fined properties are all prefixed with VirtualBox and organized into a hierarchical tree of keys Some of this runtime information is shown when you select Session Information Dialog from a virtual machine s Machine menu A more flexible way to use this channel is via the VBoxManage guestproperty command set see chapter 8 27 VBoxManage guestproperty page 146 for details For example to have all the available guest properties for a given running VM listed with their respective values use this 77 4 Guest Additions VBoxManage guestproperty enumerate Windows Vista III VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 3 2 0 C 2005 2010 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS Product value Windows Vista Business Edition timestamp 1229098278843087000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS Release value 6 0 6001 timestamp 1229098278950553000 flags Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS ServicePack valu
248. he host caches for little effect As a result starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox allows you to optionally disable host I O caching of disk image files In that case VirtualBox uses its own small cache to buffer writes but there is no read caching since this is already performed by the guest OS In addition VirtualBox fully supports asynchronous I O for its virtual SATA and SCSI controllers through multiple I O threads Since asynchronous I O is only supported by SATA and SCSI but not by IDE con trollers for performance reasons you may want to leave host caching enabled for your VM s virtual IDE controllers For this reason VirtualBox allows you to configure whether the host I O cache is used for each I O controller separately Either uncheck the Use host I O cache box in the Storage settings for a given virtual storage controller or use the following VBoxManage command to disable the host I O cache for a virtual storage controller VBoxManage storagectl lt vm gt name lt controllername gt iobackend Unbuffered See chapter 8 15 1 VBoxManage storagectl page 137 for details For the above reasons also VirtualBox now uses SATA controllers by default for new virtual machines Note When not using the host I O cache i e Unbuffered mode you will experience poor performance with sparse VMDK and VHD files as these do not currently support asynchronous I O All kind of VDI files and raw disk partition VMDK fi
249. he image file and other information such as the virtual machine the image is currently attached to if any The Virtual Media Manager allows you to 85 5 Virtual storage e create new hard disk images using the New button this will bring up the Create Disk Image wizard already described in chapter 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine page 17 e import existing image files from your hard drive into VirtualBox using the Add button e remove an image from the registry and optionally delete the image file when doing so e release an image that is detach it from a virtual machine if it is currently attached to one as a virtual hard disk We recommend that you maintain two special folders on your system for keeping images one for hard disk image files which can in the case of dynamically expand ing images grow to considerable sizes and one for ISO files which were probably downloaded from the Internet Hard disk image files can be copied onto other host systems and imported into virtual machines there although certain guest systems notably Windows 2000 and XP will require that the new virtual machine be set up in a similar way to the old one Note Do not simply make copies of virtual disk images If you import such a second copy into a virtual machine VirtualBox will complain with an er ror since VirtualBox assigns a unique identifier UUID to each disk image to make sure it is only used
250. hem so that the above command will have to be repeated for subsequent logons For security reasons credentials are not stored in any persistent manner and will be lost when the VM is reset Also the credentials are write only i e there is no way to retrieve the credentials from the host side Credentials can be reset from the host side by setting empty values Depending on the particular variant of the Windows guest the following restrictions apply 1 For Windows XP guests the logon subsystem needs to be configured to use the classic logon dialog as the VirtualBox GINA module does not support the XP style welcome dialog 156 9 Advanced topics 2 For Windows Vista and Windows 7 guests the logon subsystem does not sup port the so called Secure Attention Sequence CTRL ALT DEL As a result the guest s group policy settings need to be changed to not use the Secure Attention Sequence The following command forces VirtualBox to keep the credentials after they were read by the guest and on VM reset VBoxManage setextradata Windows XP VBoxInternal Devices VMMDev 0 Config KeepCredentials 1 Note that this is a potential security risk as a malicious application running on the guest could request this information using the proper interface 9 3 2 Automated Linux Unix guest logons Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox provides a custom PAM module Pluggable Au thentication Module which can be used to perform automated g
251. hines using internal network ing intnet host only networking hostonly or on Linux and FreeBSD hosts a Virtual Distributed Ethernet switch vde These options correspond to the modes which are described in detail in chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 97 nictype lt 1 N gt Am79C970A Am79C973 82540EM 82543GC 82545EM vi rtio This allows you for each of the VM s virtual network cards to specify which net working hardware VirtualBox presents to the guest see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 96 cableconnected lt 1 N gt on off This allows you to temporarily disconnect a virtual network interface as if a network cable had been pulled from a real network card This might be useful for resetting certain software components in the VM With the nictrace options you can optionally trace network traffic by dumping it to a file for debugging purposes With nictrace lt 1 N gt on off you can enable network tracing for a particular virtual network card If enabled you must specify with nictracefile 1 N filename what file the trace should be logged to 127 8 VBoxManage bridgeadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt If bridged networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify which host interface the given virtual network interface will use For details please see chap
252. host instead of the above device specifi cation use e g dev disk1 Note that on OS X you can only use partitions which are not mounted eject the respective volume first Partition numbers are the same on Linux Windows and Mac OS X hosts The numbers for the list of partitions can be taken from the output of VBoxManage internalcommands listpartitions rawdisk dev sda 164 9 Advanced topics The output lists the partition types and sizes to give the user enough information to identify the partitions necessary for the guest Images which give access to individual partitions are specific to a particular host disk setup You cannot transfer these images to another host also whenever the host partitioning changes the image must be recreated Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine If this is not feasible there is a special variant for raw partition access currently only available on Linux hosts that avoids having to give the current user access to the entire disk To set up such an image use VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 relative When used from a virtual machine the image will then refer not to the entire disk but only to the individual partitions in the example dev sdal and dev sda5 Asa consequence read write access is only required for t
253. i e whether the virtual disk contains all data written before a host OS crash Consult your host OS documentation for details on this Warning Raw hard disk access is for expert users only Incorrect use or use of an outdated configuration can lead to total loss of data on the physical disk Most importantly do not attempt to boot the partition with the cur rently running host operating system in a guest This will lead to severe data corruption Raw hard disk access both for entire disks and individual partitions is imple mented as part of the VMDK image format support As a result you will need to create a special VMDK image file which defines where the data will be stored After creating such a special VMDK image you can use it like a regular virtual disk image For exam ple you can use the Virtual Media Manager chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 or VBoxManage to assign the image to a virtual machine 9 6 1 1 Access to entire physical hard disk While this variant is the simplest to set up you must be aware that this will give a guest operating system direct and full access to an entire physical disk If your host operating system is also booted from this disk please take special care to not access the partition from the guest at all On the positive side the physical disk can be repartitioned in arbitrary ways without having to recreate the image file that gives access to the raw disk To create a
254. ical hard disk partitions This raw partition support is quite similar to the full hard disk access described above However in this case any partitioning information will be stored inside the VMDK image so you can e g install a different boot loader in the virtual hard disk without affecting the host s partitioning information While the guest will be able to see all partitions that exist on the physical disk access will be filtered in that reading from partitions for which no access is allowed the partitions will only yield zeroes and all writes to them are ignored To create a special image for raw partition support which will contain a small amount of data as already mentioned on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda partitions 1 5 As you can see the command is identical to the one for full hard disk access except for the additional partitions parameter This example would create the image path to file vmdk which again must be absolute and partitions 1 and 5 of dev sda would be made accessible to the guest VirtualBox uses the same partition numbering as your Linux host As a result the numbers given in the above example would refer to the first primary partition and the first logical drive in the extended partition respectively On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g PhysicalDrive On a Mac OS X
255. ich always runs in the background This process is started automatically by the first VirtualBox client process the GUI VBoxManage VBoxHeadless the web service or others and exits a short time after the last client exits The service is responsible for bookkeeping maintaining the state of all VMs and for providing communication between VirtualBox components This communication is implemented via COM XPCOM Note When we refer to clients here we mean the local clients of a par ticular VBoxSVC server process not clients in a network VirtualBox employs its own client server design to allow its processes to cooperate but all these processes run under the same user account on the host operating system and this is totally transparent to the user 2 The GUI process VirtualBox a client application based on the cross platform Qt library When started without the startvm option this application acts as the VirtualBox main window displaying the VMs and their settings It then communicates settings and state changes to VBoxSVC and also reflects changes effected through other means e g VBoxManage 3 If the VirtualBox client application is started with the startvm argument it loads the VMM library which includes the actual hypervisor and then runs a virtual machine and provides the input and output for the guest Any VirtualBox front end client will communicate with the service process and can both control and reflect
256. ideo streams from the guest to the RDP client Video frames are compressed using the JPEG algorithm allow ing a higher compression ratio than standard RDP bitmap compression methods It is possible to increase the compression ratio by lowering the video quality Video streams in a guest are detected by the VRDP server automatically as frequently updated rectangular areas Therefore this method works with any guest operating system without having to install additional software in the guest On the client side however currently only the Windows 7 Remote Desktop Con nection client supports this feature If a client does not support video redirection the VRDP server uses regular bitmap updates The following command enables video redirection VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdpvideochannel on The quality of the video is defined as a value from 10 to 100 percent as is common with JPEG compression The quality can be changed using the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdpvideochannelquality 75 111 7 Remote virtual machines 7 2 Teleporting Starting with version 3 1 VirtualBox supports teleporting that is moving a virtual machine over a network from one VirtualBox host to another while the virtual machine is running This works regardless of the host operating system that is running on the hosts you can teleport virtual machines between Solaris and Mac hosts for example Teleporting requires that a machine
257. iented web service Web service object oriented bindings for JAX WS did not exhibit interface inher itance correctly fixed Web service added support for IDisplay and IGuest interfaces which were pre viously unavailable Registration dialog uses Sun Online accounts now 227 13 Change log 13 14 Version 2 2 4 2009 05 29 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added Windows Installer fixed a potential hang during installation Windows Installer fixed several problems bug 3892 Solaris hosts make it work with Solaris build 114 or later bug 3981 Solaris hosts fixed a bug serial port character handling found during loopback bug 3120 Linux hosts adapted vboxdrvsh to the latest changes in VBoxManage list runningvms bug 4034 Windows hosts fixed a crash caused by host only bridged networking Mac OS X hosts fixed access to host DVD with passthrough disabled bug 4077 Guest Additions fixed problems with KDE 4 not recognizing mouse clicks Windows Additions fixed incorrect 8 bit guest color depth in Windows 7 guests GUI warn if VI x AMD V could not be enabled for guests that require this setting bug 4055 VMM fixed occasional crash due to insufficient memory VMM fixed hanging 64 bits Solaris guests VMM restore from a saved state occasionally failed bugs 3984 and 2742 Clipboard fixed a deadlock while shutting down the shared clipboard on X11 hosts bug 4020 OV
258. ients of Covered Code However You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Exe cutable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have been met for that Cov ered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that You are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You dis tribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor If you distribute executable versions containing Covered Code as part of a product you must reproduce the notice in Exhibit B in the documentation and or other materials provided with the product 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code 3 8 Restrictions You may not remove any produc
259. ilable to anyone who wishes to control VirtualBox programmatically The Main API is made available to C clients through COM on Windows hosts or XPCOM on other hosts Bridges also exist for SOAP Java and Python All programming information documentation reference information header and other interface files as well as samples have been split out to a separate Soft ware Development Kit SDK which is available for download from http www virtualbox org In particular the SDK comes with a Programming Guide and Ref erence in PDF format which contains among other things the information that was previously in this chapter of the User Manual 184 12 Troubleshooting This chapter provides answers to commonly asked questions In order to improve your user experience with VirtualBox it is recommended to read this section to learn more about common pitfalls and get recommendations on how to use the product 12 1 Procedures and tools 12 1 1 Categorizing and isolating problems More often than not a virtualized guest behaves like a physical system Any problems that a physical machine would encounter a virtual machine will encounter as well If for example Internet connectivity is lost due to external issues virtual machines will be affected just as much as physical ones If a true VirtualBox problem is encountered it helps to categorize and isolate the problem first Here are some of the questions that should be answered b
260. ild the kernel 12 6 2 Linux host CD DVD drive not found If you have configured a virtual machine to use the host s CD DVD drive but this does not appear to work make sure that the current user has permission to access the corresponding Linux device file dev hdc or dev scd0 or dev cdrom or similar On most distributions the user must be added to a corresponding group usually called cdrom or cdrw 12 6 3 Linux host CD DVD drive not found older distributions On older Linux distributions if your CD DVD device has a different name VirtualBox may be unable to find it On older Linux hosts VirtualBox performs the following steps to locate your CD DVD drives 1 VirtualBox examines if the environment variable VBOX CDROM is defined see below If so VirtualBox omits all the following checks 2 VirtualBox tests if dev cdrom works 3 In addition VirtualBox checks if any CD DVD drives are currently mounted by checking etc mtab 4 In addition VirtualBox checks if any of the entries in etc fstab point to CD DVD devices In other words you can try to set VBOX CDROM to contain a list of your CD DVD devices separated by colons for example as follows export VBOX CDROM dev cdrom0 dev cdrom1 On modern Linux distributions VirtualBox uses the hardware abstraction layer hal to locate CD and DVD hardware 197 12 Troubleshooting 12 6 4 Linux host floppy not found The previous instructions for CD and DVD dri
261. image is only reset when the machine is powered on from within VirtualBox not when you reboot by requesting a reboot from within the machine This is also why immutable images behave as described above when snapshots are also present which use differencing images as well If the automatic discarding of the differencing image on VM startup does not fit your needs you can turn it off using the autoreset parameter of VBoxManage modifyhd see chapter 8 18 VBoxManage modifyhd page 140 for details To illustrate the differences between the various types with respect to snapshots Assume you have installed your guest operating system in your VM and you have taken a snapshot Imagine you have accidentally infected your VM with a virus and would like to go back to the snapshot With a normal hard disk image you simply restore the snapshot and the earlier state of your hard disk image will be restored as well and your virus infection will be undone With an immutable hard disk all it takes is to shut down and power on your VM and the virus infection will be discarded With a write through image however you cannot easily undo the virus infection by means of virtualization but will have to disinfect your virtual machine like a real computer Still you might find write though images useful if you want to preserve critical data irrespective of snapshots and since you can attach more than one image to a VM you may want to have one immutable for the o
262. imply be copied and put under another distribution licence including the GNU Public Licence 275 15 Third party materials and licenses 15 2 8 Slirp license Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by Danny Gasparovski THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WAR RANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL DANNY GASPAROVSKI OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUP TION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CON TRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
263. indows GINA MSGINA DLL so it will most likely not work correctly with 3rd party GINA modules To manually install the VirtualBox credential module extract the Guest Ad ditions see chapter 4 3 1 4 Manual file extraction page 67 and copy the file VBoxCredProv dll to the Windows SYSTEM32 directory Then in the registry cre ate the following keys HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Microsoft Windows CurrentVersion Authentication Credential Providers 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B InprocServer32 with all default values the key named Default in each key set to VBoxCredProv After that a new string named HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT CLSID 275D3BCC 22BB 4948 A7F6 3A3054EBA92B InprocServer32 ThreadingModel with a value of Apartment has to be created To set credentials use the following command on a running VM VBoxManage controlvm Windows XP setcredentials John Doe secretpassword DOMTEST While the VM is running the credentials can be queried by the VirtualBox logon modules GINA or credential provider using the VirtualBox Guest Additions device driver When Windows is in logged out mode the logon modules will constantly poll for credentials and if they are present a logon will be attempted After retrieving the credentials the logon modules will erase t
264. ion file mkdir etc vbox echo INSTALL DIR opt VirtualBox etc vbox vbox cfg and for convenience create the following symbolic links ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VirtualBox ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxSVC ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxManage ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxHeadless ln sf opt VirtualBox VBox sh usr bin VBoxSDL 2 3 4 4 Updating and uninstalling VirtualBox Before updating or uninstalling VirtualBox you must terminate any virtual machines which are currently running and exit the VirtualBox or VBoxSVC applications To update VirtualBox simply run the installer of the updated version To uninstall VirtualBox invoke the installer like this sudo VirtualBox run uninstall or as root VirtualBox run uninstall Starting with version 2 2 2 you can uninstall the run package by invoking opt VirtualBox uninstall sh To manually uninstall VirtualBox simply undo the steps in the manual installation in reverse order 41 2 Installation details 2 3 4 5 Automatic installation of Debian packages The Debian packages will request some user feedback when installed for the first time The debconf system is used to perform this task To prevent any user interaction during installation default values can be defined A file vboxconf can contain the following debconf settings virtualbox virtualbox module compilation allowed boolean true virtualbox virtu
265. ions may or may not work Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set Mac OS X VirtualBox 3 2 added experimental support for Mac OS X guests but this comes with restrictions Please see the following section as well as chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests Starting with version 3 2 VirtualBox has experimental support for Mac OS X guests This allows you to install and execute unmodified versions of OS X on supported host hardware Whereas competing solutions perform modifications to the OS X install DVDs e g different boot loader and replaced files VirtualBox is the first product to provide the modern PC architecture expected by OS X without requiring any hacks You should be aware of a number of important issues before attempting to install a Mac OS X guest 1 OS X is commercial licensed software and contains both license and technical restrictions that limit its use to certain hardware and usage scenarios It is im portant that you understand and obey these restrictions As a result before attempting to install Mac OS X in a virtual machine make sure you understand the license restrictions of the Mac OS X version you want to use For most versions of Mac OS X Apple prohibits installing them on non Apple hardware These license restrictions are also enforced on a technical level Mac OS X ver ifies whether it is running on Apple hardware and most DVDs that that come with Apple h
266. iously installed instance of VirtualBox on your Solaris host please uninstall it first before installing a new instance Refer to chapter 2 4 3 Uninstallation page 44 for uninstall instructions 2 4 1 Performing the installation VirtualBox is available as a standard Solaris package Download the VirtualBox SunOS package which includes both the 32 bit and 64 bit versions of VirtualBox The installa tion must be performed as root and from the global zone as the VirtualBox installer loads kernel drivers which cannot be done from non global zones To verify which zone you are currently in execute the zonename command Execute the following commands gunzip cd VirtualBox 3 2 0_BETA3 Sun0S tar gz tar xvf Starting with VirtualBox 3 1 the VirtualBox kernel package is no longer a separate package and has been integrated into the main package Install the VirtualBox package using pkgadd d VirtualBox 3 2 0_BETA3 Sun0S pkg 43 2 Installation details Note If you are using Solaris Zones to install VirtualBox only into the current zone and not into any other zone use pkgadd G For more information refer to the pkgadd manual see also chapter 2 4 5 Configuring a zone for running VirtualBox page 45 The installer will then prompt you to enter the package you wish to install Choose 1 or all and proceed Next the installer will ask you if you want to allow the postinstall script to be executed Choose y and proc
267. irtualBox however you can skip this step and mount the ISO file directly VirtualBox will then present this file as a CD or DVD ROM drive to the virtual machine much like it does with virtual hard disk images In this case in the settings dialog go to the CD DVD ROM section and select ISO image file This brings up the Virtual Media Manager where you perform the following steps 1 Press the Add button to add your ISO file to the list of registered images This will present an ordinary file dialog that allows you to find your ISO file on your host machine 2 Back to the manager window select the ISO file that you just added and press the Select button This selects the ISO file for your VM The Virtual Media Manager is described in detail in chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 1 10 Deleting virtual machines To remove a virtual machine which you no longer need right click on it in the list of virtual machines in the main window and select Delete from the context menu that comes up All settings for that machine will be lost The Delete menu item is disabled while a machine is in Saved state To delete such a machine discard the saved state first by pressing on the Discard button However any hard disk images attached to the machine will be kept you can delete those separately using the Virtual Media Manager see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 You cannot
268. irtualBox is available in a number of package formats native to various common Linux distributions see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 for details In addition there is an alternative generic installer run which should work on most Linux distributions 37 2 Installation details 2 3 4 1 Installing VirtualBox from a Debian Ubuntu package First download the appropriate package for your distribution The following examples assume that you are installing to a 32 bit Ubuntu Karmic system Use dpkg to install the Debian package sudo dpkg i VirtualBox 3 2 3 2 0 BETA3 Ubuntu karmic i386 deb You will be asked to accept the VirtualBox Personal Use and Evaluation License Unless you answer yes here the installation will be aborted The group vboxusers will be created during installation Note that a user who is going to run VirtualBox must be member of that group A user can be made member of the group vboxusers through the GUI user group management or at the command line with sudo usermod a G vboxusers username Also note that adding an active user to that group will require that user to log out and back in again This should be done manually after successful installation of the package The installer will also search for a VirtualBox kernel module suitable for your kernel The package includes pre compiled modules for the most common ker nel configurations If no suitable kernel module is found the insta
269. irtualization and nested paging are en abled for Intel VT x only an additional performance improvement of up to 5 can be obtained by enabling this setting This causes the hypervisor to use large pages to reduce TLB use and overhead vtxvpid on off If hardware virtualization is enabled for Intel VT x only this additional setting enables or disables the use of the tagged TLB VPID fea ture in the processor of your host system see chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177 accelerate3d on off This enables if the Guest Additions are installed whether hardware 3D acceleration should be available see chapter 4 6 1 Hard ware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 75 You can influence the BIOS logo that is displayed when a virtual machine starts up with a number of settings Per default a VirtualBox logo is displayed With bioslogofadein on off and bioslogofadeout on off you can determine whether the logo should fade in and out respectively With bioslogodisplaytime lt msec gt you can set how long the logo should be visible in milliseconds With bioslogoimagepath lt imagepath gt you can if you are so inclined re place the image that is shown with your own logo The image must be an uncompressed 256 color BMP file biosbootmenu disabled menuonly messageandmenu This specifies whether the BIOS allows the user to select a temporary boot device menuonly suppresses the message but
270. is 10 hosts Solaris 10 hosts bug 1225025 requires swap space equal to or greater than the host s physical memory size For example 8 GB physical memory would require at least 8 GB swap This can be configured during a Solaris 10 install by choosing a custom install and changing the default partitions For existing Solaris 10 installs an additional swap image needs to be mounted and used as swap Hence if you have 1 GB swap and 8 GB of physical memory you require to add 7 GB more swap This can be done as follows For ZFS as root user zfs create V 8gb _ lt ZFS volume gt _ swap swap a dev zvol dsk _ lt ZFS volume gt _ swap To mount if after reboot add the following line to etc vfstab dev zvol dsk _ lt ZFS volume swap swap no Alternatively you could grow the existing swap using zfs set volsize 8G rpool swap And reboot the system for the changes to take effect For UFS as root user mkfile 7g path to swapfile img swap a path to swapfile img To mount it after reboot add the following line to etc vfstab path to swap img swap no 201 13 Change log This section summarizes the changes between VirtualBox versions Note that this change log is not exhaustive not all changes are listed VirtualBox version numbers consist of three numbers separated by dots where the first number represents the major version the 2nd number the minor version and the 3rd one the build number Build numb
271. ith VirtualBox 3 2 53 3 Configuring virtual machines The output of the multiple monitors will be displayed on the host in multiple VM windows which are running side by side However in fullscreen and seamless mode they will use the available physical monitors attached to the host As a result for fullscreen and seamless modes to work with multiple monitors you will need at least as many physical monitors as you have virtual monitors configured or VirtualBox will report an error You can configure the relationship between guest and host monitors using the view menu by pressing Host key Home when you are in fullscreen or seamless mode Please see chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 also Enable 3D acceleration If a virtual machine has Guest Additions installed you can select here whether the guest should support accelerated 3D graphics Please refer to chapter 4 6 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 75 for details Enable 2D video acceleration If a virtual machine with Microsoft Windows has Guest Additions installed you can select here whether the guest should sup port accelerated 2D video graphics Please refer to chapter 4 6 2 Hardware 2D video acceleration for Windows guests page 76 for details Remote display Under the Remote display tab you can enable the VRDP server that is built into VirtualBox to allow you to connect to the virtual machine re motely For this you can use any standard
272. ith the modifyvm command e hostdvds hostfloppies and hostifs respectively list DVD floppy and host networking interfaces on the host along with the name used to access them from within VirtualBox e hostusb supplies information about USB devices attached to the host notably information useful for constructing USB filters and whether they are currently in use by the host e usbfilters lists all global USB filters registered with VirtualBox that is filters for devices which are accessible to all virtual machines and displays the filter parameters e systemproperties displays some global VirtualBox settings such as minimum and maximum guest RAM and virtual hard disk size folder settings and the current authentication library in use e hddbackends lists all known hdd backends of VirtualBox Beside the name of the backend itself descriptions about the capabilities configuration and other useful informations are displayed 8 4 VBoxManage showvminfo The showvminfo command shows information about a particular virtual machine This is the same information as VBoxManage list vms long would show for all virtual machines You will get information similar to the following VBoxManage showvminfo Windows XP VirtualBox Command Line Management Interface Version 3 2 0 C 2005 2010 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name Windows XP Guest 05 Other Unknown UUID 1bf3464d 57c6 4d49 92a9 a5cc3816b7e7 Config file h
273. ition to or deletion from the contents of a file containing Original Code or previous Modifications B Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or previous Modifica tions 1 10 Original Code means Source Code of computer software code which is de scribed in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as Original Code and which at the time of its release under this License is not already Covered Code governed by this License 1 10 1 Patent Claims means any patent claim s now owned or hereafter ac quired including without limitation method process and apparatus claims in any patent Licensable by grantor 1 11 Source Code means the preferred form of the Covered Code for making modifications to it including all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files scripts used to control compilation and installation of an Executable or source code differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another well known available Covered Code of the Contributor s choice The Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form provided the appropriate decompression or de archiving software is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity
274. ive of the Library you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6 Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6 whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself 6 As an exception to the Sections above you may also combine or link a work that uses the Library with the Library to produce a work containing portions of the Library and distribute that work under terms of your choice provided that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer s own use and reverse engineering for debugging such modifications You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License You must supply a copy of this License If the work during execution displays copyright notices you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License Also you must do one of these things 263 15 Third party materials and licenses a Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine readable source code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above and if the work is an executable linked with the Library with the complete machine readable work that uses the Library as object code and or source code so that the user can modify the Libra
275. ject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE 15 2 6 zlib license This software is provided as is without any express or implied warranty In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose including com mercial applications and to alter it and redistribute it freely subject to the following restrictions 1 The origin of this software must not be misrepresented you must not claim that you wrote the original software If you use this software in a product an acknowledg ment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required 2 Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such and must not be misrep resented as being the original software 3 This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution Je
276. l Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER WISE ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 15 2 13 libxslt licenses Licence for libxslt except libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this
277. l disk may be in system memory and the VM can access the data much faster Note that this applies only to image files buffering never occured virtual disks resid ing on remote iSCSI storage which is the more common scenario in enterprise class setups see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 94 While buffering is a useful default setting for virtualizating a few machines on a desktop computer there are some disadvantages to this approach 1 Delayed writing through the host OS cache is less secure When the guest OS writes data it considers the data written even though it has not yet arrived on a physical disk If for some reason the write does not happen power failure host crash the likelihood of data loss increases 2 Disk image files tend to be very large Caching them can therefore quickly use up the entire host OS cache Depending on the efficiency of the host OS caching this may slow down the host immensely especially if several VMs run at the same time For example on Linux hosts host caching may result in Linux delaying all 91 5 Virtual storage writes until the host cache is nearly full and then writing out all these changes at once possibly stalling VM execution for minutes This can result in I O errors in the guest as I O requests time out there 3 Physical memory is often wasted as guest operating systems typically have their own I O caches which may result in the data being cached twice in both the guest and t
278. l indicators of virtual machine activity m Sun xVM VirtualBox Windows Vista III JIBJIX 1 DII To start a virtual machine with VBoxSDL instead of the VirtualBox GUI enter the following on a command line VBoxSDL startvm vm where vm is as usual with VirtualBox command line parameters the name or UUID of an existing virtual machine 153 9 Advanced topics 9 2 2 Secure labeling with VBoxSDL When running guest operating systems in fullscreen mode the guest operating system usually has control over the whole screen This could present a security risk as the guest operating system might fool the user into thinking that it is either a different system which might have a higher security level or it might present messages on the screen that appear to stem from the host operating system In order to protect the user against the above mentioned security risks the secure labeling feature has been developed Secure labeling is currently available only for VBoxSDL When enabled a portion of the display area is reserved for a label in which a user defined message is displayed The label height in set to 20 pixels in VBoxSDL The label font color and background color can be optionally set as hexadecimal RGB color values The following syntax is used to enable secure labeling VBoxSDL startvm VM name securelabel seclabelfnt fonts arial ttf seclabelsiz 14 seclabelfgcol 00FF00 seclabelbgcol OOFFFF In ad
279. l machine can be a tedious task With virtualization it becomes possible to ship an entire software solution possibly consisting of many different components in a virtual machine which is then often called an 10 1 First steps appliance Installing and running a mail server becomes as easy as importing such an appliance into VirtualBox 1 2 Some terminology When dealing with virtualization and also for understanding the following chapters of this documentation it helps to acquaint oneself with a bit of crucial terminology especially the following terms Host operating system host OS the operating system of the physical computer on which VirtualBox was installed There are versions of VirtualBox for Win dows Mac OS X Linux and Solaris hosts for details please see chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 While the various VirtualBox versions are usually discussed together in this document there may be platform specific differences which we will point out where appropriate Guest operating system guest OS the operating system that is running inside the virtual machine Theoretically VirtualBox can run any x86 operating sys tem DOS Windows OS 2 FreeBSD OpenBSD but to achieve near native performance of the guest code on your machine we had to go through a lot of optimizations that are specific to certain operating systems So while your favorite operating system may run as a guest we officially s
280. lation page 65 3 Change to the directory where your CD ROM drive is mounted and execute as root sh VBoxLinuxAdditions x86 run In a 64 bit Linux guest use VBoxLinuxAdditions amd64 run instead The VirtualBox Guest Additions contain several different drivers If for any reason you do not wish to set them all up you can install the Guest Additions using the following command sh VBoxAdditions run no_setup After this you will need to at least compile the kernel modules by running the command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd setup as root you will need to replace lib by lib64 on some 64bit guests and on older guests without the udev service you will need to add the vboxadd service to the default runlevel to ensure that the modules get loaded To setup the time synchronization service run the command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd service setup and add the service vboxadd service to the default runlevel To set up the X11 and OpenGL part of the Guest Additions run the command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd x11 setup you do not need to enable any services for this To recompile the guest kernel modules use this command usr lib VBoxGuestAdditions vboxadd setup After compilation you should reboot your guest to ensure that the new modules are actually used 69 4 Guest Additions 4 3 2 2 Video acceleration and high resolution graphics modes In Linux guests VirtualBox video accele
281. lation see chapter 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts page 36 Note that starting with VirtualBox 2 1 Linux 2 4 based host operating systems are no longer supported Solaris hosts 32 bit and 64 bit are supported with the restrictions listed in chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 OpenSolaris 2008 05 and higher Nevada build 86 and higher Solaris 10 u5 and higher 1 5 Installing and starting VirtualBox VirtualBox comes in many different packages and installation depends on your host platform If you have installed software before installation should be straightforward as on each host platform VirtualBox uses the installation method that is most common and easy to use If you run into trouble or have special requirements please refer Preliminary Mac OS X support beta stage was added with VirtualBox 1 4 full support with 1 6 Mac OS X 10 4 Tiger support was removed with VirtualBox 3 1 3Support for 64 bit Linux was added with VirtualBox 1 4 Support for OpenSolaris was added with VirtualBox 1 6 15 1 First steps to chapter 2 Installation details page 33 for details about the various installation methods After installation you can start VirtualBox as follows e On a Windows host in the standard Programs menu click on the item in the VirtualBox group On Vista or Windows 7 you can also type VirtualBox in the search box of the Start menu e On a Mac OS X host in the
282. le on your particular host Usage VBoxManage v version print version number and exit TFor details see chapter 8 6 VBoxManage createvm page 124 115 VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage q notogo 8 VBoxManage Suppress the logo list long l vms runningvms ostypes hostdvds hostfloppies showvminfo showvminfo registervm unregistervm createvm modifyvm bridgedifs dhcpservers hostinfo hostcpuids hddbackends hdds dvds floppies usbhost usbfilters systemproperties lt uuid gt lt name gt details statistics machinereadable lt uuid gt lt name gt log lt idx gt lt filename gt lt uuid gt lt name gt delete name lt name gt ostype lt ostype gt register basefolder lt path gt settingsfile lt path gt uuid lt uuid gt lt uuid name gt name lt name gt ostype lt ostype gt memory lt memorysize in MB gt vram lt vramsize in MB gt acpi on off ioapic on off pae on off hpet on off hwvirtex on off nestedpaging on off largepages on off vtxvpid on off synthcpu on off cpuidset leaf eax ebx lt ecx gt lt edx gt cpuidremove lt leaf gt cpuidremoveall hardwareuuid lt uuid gt cpus lt number gt rtcuseutc monitorcount lt number gt accelerate3d on off firmware bios
283. le with any other module For this VirtualBox provides a well defined interface that allows you to write your own authentication module see chapter 9 5 4 Custom external VRDP authentication page 161 for details e Finally the guest authentication method performs authentication with a special component that comes with the Guest Additions as a result authentication is not performed with the host users but with the guest user accounts This method is currently still in testing and not yet supported 7 1 6 RDP encryption RDP features data stream encryption which is based on the RC4 symmetric cipher with keys up to 128bit The RC4 keys are being replaced in regular intervals every 4096 packets RDP provides three different authentication methods 1 Historically RDP4 authentication was used with which the RDP client does not perform any checks in order to verify the identity of the server it connects to Since user credentials can be obtained using a man in the middle MITM attack RDP4 authentication is insecure and should generally not be used 2 RDP5 1 authentication employs a server certificate for which the client possesses the public key This way it is guaranteed that the server possess the correspond ing private key However as this hard coded private key became public some years ago RDP5 1 authentication is also insecure and cannot be recommended Support for Mac OS X was added in version 3 2 110 7 Rem
284. les support async I O This restriction will be lifted in a future maintenance update 5 8 CD DVD drive operation The virtual CD DVD drive s by default support only reading The medium configu ration is changeable at runtime You can select between three options to provide the medium data e Host Drive defines that the guest can read from the medium in the host drive Medium changes of the host drives are signalled to the guest e Image file gives the guest read only access to the image data often referred to as ISO image A medium change is signalled when switching to a different image or selecting another option 92 5 Virtual storage e Empty stands for a drive without an inserted medium The drive responds as usual to this situation however no data can be read As mentioned the medium change signalling depends on the selected option for the medium Medium changes can be prevented by the guest and VirtualBox reflects that by locking the host drive if appropriate You can force a medium removal in such situation via the VirtualBox GUI or the VBoxManage command line tool Effectively this is the equivalent of the emergency eject which many CD DVD drives provide with all associated side effects The guest OS can issue error messages in this case just like on real hardware Use with caution In any case only data media is supported for CD DVD drives This means that all data CD formats and all DVD formats can be used in
285. lhost as the hostname on both the source and the target host Note In rare cases if the CPUs of the source and the target are very different teleporting can fail with an error message or the target may hang This may happen especially if the VM is running application software that is highly optimized to run on a particular CPU without correctly checking that certain CPU features are actually present VirtualBox filters what CPU capabilities are presented to the guest operating system Advanced users can attempt to restrict these virtual CPU capabilities with the VBoxManage modifyvm cpuid command see chapter 8 7 5 Teleporting settings page 131 113 8 VBoxManage 8 1 Introduction As briefly mentioned in chapter 1 12 Alternative front ends page 32 VBoxManage is the command line interface to VirtualBox With it you can completely control VirtualBox from the command line of your host operating system VBoxManage sup ports all the features that the graphical user interface gives you access to but it sup ports a lot more than that It exposes really all the features of the virtualization engine even those that cannot yet be accessed from the GUI You will need to use the command line if you want to e use a different user interface than the main GUI for example VBoxSDL or the VBoxHeadless server e control some of the more advanced and experimental configuration settings for a VM There are two main things
286. liances where multiple virtual machines are shipped together and designed to cooperate For example one virtual machine may contain a web server and a second one a database and since they are intended to talk to each other the appliance can instruct VirtualBox 103 6 Virtual networking to set up a host only network for the two A second bridged network would then connect the web server to the outside world to serve data to but the outside world cannot connect to the database To change a virtual machine s virtual network interface to host only mode e either go to the Network page in the virtual machine s settings notebook in the graphical user interface and select Host only networking or e on the command line type VBoxManage modifyvm VM name nic lt x gt hostonly see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 for details For host only networking like with internal networking you may find the DHCP server useful that is built into VirtualBox This can be enabled to then manage the IP addresses in the host only network since otherwise you would need to configure all IP addresses statically e In the VirtualBox graphical user interface you can configure all these items in the global settings via File gt Settings gt Network which lists all host only networks which are presently in use Click on the network name and then on the Edit button to the right and you can modify the
287. ll control The VMCS also provides control over interrupt delivery and exceptions Whenever an instruction or event causes a VM exit the VMCS contains information about the exit reason often with accompanying detail For example if a write to the CRO register causes an exit the offending instruction is recorded along with the fact that a write access to a control register caused the exit and information about source and destination register Thus the hypervisor can efficiently handle the condition with out needing advanced techniques such as CSAM and PATM described above VT x inherently avoids several of the problems which software virtualization faces The guest has its own completely separate address space not shared with the hyper visor which eliminates potential clashes Additionally guest OS kernel code runs at privilege ring 0 in VMX non root mode obviating the problems by running ring 0 code at less privileged levels For example the SYSENTER instruction can transition to ring O without causing problems Naturally even at ring 0 in VMX non root mode any I O access by guest code still causes a VM exit allowing for device emulation The biggest difference between VT x and AMD V is that AMD V provides a more complete virtualization environment VT x requires the VMX non root code to run with paging enabled which precludes hardware virtualization of real mode code and non paged protected mode software This typically only includes firmwa
288. ll see how old samples are gradually being phased out by new samples collect This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The collected data is displayed periodically until Ctrl C is pressed unless the detach option is specified With the detach option this subcommand operates the same way as setup does The List option shows which metrics match the specified filter 8 27 VBoxManage guestproperty The guestproperty commands allow you to get or set properties of a running virtual machine Please see chapter 4 7 Guest properties page 77 for an introduction As explained there guest properties are arbitrary key value string pairs which can be written to and read from by either the guest or the host so they can be used as a low volume communication channel for strings provided that a guest is running and has the Guest Additions installed In addition a number of values whose keys begin with VirtualBox are automatically set and maintained by the Guest Additions The following subcommands are available where vm in each case can either be a VM name or a VM UUID as with the other VBoxManage commands e enumerate vm patterns pattern This lists all the guest properties that are available for the given VM including the value This list will be very limited if the guest s service process cannot be contacted e g bec
289. llation script tries to build a module itself If the build process is not successful you will be shown a warning and the package will be left unconfigured Please have a look at var log vbox install log to find out why the compilation failed You may have to install the appropriate Linux kernel headers see chapter 2 3 2 The VirtualBox ker nel module page 36 After correcting any problems do sudo etc init d vboxdrv setup This will start a second attempt to build the module If a suitable kernel module was found in the package or the module was successfully built the installation script will attempt to load that module If this fails please see chapter 12 6 1 Linux kernel module refuses to load page 197 for further information Once VirtualBox has been successfully installed and configured you can start it by selecting VirtualBox in your start menu or from the command line see chapter 2 3 5 Starting VirtualBox on Linux page 43 2 3 4 2 Using the alternative installer VirtualBox run The alternative installer performs the following steps e It unpacks the application files to a target directory of choice By default opt VirtualBox will be used 38 2 Installation details e It builds the VirtualBox kernel module vboxdrv and installs it e It creates etc init d vboxdrv an init script to start the VirtualBox kernel module e It creates a new system group called vboxusers e It creates symbolic links to Vi
290. llowing command VBoxManage modifyvm My VM natdnshostresolverl on Note that this setting is similar to the DNS proxy mode however whereas the proxy mode just forwards DNS requests to the appropriate servers the resolver mode will interpret the DNS requests and use the host s DNS API to query the information and return it to the guest 169 9 Advanced topics 9 9 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine By default the NAT core uses aliasing and uses random ports when generating an alias for a connection This works well for the most protocols like SSH FTP and so on Though some protocols might need a more transparent behavior or may depend on the real port number the packet was sent from It is possible to change the NAT mode via the VBoxManage frontend with the following commands VBoxManage modifyvm My VM nataliasmode proxyonly and VBoxManage modifyvm Linux Guest nataliasmode sameports The first example disables aliasing and switches NAT into transparent mode the second example enforces preserving of port values These modes can be combined if necessary 9 10 Configuring the BIOS DMI information The DMI data VirtualBox provides to guests can be changed for a specific VM Use the following commands to configure the DMI BIOS information VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSVendor BIOS Vendor VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices pcbios 0 Config DmiBIOSV
291. lt this should not normally be done since it can potentially cause data loss or an inconsistent state of the guest system on disk As an exception if your virtual machine has any snapshots see the next chapter you can use this option to quickly restore the current snapshot of the virtual machine Only in that case powering off the machine is not harmful The Discard button in the main VirtualBox window discards a virtual machine s saved state This has the same effect as powering it off and the same warnings apply 1 8 Snapshots With snapshots you can save a particular state of a virtual machine for later use At any later time you can revert to that state even though you may have changed the VM considerably since then You can see the snapshots of a virtual machine by first selecting a machine from the list on the left of the VirtualBox main window and then selecting the Snapshots tab on the right Initially until you take a snapshot of the machine that list is empty except for the Current state item which represents the Now point in the lifetime of the virtual machine There are three operations related to snapshots 1 You can take a snapshot e If your VM is currently running select Take snapshot from the Machine pull down menu of the VM window e If your VM is currently in either the saved or the powered off state as displayed next to the VM in the VirtualBox main window
292. ly in most Linux dis tributions there is a file called etc pam d common auth This file is included in many other services like the GDM file mentioned above There you also have to add add the line auth requisite pam_vbox so 157 9 Advanced topics 3 If authentication against the shadow database using pam_unix so or pam_unix2 so is desired the argument try_first_pass is needed in or der to pass the credentials from the VirtualBox module to the shadow database authentication module For Ubuntu this needs to be added to etc pam d common auth to the end of the line referencing pam_unix so This argument tells the PAM module to use credentials already present in the stack i e the ones provided by the VirtualBox PAM module Warning An incorrectly configured PAM stack can effectively prevent you from loging into your guest system To make deployment easier you can pass the argument debug right after the pam_vbox so statement Debug log output will then be recorded using syslog Warning At present the GDM display manager only retrieves credentials at startup so unless the credentials have been supplied to the guest before GDM starts automatic logon will not work This limitation needs to be addressed by the GDM developers or another display manager must be used 9 4 CPU hot plugging With virtual machines running modern server operating systems VirtualBox supports CPU hot plugging Whereas on a physical
293. ly see one IDE controller in the machine s Storage settings machine s virtual CD DVD drive will be attached to one of the four ports of this controller Serial ATA SATA is a newer standard introduced in 2003 Compared to IDE it supports both much higher speeds and more devices per hard disk controller Also with physical hardware devices can be added and removed while the sys tem is running The standard interface for SATA controllers is called Advanced Host Controller Interface AHCI For compatibility reasons AHCI controllers by default operate the disks attached to it in a so called IDE compatibility mode unless SATA support is explicitly requested IDE compatibility mode only means that the drives can be seen and operated by the computer s BIOS Still disks assigned to those slots will operate in full speed AHCI mode once the guest operating system has loaded its AHCI device driver Like a real SATA controller VirtualBox s virtual SATA controller operates faster and also consumes less CPU resources than the virtual IDE controller Also this allows you to connect up to 30 virtual hard disks to one machine instead of just three as with IDE Of these the first four numbered 0 3 in the graphical user interface are operated in IDE compatibility mode by default For this reason starting with version 3 2 and depending on the selected guest operating system VirtualBox uses SATA as the default for newly creat
294. ly started using the following command lines VBoxClient clipboard VBoxClient display VBoxClient seamless See http ww mail archive com git commits headevger kernel org msg30813 html for de tails about the kernel fix 194 12 Troubleshooting when your X11 user session is started if you are using a common desktop environment Gnome KDE and others If a particular desktop service is not working correctly it is worth checking whether the process which should provide it is running The VBoxClient processes create files in the user s home directory with names of the form vboxclient pid when they are running in order to prevent a given service from being started twice It can happen due to misconfiguration that these files are created owned by root and not deleted when the services are stopped which will prevent them from being started in future sessions If the services cannot be started you may wish to check whether these files still exist 12 5 Windows hosts 12 5 1 VBoxSVC out of process COM server issues VirtualBox makes use of the Microsoft Component Object Model COM for inter and intra process communication This allows VirtualBox to share a common config uration among different virtual machine processes and provide several user interface options based on a common architecture All global status information and config uration is maintained by the process VBoxSVC exe which is an out of process COM server When
295. machines but not to applications running on the host or to the outside world Host only networking This can be used to create a network containing the host and a set of virtual machines without the need for the host s physical network in terface Instead a virtual network interface similar to a loopback interface is created on the host providing connectivity among virtual machines and the host VDE Virtual Distributed Ethernet networking This option can be used to connect to a Virtual Distributed Ethernet switch on a Linux or a FreeBSD host It is only available if the VDE software and the VDE plugin library from the VirtualSquare project are installed on the host system For more information on setting up VDE networks please see the documentation accompanying the software The following sections describe the available network modes in more detail 6 3 Network Address Translation NAT Network Address Translation NAT is the simplest way of accessing an external net work from a virtual machine Usually it does not require any configuration on the host network and guest system For this reason it is the default networking mode in VirtualBox A virtual machine with NAT enabled acts much like a real computer that connects to the Internet through a router The router in this case is the VirtualBox network ing engine which maps traffic from and to the virtual machine transparently The disadvantage of NAT mode is that much like
296. man and others VirtualBox may ship with a copy of kchmviewer which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 255 and Copyright C George Yunaev and others VirtualBox may contain Etherboot which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL page 255 with the exception that ag gregating Etherboot with another work does not require the other work to be released under the same license see http etherboot sourceforge net clinks html Etherboot is Copyright C Etherboot team VirtualBox may contain code from Wine which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 259 and Copyright 1993 Bob Amstadt Copyright 1996 Albrecht Kleine Copyright 1997 David Faure Copyright 1998 Morten Welinder Copyright 1998 Ulrich Weigand Copyright 1999 Ove Koven VirtualBox contains code from lwIP which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 11 lwIP license page 277 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Swedish Institute of Computer Science VirtualBox contains libxml which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 12 libxml license page 278 and Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard 253 15 Third party materials and licenses VirtualBox contains libxslt which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 13 libxslt licenses page 278 and Copyright C 2001 2002 Daniel Veillard and Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broyer
297. matically With automatic reboots there is no chance to record the bluescreen information which might be important for problem determination VirtualBox provides a method of halting a guest when it wants to perform a reset In order to enable this feature issue the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal PDM HaltOnReset 1 3See http support microsoft com kb 955076 192 12 Troubleshooting 12 3 5 No networking in Windows Vista guests Unfortunately with Vista Microsoft dropped support for the virtual AMD PCNet card that we are providing to virtual machines As a result after installation Vista guests initially have no networking VirtualBox therefore ships a driver for that card with the Windows Guest Additions see chapter 4 3 1 5 Windows Vista networking page 67 Starting with version 1 6 0 VirtualBox can emulate an Intel E1000 network device which is supported by Vista without any third party drivers 12 3 6 Windows guests may cause a high CPU load Several background applications of Windows guests especially virus scanners are known to increases the CPU load notably even if the guest appears to be idle We recommend to deactivate virus scanners within virtualized guests if possible 12 3 7 No audio in Windows Vista 64 bit and Windows 7 guests 32 bit Windows 7 does not ship with drivers for our emulated audio hardware AC 97 However running Windows Update should solve the problem by get
298. me Linux versions have severe problems if a write to an image file takes longer than about 15 seconds Some file 189 12 Troubleshooting systems however require more than a minute to complete a single write if the host cache contains a large amount of data that needs to be written The symptom for this problem is that the guest can no longer access its files during large write or copying operations usually leading to an immediate hang of the guest In order to work around this problem the true fix is to use a faster file system that doesn t exhibit such unacceptable write performance it is possible to flush the image file after a certain amount of data has been written This interval is normally infinite but can be configured individually for each disk of a VM For IDE disks use the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices piix3ide 0 LUN x Config FlushInterval b For SATA disks use the following command VBoxManage setextradata VM name VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 LUN x Config FlushInterval b The value x that selects the disk for IDE is O for the master device on the first channel 1 for the slave device on the first channel 2 for the master device on the second channel or 3 for the master device on the second channel For SATA use values between 0 and 29 Only disks support this configuration option it must not be set for CD DVD drives The unit of the interval b is the number
299. me cases this is a given e g a shared folders problem in other cases it may be less obvious for exam ple display problems And if the problem is Guest Additions specific is it also specific to a certain version of the Additions 7 Is the problem specific to a certain environment Some problems are related to a particular environment external to the VM this usually involves network setup Certain configurations of external servers such as DHCP or PXE may ex pose problems which do not occur with other similar servers 8 Is the problem a regression Knowing that an issue is a regression usually makes it significantly easier to find the solution In this case it is crucial to know which version is affected and which is not 12 1 2 Collecting debugging information For problem determination it is often important to collect debugging information which can be analyzed by VirtualBox support This section contains information about what kind of information can be obtained Every time VirtualBox starts up a VM a so called release log file is created con taining lots of information about the VM configuration and runtime events The log file is called VBox log and resides in the VM log file folder Typically this will be a directory like this HOME VirtualBox Machines machinename Logs When starting a VM the configuration file of the last run will be renamed to 1 up to 3 Sometimes when there is a problem it is useful
300. me gt delete lt uuid vmname gt storagectl lt name gt port lt number gt 118 VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage VBoxManage storagectl showhdinfo createhd modifyhd clonehd convertfromraw convertfromraw addiscsidisk getextradata 8 VBoxManage device number type dvddrive hdd fdd medium none emptydrive uuid filename host lt drive gt passthrough on off forceunmount lt uuid vmname gt name lt name gt add ide sata scsi floppy sas controller LSILogic LSILogicSAS BusLogic IntelAHCI PIIX3 PIIX4 ICH6 182078 sataideemulation lt 1 4 gt lt 1 30 gt sataportcount lt 1 30 gt iobackend Buffered Unbuf fered remove l x lt uuid gt lt filename gt filename lt filename gt size lt megabytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD default VDI variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX type normal writethrough default normal comment lt comment gt remember lt uuid gt lt filename gt type normal writethrough immutable autoreset on off compact lt uuid gt lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD RAW lt other gt variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX type normal writethrough immutable remember existing lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format
301. mentOptionSection and In stallSection are ignored OVF environment documents including their property sections and appli ance configuration with ISO images are not yet supported OVA archives TAR containers are not yet supported Remote files via HTTP or other mechanisms are not yet supported e Seamless mode does not work correctly with Linux guests that have 3D effects enabled such as with compiz enabled window managers e Mac OS X hosts The following restrictions apply all of which will be resolved in future versions The numlock emulation has not yet been implemented The CPU frequency metric is not supported 3D OpenGL acceleration in particular with Linux guests that have 3D ef fects enabled such as with compiz enabled window managers e Mac OS X guests Mac OS X guests can only run on a certain host hardware For details about license and host hardware limitations please see chapter 3 1 1 Mac OS X guests page 47 At this time the OS X authenticity check is only supported if VirtualBox is running on an OS X host VirtualBox does not provide Guest Additions for OS X at this time The graphics resolution currently defaults to 1024x768 as OS X falls back to the built in EFI display support See chapter 3 12 1 Video modes in EFI page 62 for more information on how to change EFI video modes Even when idle OS X guests currently burn 10096 CPU This is a power management issue that will be addressed in a futur
302. mode IDs for custom video modes start at 0x160 In order to use the above defined custom video mode the following command line has be supplied to Linux vga vga 0x200 0x160 864 For guest operating systems with VirtualBox Guest Additions a custom video mode can be set using the video mode hint feature 159 9 Advanced topics 9 5 2 Multiple monitors for the guest VirtualBox allows the guest to use multiple virtual monitors Up to sixty four virtual monitors are supported Note 1 Multiple monitors currently work only with Windows XP guests and Guest Additions must be installed as the implementation resides in the Guest Additions video driver 2 Multiple monitors work only with the VBoxHeadless frontend You must also enable VRDP multiconnection mode see chapter 7 1 7 Multiple VRDP connections page 111 to access two or more VM displays when the guest is using multiple monitors 3 The guest video RAM size should be increased when multiple monitors are used The VRAM is shared among the virtual monitors so that only part of it is available for each one Therefore the available resolutions and color depths will be reduced if the VRAM size remains the same and multiple monitors are enabled The following command enables three virtual monitors for the VM VBoxManage modifyvm VM name monitorcount 3 The following command enables VRDP multiconnection mode for the VM VBoxManage modifyvm VM name v
303. modern operating systems can now boot on computers which have EFI instead of a BIOS built into them see chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI page 61 EHCI Enhanced Host Controller Interface the interface that implements the USB 2 0 standard G GUI Graphical User Interface Commonly used as an antonym to a command line interface in the context of VirtualBox we sometimes refer to the main graph ical VirtualBox program as the GUI to differentiate it from the VBoxManage interface GUID See UUID 294 Glossary IDE Integrated Drive Electronics an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI page 81 l O APIC See APIC iSCSI Internet SCSI see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 94 MAC Media Access Control a part of an Ethernet network card A MAC address NAT OVF PAE is a 6 byte number which identifies a network card It is typically written in hexadecimal notation where the bytes are separated by colons such as 00 17 3A 5E CB 08 N Network Address Translation A technique to share networking interfaces by which an interface modifies the source and or target IP addresses of network packets according to specific rules Commonly employed by routers and fire walls to shield an internal network from the Internet VirtualBox can use NAT to easily share a host s physical networking hardware with its virtual machines See chapter 6 3 Netwo
304. modified For guest code in ring 0 VirtualBox employs a nasty trick it actually reconfigures the guest so that its ring 0 code is run in ring 1 instead which is normally not used in x86 operating systems As a result when guest ring 0 code actually running in ring 1 such as a guest device driver attempts to write to an I O register or execute a privileged instruction the VirtualBox hypervisor in real ring O can take over The hypervisor VMM can be active Every time a fault occurs VirtualBox looks at the offending instruction and can relegate it to a virtual device or the host OS or the guest OS or run it in the recompiler In particular the recompiler is used when guest code disables interrupts and VirtualBox cannot figure out when they will be switched back on in these situ ations VirtualBox actually analyzes the guest code using its own disassembler Also certain privileged instructions such as LIDT need to be handled specially Finally any real mode or protected mode code e g BIOS code a DOS guest or any operating system startup is run in the recompiler entirely Unfortunately this only works to a degree Among others the following situations require special handling 1 Running ring O code in ring 1 causes a lot of additional instruction faults as ring 1 is not allowed to execute any privileged instructions of which guest s ring 0 contains plenty With each of these faults the VMM must step in and emul
305. ms or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For 258 15 Third party materials and licenses software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WAR RANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EX CEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
306. must have its own exclusive VNIC The VNIC and the guest network interface that uses the VNIC must be as signed identical MAC addresses When using VLAN interfaces with VirtualBox they must be named according to the PPA hack naming scheme e g el000g513001 as otherwise the guest may receive packets in an unexpected format 6 5 Internal networking Internal Networking is similar to bridged networking in that the VM can directly com municate with the outside world However the outside world is limited to other VMs which connect to the same internal network Even though technically everything that can be done using internal networking can also be done using bridged networking there are two good reasons why this additional mode was implemented 1 Security In bridged networking mode all traffic goes through a physical inter face of the host system It is therefore possible to attach a packet sniffer such as Wireshark to the host interface and log all traffic that goes over it If for any reason you prefer two or more VMs on the same machine to communi cate privately hiding their data from both the host system and the user bridged networking therefore is not an option 2 Speed Internal networking is more efficient than bridged networking as VirtualBox can directly transmit the data without having to send it through the host operating system s networking stack Internal networks are created automatically as needed
307. n an 8 byte alphanumeric string and the model number a 40 byte alphanumeric string Instead of Port0 referring to the first port specify the desired SATA hard disk port Additional three parameters are needed for CD DVD drives to report the vendor product data VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 ATAPIVendorId vendor VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config PortO ATAPIProductId product VBoxManage setextradata My VM VBoxInternal Devices ahci 0 Config Port0 ATAPIRevision revision The vendor id is an 8 byte alphanumeric string the product id an 16 byte alphanu meric string and the revision a 4 byte alphanumeric string Instead of PortO referring to the first port specify the desired SATA hard disk port 166 9 Advanced topics 9 7 Launching more than 120 VMs on Solaris hosts Solaris hosts have a fixed number of IPC semaphores IDs per process preventing users from starting more than 120 VMs While trying to launch more VMs you would be shown a Cannot create IPC semaphore error In order to run more VMs you will need to bump the semaphore ID limit of the VBoxSVC process Execute as root the prctl command as shown below The process ID of VBoxSVC can be obtained using the ps list command prctl r n project max sem ids v 2048 lt pid of VBoxSVC gt 9 8 Legacy commands for using serial ports Starting with version 1 4 VirtualBox pr
308. n arbitrary resolution in the guest s display settings 63 4 Guest Additions Finally if the Guest Additions are installed 3D graphics for guest applications can be accelerated see chapter 4 6 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 75 Time synchronization With the Guest Additions installed VirtualBox can ensure that the guest s system time is better synchronized with that of the host For various reasons the time in the guest might run at a slightly different rate than the time on the host The host could be receiving updates via NTP and its own time might not run linearly A VM could also be paused which stops the flow of time in the guest for a shorter or longer period of time When the wall clock time between the guest and host only differs slightly the time synchroniza tion service attempts to gradually and smoothly adjust the guest time in small increments to either catch up or lose time When the difference is too great e g a VM paused for hours or restored from saved state the guest time is changed immediately without a gradual adjustment The Guest Additions will re synchronize the time regularly See chapter 9 11 3 Tuning the Guest Additions time synchronization parameters page 172 for how to configure the parameters of the time synchronization mechanism Shared folders These provide an easy way to exchange files between the host and the guest Much like ordinary Windows network
309. n image that represents an entire physical hard disk which will not contain any actual data as this will all be stored on the physical disk on a Linux host use the command VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda This creates the image path to file vmdk must be absolute and all data will be read and written from dev sda On a Windows host instead of the above device specification use e g PhysicalDrive On a Mac OS X host instead of the above device specifi cation use e g dev diskl Note that on OS X you can only get access to an entire disk if no volume is mounted from it Creating the image requires read write access for the given device Read write access is also later needed when using the image from a virtual machine 163 9 Advanced topics Just like with regular disk images this does not automatically register the newly cre ated image in the internal registry of hard disks If you want this done automatically add register VBoxManage internalcommands createrawvmdk filename path to file vmdk rawdisk dev sda register After registering you can assign the newly created image to a virtual machine with e g VBoxManage storageattach WindowsXP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 0 type hdd medium path to file vmdk When this is done the selected virtual machine will boot from the specified physical disk 9 6 1 2 Access to individual phys
310. n in the VM To learn about the various identifiers that can be used here use VBoxManage list ostypes memory lt memorysize gt This sets the amount of RAM in MB that the virtual machine should allocate for itself from the host See the remarks in chapter 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine page 17 for more information vram vramsize This sets the amount of RAM that the virtual graphics card should have See chapter 3 5 Display settings page 53 for details acpi on off ioapic on off These two determine whether the VM should have ACPI and I O APIC support respectively see chapter 3 4 1 Moth erboard tab page 51 for details hardwareuuid uuid The UUID presented to the guest via memory tables DMI SMBIOS hardware and guest properties By default this is the same as the VM uuid Useful when cloning a VM Teleporting takes care of this automat ically cpus cpucount This sets the number of virtual CPUs for the virtual ma chine see chapter 3 4 2 Processor tab page 52 If CPU hot plugging is en abled see below this then sets the maximum number of virtual CPUs that can be plugged into the virtual machines cpuhotplug on off This enables CPU hot plugging When enabled virtual CPUs can be added to and removed from a virtual machine while it is running See chapter 9 4 CPU hot plugging page 158 for more information plugcpu unplugcpu id If CPU hot plugging is enabled see above
311. ncluding the grsec patch see http www grsecurity net and derivates have to disable PAX MPROTECT for the VBox binaries to be able to start a VM The reason is that VBox has to create executable code on anonymous memory 12 6 9 Linux kernel vmalloc pool exhausted When running a large number of VMs with a lot of RAM on a Linux system say 20 VMs with 1GB of RAM each additional VMs might fail to start with a kernel error saying that the vmalloc pool is exhausted and should be extended The error message also tells you to specify vmalloc 256MB in your kernel parameter list If adding this parameter to your GRUB or LILO configuration makes the kernel fail to boot with a weird error message such as failed to mount the root partition then you have probably run into a memory conflict of your kernel and initial RAM disk This can be solved by adding the following parameter to your GRUB configuration uppermem 524288 12 7 Solaris hosts 12 7 1 Cannot start VM not enough contiguous memory The ZFS file system is known to use all available RAM as cache if the default system settings are not changed This may lead to a heavy fragmentation of the host memory preventing VirtualBox VMs from being started We recommend to limit the ZFS cache by adding a line set zfs zfs arc max xxxx to etc system where xxxx bytes is the amount of memory usable for the ZFS cache 200 12 Troubleshooting 12 7 2 VM aborts with out of memory errors on Solar
312. nding file For details about the differences please refer to chapter 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD page 84 To prevent your physical hard disk from running full VirtualBox limits the size of the image file Still it needs to be large enough to hold the contents of your operating system and the applications you want to install for a modern Windows or Linux guest you will probably need several gigabytes for any serious use S Create New Virtual Disk Ble Virtual Disk Location and Size Press the Select button to select the location of a file to store the hard disk data or type a file name in the entry field Location CI Select the size of the virtual hard disk in megabytes This size will be reported to the Guest OS as the maximum size of this hard disk Size 4 00 MB 2 00 TB lt Back J neas concer After having selected or created your image file again press Next to go to the next page 4 After clicking on Finish your new virtual machine will be created You will then see it in the list on the left side of the main window with the name you have entered 20 1 First steps 1 7 Running your virtual machine You will now see your new virtual machine in the list of virtual machines at the left of the VirtualBox main window To start the virtual machine simply double click on it or select it and press the Start button at the top This opens up a new window and th
313. ne version of the installer application Mount the disk image dmg file as described in the normal installation Then open a terminal session and execute sudo installer pkg Volumes VirtualBox VirtualBox mpkg target Volumes Macintosh HD 35 2 Installation details 2 3 Installing on Linux hosts 2 3 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Linux that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host operating systems page 14 You will need to install the following packages on your Linux system before starting the installation some systems will do this for you automatically when you install VirtualBox e Qt 4 4 0 or higher e SDL 1 2 7 or higher this graphics library is typically called libsdl or similar Note To be precise these packages are only required if you want to run the VirtualBox graphical user interfaces In particular VirtualBox our main graphical user interface requires both Qt and SDL VBoxSDL our simplified GUI requires only SDL By contrast if you only want to run the headless VRDP server that comes with VirtualBox neither Qt nor SDL are required 2 3 2 The VirtualBox kernel module VirtualBox uses a special kernel module to perform physical memory allocation and to gain control of the processor for guest system execution Without this kernel module you will still be able to work with virtual machines in the configuration interface but you will not
314. ne x You want to JS Bo Save the machine state 8 O Send the shutdown signal W Restore the current snapshot Que iso The difference between these three options is crucial They mean e Save the machine state With this option VirtualBox freezes the virtual ma chine by completely saving its state to your local disk When you later resume the VM by again clicking the Start button in the VirtualBox main window you will find that the VM continues exactly where it was left off All your programs will still be open and your computer resumes operation Saving the state of a virtual machine is thus in some ways similar to suspending a laptop computer e g by closing its lid 24 1 First steps e Send the shutdown signal This will send an ACPI shutdown signal to the vir tual machine which has the same effect as if you had pressed the power button on a real computer So long as a fairly modern operating system is installed and running in the VM this should trigger a proper shutdown mechanism in the VM e Power off the machine With this option VirtualBox also stops running the virtual machine but without saving its state This is equivalent to pulling the power plug on a real computer without shutting it down properly If you start the machine again after powering it off your operating system will have to reboot completely and may begin a lengthy check of its virtual system disks As a resu
315. ng GIF files are larger than usual but are readable by all standard GIF decoders We are required to state that The Graphics Interchange Format c is the Copyright property of CompuServe In corporated GIF sm is a Service Mark property of CompuServe Incorporated 291 16 VirtualBox privacy policy Policy version 4 Apr 22 2010 This privacy policy sets out how Oracle Corporation Oracle treats personal in formation related to the virtualbox org website and the VirtualBox application 1 virtualbox org The virtualbox org website logs anonymous usage information such as your IP address geographical location browser type referral source length of visit and number of page views while you visit collectively anonymous data In addition but only if you choose to register the website s bug tracking and forum services store the data you choose to reveal upon registration such as your user name and contact information 2 Cookies The virtualbox org website the bug tracker and the forum services use cookies to identify and track the visiting web browser and if you have registered to facilitate login Most browsers allow you to refuse to accept cookies While you can still visit the website with cookies disabled logging into the bug tracker and forum services will most likely not work without them 3 VirtualBox registration process The VirtualBox application may ask that the user optinoally register wi
316. ng files in O APPEND mode to a shared folder bug 2844 Linux Additions the mouse driver was not properly set up on X Org release candidates bug 3212 Linux Additions fixed installer to work with openSUSE 11 1 bug 3213 Linux Additions disable dynamic resizing if the X server is configured for fixed resolutions Linux Solaris Additions handle virtual resolutions properly which are larger than the actual guest resolution bug 3096 13 18 Version 2 1 2 2009 01 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added USB Linux host support fixes bug 3136 VMM fixed guru meditation for PAE guests on non PAE hosts AMD V VMM fixed guru meditation on Mac OS X hosts when using VT x VMM allow running up to 1023 VMs on 64 bit hosts used to be 127 VMM several FreeBSD guest related fixes bugs 2342 2341 2761 VMM fixed guru meditation when installing Suse Enterprise Server 10U2 VI x only bug 3039 236 13 Change log VMM fixed guru meditation when booting Novell Netware 4 11 VT x only bug 2898 VMM fixed VERR ADDRESS TOO BIG error on some Mac OS X systems when starting a VM VMM clear MSR_K6_EFER_SVME after probing for AMD V bug 3058 VMM fixed guru meditation during Windows 7 boot with more than 2 GB guest RAM VT x nested paging only VMM fixed hang during OS 2 MCP2 boot AMD V and VT x only VMM fixed loop during OpenBSD 4 0 boot VI x only VMM fixed random cra
317. nly available for Windows guests XP or later 2 The Guest Additions must be installed 3 Because 2D support is still experimental at this time it is disabled by default and must be manually enabled in the VM settings see chapter 3 3 General settings page 49 Technically VirtualBox implements this by exposing video overlay DirectDraw capa bilities in the Guest Additions video driver The driver sends all overlay commands to the host through a special communication tunnel implemented by VirtualBox On the host side OpenGL is then used to implement color space transformation and scaling 4 7 Guest properties Starting with version 2 1 VirtualBox allows for requesting certain properties from a running guest provided that the VirtualBox Guest Additions are installed and the VM is running This is good for two things 1 A number of predefined VM characteristics are automatically maintained by VirtualBox and can be retrieved on the host e g to monitor VM performance and statistics 2 In addition arbitrary string data can be exchanged between guest and host This works in both directions To accomplish this VirtualBox establishes a private communication channel be tween the VirtualBox Guest Additions and the host and software on both sides can use this channel to exchange string data for arbitrary purposes Guest properties are simply string keys to which a value is attached They can be set written to by either the host and t
318. nning Because of how this is implemented this feature is called memory ballooning 79 4 Guest Additions Normally to change the amount of memory allocated to a virtual machine one has to shut down the virtual machine entirely and change the virtual machine s settings With memory ballooning memory that was allocated for a virtual machine can be given to another virtual machine without having to shut the machine down This can be useful to temporarily start another virtual machine or in more complicated environments for sophisticated memory management of many virtual machines that may be running in parallel depending on how memory is used by the guests When memory ballooning is requested the VirtualBox Guest Additions which run inside the guest allocate physical memory from the guest operating system on the kernel level and lock this memory down in the guest This ensures that the guest will not use that memory any longer no guest applications can allocate it and the guest operating system will not use it either VirtualBox can then re use this memory and give it to a second virtual machine The memory made available through the ballooning mechanism is only available for re use by VirtualBox It is not returned as free memory to the host Requesting balloon memory from a running guest will therefore not increase the amount of free unallocated memory on the host Effectively memory ballooning is therefore a memory overcommitmen
319. nning on the compiz window manager GUI properly restore the VM in seamless mode 2 0 regression GUI warn user about non optimal memory settings GUI structure operating system list according to family and version for improved usability GUI predefined settings for QNX guests IDE improved ATAPI passthrough support Networking added support for up to 8 Ethernet adapters per VM Networking fixed issue where a VM could lose connectivity after a reboot iSCSI allow snapshot diff creation using local VDI file iSCSI improved interoperability with iSCSI targets Graphics fixed handling of a guest video memory which is not a power of two bug 2724 VBoxManage fixed bug which prevented setting up the serial port for direct device access VBoxManage added support for VMDK and VHD image creation VBoxManage added support for image conversion VDI VMDK VHD RAW Solaris hosts added IPv6 support between host and guest when using host in terface networking Mac OS X hosts added ACPI host power status reporting 241 13 Change log API redesigned storage model with better generalization API allow attaching a hard disk to more than one VM at a time API added methods to return network configuration information of the host system Shared Folders performance and stability fixes for Windows guests Microsoft Office Applications 13 20 Version 2 0 8 2009 03 10 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and
320. nput devices By default VirtualBox emulates a standard PS 2 keyboard and mouse These devices are supported by almost all past and present operating systems In addition VirtualBox can provide virtual USB input devices Graphics the VirtualBox graphics device sometimes referred to as VGA device is unlike nearly all other emulated devices not based on any physical counter part It is a simple synthetic device which provides compatibility with standard VGA and several extended registers used by VESA BIOS Extensions VBE Storage VirtualBox currently emulates the standard ATA interface found on Intel PIIX3 PIIX4 chips SATA AHCI interface and two SCSI adapters LSI Logic and BusLogic see chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCD SCSI page 81 for details Whereas providing one of these would be enough for VirtualBox by itself this multitude of storage adapters is required for com patibility with other hypervisors Windows is particularly picky about its boot devices and migrating VMs between hypervisors is very difficult or impossible if the storage controllers are different Networking See chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 96 USB VirtualBox emulates two USB host controllers EHCI and OHCI There is a need for two host controllers because OHCI only handles USB low and full speed devices both USB 1 x and 2 0 while EHCI only handles high speed devices USB 2 0 only The emulated USB controllers do not c
321. nput file variant Allows to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message type Only honored if remember is also specified Defines what kind of hard disk type this image should be comment Allows to attach a comment to the image remember Keep the destination image registered after it was successfully written 139 8 VBoxManage Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the createvdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the createhd com mand 8 18 VBoxManage modifyhd With the modifyhd command you can change the type of an existing image between the normal immutable and write through modes see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 86 for details Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the modifyvdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the modifyhd com mand For immutable differencing hard disks only the modifyhd autoreset on off command determines whether the disk is automatically reset on every VM startup again see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 86 The default is on In addition the modifyhd compact command can be used to compact disk im ages i e remove blocks that only contains zeroes For this operation to be effec
322. ntribute must be made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted Elec tronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an Executable version available and if made available via Electronic Distribution Mechanism must remain available for at least twelve 12 months after the date it initially became available or at least six 6 months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification has been made available to such recipients You are responsible for ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party 3 3 Description of Modifications You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and the date of any change You must include a prominent statement that the Modification is derived directly or indirectly from Original Code provided by the Ini tial Developer and including the name of the Initial Developer in a the Source Code and b in any notice in an Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the origin or ownership of the Covered Code 3 4 Intellectual Property Matters a Third Party Claims If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party s intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights granted by such Contributor
323. ntroduction If the optional password is specified it must match the password that was given to the modifyvm command for the target machine see chapter 8 7 5 Teleporting settings page 131 for details A few extra options are available with controlvm that do not directly affect the VM s running state 134 8 VBoxManage e The setlinkstate lt 1 N gt operation connects or disconnects virtual network ca bles from their network interfaces e nic lt 1 N gt null nat bridged intnet hostonly With this you can set for each of the VM s virtual network cards what type of networking should be available They can be not connected to the host null use network address translation nat bridged networking bridged or communicate with other virtual machines using internal networking intnet or host only networking hostonly These options correspond to the modes which are described in detail in chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 97 usbattach and usbdettach make host USB devices visible to the virtual ma chine on the fly without the need for creating filters first The USB devices can be specified by UUID unique identifier or by address on the host system You can use VBoxManage list usbhost to locate this information vrdp on off lets you enable or disable the built in VRDP server vrdpport default lt ports gt changes the port or a range of ports that the VRDP server can bind to default or 0 means
324. o a specific interface By default VirtualBox s NAT engine will route TCP IP packets through the default interface assigned by the host s TCP IP stack The technical reason for this is that the NAT engine uses sockets for communication If for some reason you want to change this behavior you can tell the NAT engine to bind to a particular IP address instead Use the following command VBoxManage modifyvm My VM natbindipl 10 45 0 2 After this all outgoing traffic will be sent through the interface with the IP address 10 45 0 2 Please make sure that this interface is up and running prior to this assign ment 9 9 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode The NAT engine by default offers the same DNS servers to the guest that are configured on the host In some scenarios it can be desirable to hide the DNS server IPs from the guest for example when this information can change on the host due to expiring DHCP leases In this case you can tell the NAT engine to act as DNS proxy using the following command VBoxManage modifyvm My VM natdnsproxyl on 9 9 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode For resolving network names the DHCP server of the NAT engine offers a list of regis tered DNS servers of the host If for some reason you need to hide this DNS server list and use the host s resolver settings thereby forcing the VirtualBox NAT engine to in tercept DNS requests and forward them to host s resolver use the fo
325. o not provide an automatic installer at this time please refer to the readme txt file in that directory which describes how to install the OS 2 Guest Ad ditions manually 4 4 Shared folders With the shared folders feature of VirtualBox you can access files of your host system from within the guest system This is similar how you would use network shares in Windows networks except that shared folders do not need require networking so long as the Guest Additions are installed Shared Folders are supported with Windows 2000 or newer Linux and Solaris guests Shared folders must physically reside on the host and are then shared with the guest sharing is accomplished using a special service on the host and a file system driver for the guest both of which are provided by VirtualBox For Windows guests shared folders are implemented as a pseudo network redirector for Linux and Solaris guests the Guest Additions provide a virtual filesystem driver which handles communication with the host To share a host folder with a virtual machine in VirtualBox you must specify the path of that folder and choose for it a share name that the guest can use to access it Hence first create the shared folder on the host then within the guest connect to it There are several ways in which shared folders can be set up for a particular virtual machine e In the graphical user interface of a running virtual machine you can select Shared
326. ode If you link other code with the library you must provide complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling it And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with a two step method 1 we copyright the library and 2 we offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the library To protect each distributor we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library Also if the library is modified by someone else and passed on the recipients should know that what they have is not the original version so that the original author s reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others Finally software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder Therefore we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license Most GNU software including some libraries is covered by the ordinary GNU Gen eral Public License This license the GNU Lesser General Public License applies to certain designated libraries and is quite different from the ordinary General Public Li cense
327. ode must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution 3 The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WAR RANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT IN DIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SER VICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOW EVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE 277 15 Third party materials and licenses 15 2 12 libxml license Except where otherwise noted in the source code e g the files hash c list c and the trio files which are covered by a similar licence but with different Copyright notices all the files are Copyright C 1998 2003 Daniel Veillard Al
328. oftware is widely available for no charge 1 12 You or Your means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under and complying with all of the terms of this License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6 1 For legal entities You includes any entity which controls is controlled by or is under common control with You For purposes of this definition control means a the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or b ownership of more than fifty percent 5096 of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity 267 15 Third party materials and licenses 2 Source Code License 2 1 The Initial Developer Grant The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world wide royalty free non exclusive license subject to third party intellectual property claims a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Initial Developer to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Original Code or portions thereof with or without Modifications and or as part of a Larger Work and b under Patents Claims infringed by the making using or selling of Original Code to make have made use practice sell and offer for sale and or otherwise dispose of the Original Code or portions thereof c the licenses granted in this Section 2 1 a and b are
329. ok for it under My Networking Places gt Entire Network gt VirtualBox Shared Folders By right clicking on a shared folder and selecting Map network drive from the menu that pops up you can assign a drive letter to that shared folder Alternatively on the Windows command line use the following net use x vboxsvr sharename While vboxsvr is a fixed name note that vboxsrv would also work replace x with the drive letter that you want to use for the share and sharename with the share name specified with VBoxManage e Ina Linux guest use the following command mount t vboxsf o OPTIONS sharename mountpoint To mount a shared folder during boot add the following entry to etc fstab sharename mountpoint vboxsf defaults 0 0 e Ina Solaris guest use the following command mount F vboxfs o OPTIONS sharename mountpoint Replace sharename use lowercase with the share name specified with VBoxManage or the GUI and mountpoint with the path where you want the share to be mounted on the guest e g mnt share The usual mount rules apply that is create this directory first if it does not exist yet Here is an example of mounting the shared folder for the user jack on Open Solaris id uid 5000 jack gid 1 other mkdir export home jack mount pfexec mount F vboxfs o uid 5000 gid 1 jackshare export home jack mount cd mount ls sharedfilel mp3 sharedfile2 txt
330. oller The VM will use the the I O caches provided by the host operating system if set to Buffered or disable the host cache with Unbuffered The default is Buffered For details please see chapter 5 7 Disk images and I O caching page 91 remove Removes the storage controller from the VM config 8 15 2 VBoxManage storageattach This command attaches modifies removes a storage medium connected to the storage controller named by storagectl The syntax is as follows VBoxManage storageattach lt uuid vmname gt storagectl lt name gt port lt number gt device lt number gt type dvddrive hdd fdd medium none emptydrive uuid filename host lt drive gt passthrough on off forceunmount where the parameters mean uuid vmname The VM UUID or VM Name Mandatory storagectl Name of the storage controller Mandatory port Port number to which the medium has to be attached detached modified Mandatory device Device Number to which the medium has to be attached detached modified Mandatory lype Define the type of the drive to which the medium is being attached detached modified medium Allows to specify if the DVD Floppy drive or Harddisk is to be completely detached none or just an empty DVD Floppy drive needs to be attached emp tydrive If uuid filename or host drive is specified then it is attached to the storage controller at the specified port and device number passthrough With
331. ome username VirtualBox Machines Windows XP Windows XP xml Memory size 512MB VRAM size 12MB Number of CPUs 2 Synthetic Cpu off Boot menu mode message and menu Boot Device 1 DVD 122 8 VBoxManage Boot Device 2 HardDisk Boot Device 3 Not Assigned Boot Device 4 Not Assigned ACPI on IOAPIC on PAE on Time offset 0 ms Hardw virt ext on Hardw virt ext exclusive on Nested Paging on VT x VPID off State powered off since 2009 10 20T14 52 19 000000000 Monitor count 1 3D Acceleration off 2D Video Acceleration off Teleporter Enabled off Teleporter Port 0 Teleporter Address Teleporter Password Storage Controller 0 IDE Controller Storage Controller Type 0 PIIX4 Storage Controller 1 Floppy Controller 1 Storage Controller Type 1 182078 IDE Controller 0 0 home user windows vdi UUID 46f6e53a 4557 460a 9b95 68b0f17d744b IDE Controller 0 1 home user openbsd cd46 iso UUID 4335e162 59d3 4512 91d5 b63e94eebe0b Floppy Controller 1 0 0 home user floppy img UUID 62ac6ccb df36 42f2 972e 22f836368137 NIC 1 disabled NIC 2 disabled NIC 3 disabled NIC 4 disabled NIC 5 disabled NIC 6 disabled NIC 7 disabled NIC 8 disabled UART 1 disabled UART 2 disabled Audio disabled Driver Unknown Clipboard Mode Bidirectional VRDP disabled USB disabled USB Device Filters none Shared folders none Statistics update disabled 8 5
332. ommunicate directly with devices on the host but rather with the VUSB layer see below which abstracts the USB protocol and allows the use of remote USB devices with VRDP Audio Two audio devices are emulated an AC97 controller plus codec and a classic SoundBlaster 16 digital audio only 3 3 General settings In the Settings window under General you can configure the most fundamental aspects of the virtual machine such as memory and essential hardware There are three tabs Basic Advanced and Description 3 3 1 Basic tab Under the Basic tab of the General settings category you can find these settings Name The name under which the VM is shown in the list of VMs in the main window Under this name VirtualBox also saves the VM s configuration files By changing the name VirtualBox renames these files as well As a result you can only use characters which are allowed in your host operating system s file names Note that internally VirtualBox uses unique identifiers UUIDs to identify virtual machines You can display these with VBoxManage 49 3 Configuring virtual machines Operating System Version The type of the guest operating system that is or will be installed in the VM This is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described with chapter 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine page 17 above 3 3 2 Advanced tab Sna
333. on where X is the number of the virtual system zero unless there are several virtual system descriptions in the appliance and Y the item number as printed on the screen In the above example Item 1 specifies the name of the target machine in VirtualBox Items 9 and 10 specify hard disk controllers respectively Item 11 de scribes a hard disk image in this case the additional controller option indicates which item the disk image should be connected to with the default coming from the OVF file You can combine several items for the same virtual system behind the same vsys option For example to import a machine as described in the OVF but without the sound card and without the USB controller and with the disk image connected to the IDE controller instead of the SCSI controller use this VBoxManage import WindowsXp ovf vsys 0 unit 5 ignore unit 6 ignore unit 11 controller 10 132 8 VBoxManage 8 9 VBoxManage export This command exports one or more virtual machines from VirtualBox into a virtual appliance in OVF format including copying their virtual disk images to compressed VMDK See chapter 1 11 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 29 for an introduction to appliances The export command is simple to use list the machine or the machines that you would like to export to the same OVF file and specify the target OVF file after an additional output or o option Note that the directory of the
334. on image registered after it was successfully written Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the clonevdi command is also supported and mapped internally to the clonehd com mand 8 20 VBoxManage convertfromraw This command converts a raw disk image to a VirtualBox Disk Image VDD file The syntax is as follows VBoxManage convertfromraw lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX VBoxManage convertfromraw stdin lt outputfile gt lt bytes gt format VDI VMDK VHD variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX where the parameters mean format Select the disk image format to create Default is VDI variant Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message The second form forces VBoxManage to read the content for the disk image from standard input useful for using that command in a pipe Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the convertdd command is also supported and mapped internally to the convertfromraw command 141 8 VBoxManage 8 21 VBoxManage addiscsidisk The addiscsidisk command attaches an iSCSI network storage unit to VirtualBox The iSCSI target can then be made available to and used by a vi
335. on to restrict the virtual CPU capabilities that VirtualBox presents to the guest operating system This must be run on both the source and the target machines involved in the teleporting and will then modify what the guest sees when it executes the CPUID machine instruc tion This might help with misbehaving applications that wrongly assume that certain CPU capabilities are present The meaning of the parameters is hardware dependent please refer to the AMD or Intel processor manuals 8 8 VBoxManage import This command imports a virtual appliance in OVF format by copying the virtual disk images and creating virtual machines in VirtualBox See chapter 1 11 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 29 for an introduction to appliances The import subcommand takes at least the path name of an OVF file as input and expects the disk images if needed in the same directory as the OVF file A lot of addi tional command line options are supported to control in detail what is being imported and modify the import parameters but the details depend on the content of the OVF file It is therefore recommended to first run the import subcommand with the dry run or n option This will then print a description of the appliance s con tents to the screen how it would be imported into VirtualBox together with the optional command line options to influence the import behavior 131 8 VBoxManage As an example here is the screen output with a sampl
336. once See chapter 5 6 Cloning disk images page 90 for instructions on this matter Also if you want to copy a virtual machine to another system VirtualBox has an import export facility that might be bet ter suited for your needs see chapter 1 11 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 29 5 4 Special image write modes For each virtual disk image supported by VirtualBox you can use special commands how write operations from the virtual machine should affect the image and how snap shots should affect it This applies to all of the aforementioned image formats VDI VMDK VHD or HDD and irrespective of whether an image is fixed size or dynamically expanding 1 With normal images the default setting there are no restrictions on how guests can read from and write to the disk When you take a snapshot of your virtual machine as described in chapter 1 8 Snapshots page 25 the state of such a normal hard disk will be recorded together with the snapshot and when reverting to the snapshot its state will be fully reset 86 5 Virtual storage Technically strictly speaking the image file itself is not reset Instead when a snapshot is taken VirtualBox freezes the image file and no longer writes to it For the write operations from the VM a second differencing image file is created which receives only the changes to the original image see the next section for details While you can att
337. onfiguration file bug 5681 Shared folders fixed resolving of symlink target on Linux 3 1 2 regression VRDP fixed VERR NET ADDRESS IN USE error when restarting a VM 3 1 re gression bug 5902 VRDP fixed crash on Mac OS X when 3D is enabled 3 1 regression PulseAudio fixed recording bug 4302 USB fixed a shutdown blue screen Windows hosts only bug 5885 BIOS fixed attribute during text scroll bug 3407 209 13 Change log OVF fix strange error messages on disk import errors OVF do not require write access to the ovf file during import 3 1 regression bug 5762 iSCSI fix taking snapshots of a running VM bug 5849 Solaris hosts several USB fixes including support for Apple iPod bug 5873 Solaris installer fixed USB module removal and Solaris 10 id binary incom patibility Guest Additions fixed wrong guest time adjustment if the guest clock is ahead 3 1 regression non Windows guests only Linux Additions fixed shared folders for Linux 2 6 32 guests bug 5891 Linux Additions make the mouse driver work on Debian 5 0 3 guests again 3 1 2 regression bug 5832 Windows Additions fixed malfunctioning VBoxService that broke time sync bug 5872 Windows Additions fixed uninstallation issues on 64 bit guests Windows Additions fixed some sysprep execution issues X Org Additions never reject the saved video mode as invalid bug 5731 XFree86 Additions accept video mode hints for
338. oots has a purpose that is entirely well defined independent of the application Therefore Subsection 2d re quires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional if the application does not supply it the square root function must still com pute square roots These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library and can be reasonably considered in dependent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you dis tribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Library In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library or with a work based on the Library on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License
339. operating systems page 14 In addition Windows Installer 1 1 or higher must be present on your system This should be the case if you have all recent Windows updates installed 2 1 2 Performing the installation The VirtualBox installation can be started e either by double clicking on its executable file contains both 32 and 64 bit architectures e or by entering VirtualBox exe extract on the command line This will extract both installers into a temporary directory in which you ll then find the usual MSI files Then you can do a msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi to perform the installation In either case this will display the installation welcome dialog and allow you to choose where to install VirtualBox to and which components to install In addition to the VirtualBox application the following components are available USB support This package contains special drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox requires to fully support USB devices inside your virtual machines Networking This package contains extra networking drivers for your Windows host that VirtualBox needs to support Host Interface Networking to make your VM s virtual network cards accessible from other machines on your physical network 33 2 Installation details Python Support This package contains Python scripting support for the VirtualBox API see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 184 To g
340. opy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else sayin
341. or a SoundBlaster 16 card In any case you can select what audio driver VirtualBox will use on the host On a Linux host depending on your host configuration you can also select between the OSS ALSA or the PulseAudio subsystem On newer Linux distributions Fedora 8 and above Ubuntu 8 04 and above the PulseAudio subsystem should be preferred Note Newer Windows versions do not ship with drivers for the virtual audio hardware emulated by VirtualBox This applies to Windows 7 32 bit and 64 bit versions as well as 64 bit Windows Vista See chapter 12 3 7 No audio in Windows Vista 64 bit and Windows 7 guests page 193 for instructions how to solve this problem 3 8 Network settings The Network section in a virtual machine s Settings window allows you to configure how VirtualBox presents virtual network cards to your VM and how they operate When you first create a virtual machine VirtualBox by default enables one virtual network card and selects the Network Address Translation NAT mode for it This way the guest can connect to the outside world using the host s networking and the outside world can connect to services on the guest which you choose to make visible outside of the virtual machine In most cases this default setup will work fine for you However VirtualBox is extremely flexible in how it can virtualize networking It supports up to eight virtual network cards per virtual machine the first four
342. or added VMM fixed guest hangs when restoring VI x or AMD V saved states snapshots VMM fixed memory allocation issues which can cause VM start failures with VERR PGM MAPPING CONFLICT error VMM fixed host crashes hangs on certain 32 bits Windows systems when run ning Linux guests bugs 1606 2269 2763 XPCOM Main fixed synchronization bug caused by SYSV semaphore key colli sions ATA fixed deadlock when pausing VM due to problems with the virtual disk e g disk full iSCSI target unavailable iSCSI fixed possible crash when pausing the VM iSCSI fix PDU validity checking and detect final PDU reliably VBoxHeadless really don t start X11 services clipboard service 3D acceleration Solaris amp Darwin hosts only bug 3199 Networking fixed issue where a VM could lose connectivity after a reboot Linux hosts fixed occasional kernel oopses bug 2556 Solaris hosts fixed high CPU load while running many guests in parallel Solaris hosts fixed inability to start more than 128 VMs Solaris Web services fixed SMF script to set home directory correctly Linux Additions fixed occasional file corruption when writing files in O APPEND mode to a shared folder bug 2844 242 13 Change log 13 21 Version 2 0 6 2008 11 21 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed Guru meditation when running 64 bits Windows guests bug 2220 VMM fixed Solaris 10U6 boot hangs VT x and A
343. or use a modified version of this License which you may only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code governed by this License You must a rename Your license so that the phrase gSOAP or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your license except to note that your license differs from this License and b otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the gSOAP Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITH OUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY IN CLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND ANY WARRANTY THAT MAY ARISE BY REASON OF TRADE USAGE CUSTOM OR COURSE OF DEALING WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SOFTWARE IS PRO VIDED AS IS AND THAT THE AUTHORS DO NOT WARRANT THE SOFTWARE WILL RUN UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE LIMITED LIABILITY THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO RESULTS AND PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE IS ASSUMED BY YOU UN DER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL IN DIRECT INCIDENTAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTI
344. ort a lower timer frequency without recompilation We suggest to add the kernel parameter divider 10 to select a guest kernel timer frequency of 100Hz 12 4 2 AMD Barcelona CPUs Most Linux based guests will fail with AMD Phenoms or Barcelona level Opterons due to a bug in the Linux kernel Enable the I O APIC to work around the problem see chapter 3 3 2 Advanced tab page 50 12 4 3 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions The following bugs in Linux kernels prevent them from executing correctly in VirtualBox causing VM boot crashes e The Linux kernel version 2 6 18 and some 2 6 17 versions introduced a race condition that can cause boot crashes in VirtualBox Please use a kernel version 2 6 19 or later e With hardware virtualization and the I O APIC enabled kernels before 2 6 24 rc6 may panic on boot with the following message Kernel panic not syncing IO APIC timer doesn t work Boot with apic debug and send a report Then try booting with the noapic option If you see this message either disable hardware virtualization or the I O APIC see chapter 3 4 System settings page 50 or upgrade the guest to a newer kernel 12 4 4 Shared clipboard auto resizing and seamless desktop in X11 guests Guest desktop services in guests running the X11 window system Solaris Linux and others are provided by a guest service called VBoxClient which runs under the ID of the user who started the desktop session and is automatical
345. osts due to lack of USB support Replace vboxzone with the name of the zone in which you intend to run VirtualBox Next reboot the zone using zoneadm and you should be able to run VirtualBox from within the configured zone 45 3 Configuring virtual machines Whereas chapter 1 First steps page 9 gave you a quick introduction to VirtualBox and how to get your first virtual machine running the following chapter describe in detail how to configure virtual machines You have considerable latitude in deciding what virtual hardware will be provided to the guest The virtual hardware can be used for communicating with the host system or with other guests For instance if you provide VirtualBox with the image of a CD ROM in an ISO file VirtualBox can present this image to a guest system as if it were a physical CD ROM Similarly you can give a guest system access to the real network via its virtual network card and if you choose give the host system other guests or computers on the Internet access to the guest system 3 1 Supported guest operating systems Since VirtualBox is designed to provide a generic virtualization environment for x86 systems it may run operating systems of any kind even those that are not officially supported by Oracle Corporation However our focus is to optimize the product s performance for a select list of guest systems Windows NT 4 0 All versions editions and service packs are fully supported how e
346. ot overly complex In addition to the four privilege levels rings provided by the hardware of which typically only two are used ring O for kernel mode and ring 3 for user mode one needs to differentiate between host context and guest context In host context everything is as if no hypervisor was active This might be the active mode if another application on your host has been scheduled CPU time in that case there is a host ring 3 mode and a host ring 0 mode The hypervisor is not involved In guest context however a virtual machine is active So long as the guest code is running in ring 3 this is not much of a problem since a hypervisor can set up the page tables properly and run that code natively on the processor The problems mostly lie in how to intercept what the guest s kernel does There are several possible solutions to these problems One approach is full software emulation usually involving recompilation That is all code to be run by the guest is analyzed transformed into a form which will not allow the guest to either modify or see the true state of the CPU and only then executed This process is obviously highly complex and costly in terms of performance VirtualBox contains a recompiler based on QEMU which can be used for pure software emulation but the recompiler is only activated in special situations described below Another possible solution is paravirtualization in which only speci
347. ote virtual machines 3 RDP5 2 authentication is based on TLS 1 0 with customer supplied certificates The server supplies a certificate to the client which must be signed by a certificate authority CA that the client trusts for the Microsoft RDP Client 5 2 the CA has to be added to the Windows Trusted Root Certificate Authorities database VirtualBox allows you to supply your own CA and server certificate and uses OpenSSL for encryption While VirtualBox supports all of the above only RDP5 2 authentication should be used in environments where security is a concern As the client that connects to the server determines what type of encryption will be used with rdesktop the Linux RDP viewer use the 4 or 5 options 7 1 7 Multiple VRDP connections The built in RDP server of VirtualBox supports simultaneous connections to the same running VM from different clients All connected clients see the same screen output and share a mouse pointer and keyboard focus This is similar to several people using the same computer at the same time taking turns at the keyboard The following command enables multiple connection mode VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdpmulticon on If the guest uses multiple monitors then multiple connection mode must be active in order to use them at the same time see chapter 9 5 2 Multiple monitors for the guest page 160 7 1 8 VRDP video redirection Starting with VirtualBox 3 2 the VRDP server can redirect v
348. ou are in compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient s rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this License If You distribute the Executable version under a different license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ from this License are offered by You alone not by the Initial Developer or any Contributor You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such terms You offer 3 7 Larger Works You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger Work as a single product In such a case You must make sure the requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code 4 Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all distributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute
349. ou are using NWAM etc nwam llp and add the appropriate entries to set the netmask and static IP for each of those interfaces The VirtualBox installer only updates these configuration files for the one vboxnet0 interface it creates by default 173 9 Advanced topics 9 13 Locking down the GUI There are several advanced customization settings for locking down the GUI that is removing some features that the user should not see VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Customizations OPTION OPTION where OPTION is one of the following keywords noSelector Don t allow to start the VM selector GUI Trying to do so will show a window containing a proper error message noMenuBar The VM windows will not contain a menu bar noStatusBar The VM windows will not contain a status bar To disable any GUI customization do VBoxManage setextradata global GUI Customizations 174 10 Technical background The contents of this chapter are not required to use VirtualBox successfully The fol lowing is provided as additional information for readers who are more familiar with computer architecture and technology and wish to find out more about how VirtualBox works under the hood 10 1 VirtualBox executables and components VirtualBox was designed to be modular and flexible When the VirtualBox graphical user interface GUI is opened and a VM is started at least three processes are running 1 VBoxSVC the VirtualBox service process wh
350. ou will have no networking in the guest initially As a convenience VirtualBox ships with a 32 bit driver for the AMD PCNet card which comes with the Windows Guest Additions If you install these in a 32 bit Vista guest the driver will automatically be installed as well If for some reason you would like to install the driver manually you can extract the required files from the 67 4 Guest Additions Windows Guest Additions setup Please consult chapter 4 3 1 4 Manual file extraction page 67 on how to achieve this You will then find the AMD PCNet driver files in the x86 Network AMD netamd inf subdirectory of the default install directory Alternatively change the Vista guest s VM settings to use an Intel networking card instead of the default AMD PCNet card see chapter 3 8 Network settings page 57 for details Unfortunately there is no 64 bit driver available for the AMD PCNet card So for 64 bit Windows VMs you should always use the Intel networking devices 4 3 2 Guest Additions for Linux Like the Windows Guest Additions the VirtualBox Guest Additions for Linux take the form of a set of device drivers and system applications which may be installed in the guest operating system The following Linux distributions are officially supported e Fedora as of Fedora Core 4 e Redhat Enterprise Linux as of version 3 e SUSE and openSUSE Linux as of version 9 e Ubuntu as of version 5 10 Many other distributions are known to
351. ovided support for virtual serial ports which at the time was rather complicated to set up with a sequence of VBoxManage setextradata statements Since version 1 5 that way of setting up serial ports is no longer necessary and deprecated To set up virtual serial ports use the methods now described in chapter 3 9 Serial ports page 58 Note For backwards compatibility the old setext radata statements whose description is retained below from the old version of the manual take prece dence over the new way of configuring serial ports As a result if configuring serial ports the new way doesn t work make sure the VM in question does not have old configuration data such as below still active The old sequence of configuring a serial port used the following 6 commands VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config IRQ 4 VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 Config IOBase 0x3f8 VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 Driver Char VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Driver NamedPipe VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config Location pipe vboxCOM1 VBoxManage setextradata YourVM VBoxInternal Devices serial 0 LUN 0 AttachedDriver Config IsServer 1 This sets up a serial port in the guest with the default settings for COM1 IRQ 4 I O
352. ows you can also see all USB devices that are attached to your system in the Device Manager On Linux you can use the lsusb command 2 Serial number While vendor and product ID are already quite specific to iden tify USB devices if you have two identical devices of the same brand and product line you will also need their serial numbers to filter them out correctly 3 Remote This setting specifies whether the device will be local only or remote only over VRDP or either On a Windows host you will need to unplug and reconnect a USB device to use it after creating a filter for it As an example you could create a new USB filter and specify a vendor ID of 046d Logitech Inc a manufacturer index of 1 and not remote Then any USB devices on the host system produced by Logitech Inc with a manufacturer index of 1 will be visible to the guest system 60 3 Configuring virtual machines Several filters can select a single device for example a filter which selects all Logitech devices and one which selects a particular webcam You can deactivate filters without deleting them by clicking in the checkbox next to the filter name 3 10 2 Implementation notes for Windows and Linux hosts On Windows hosts a kernel mode device driver provides USB proxy support It imple ments both a USB monitor which allows VirtualBox to capture devices when they are plugged in and a USB device driver to claim USB devices for a particular
353. ox typically some thing like C Documents and Settings Username VirtualBox e On Mac OS X this is HOME Library VirtualBox e On Unix like systems Linux Solaris this is HOME VirtualBox VirtualBox creates this configuration directory automatically if necessary Op tionally you can supply an alternate configuration directory by setting the VBOX_USER_HOME environment variable You can globally change some of the lo cations where VirtualBox keeps extra configuration and data by selecting Global settings from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window Then in the window that pops up click on the General tab VirtualBox stores all its global and machine specific configuration data in XML doc uments We intentionally do not document the specifications of these files as we must reserve the right to modify them in the future We therefore strongly suggest that you do not edit these files manually VirtualBox provides complete access to its configura tion data through its the VBoxManage command line tool see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 and its API see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 184 The XML files are versioned When a new settings file is created e g because a new virtual machine is created VirtualBox automatically uses the settings format of the current VirtualBox version These files may not be readable if you downgrade to an earlier version of VirtualBox However when VirtualB
354. ox encounters a settings file from an earlier version e g after upgrading VirtualBox it attempts to preserve the settings format as much as possible It will only silently upgrade the settings format if the current settings cannot be expressed in the old format for example because you enabled a feature that was not present in an earlier version of VirtualBox In such lAs an example before VirtualBox 3 1 it was only possible to enable or disable a single DVD drive in a virtual machine If it was enabled then it would always be visible as the secondary master of the IDE controller With VirtualBox 3 1 DVD drives can be attached to arbitrary slots of arbitrary controllers so they could be the secondary slave of an IDE controller or in a SATA slot If you have a machine settings file from an earlier version and upgrade VirtualBox to 3 1 and then move the DVD drive from its default position this cannot be expressed in the old settings format the XML machine file would get written in the new format and a backup file of the old format would be kept 151 9 Advanced topics cases VirtualBox backs up the old settings file in the virtual machine s configuration directory If you need to go back to the earlier version of VirtualBox then you will need to manually copy these backup files back In detail the following settings files are in use In the configuration directory VirtualBox xml is the main configuration file This includes glob
355. oxManage storagectl Windows XP name IDE Controller add ide controller PIIX4 5 Set this newly created VDI file as the first virtual hard disk of the new VM VBoxManage storageattach Windows XP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 0 type hdd medium WinXP vdi 6 Register the ISO file that contains the operating system installation that you want to install later VBoxManage openmedium dvd full path to iso iso 7 Attach this ISO to the virtual machine so it can boot from it VBoxManage storageattach Windows XP storagectl IDE Controller port 0 device 1 type dvddrive medium full path to iso iso 8 Start the virtual machine using VBoxHeadless VBoxHeadless startvm Windows XP If everything worked you should see a copyright notice If instead you are returned to the command line then something went wrong 108 7 Remote virtual machines 9 On the client machine fire up the RDP viewer and try to connect to the server see chapter 7 1 1 Common third party RDP viewers page 105 above for how to use various common RDP viewers You should now be seeing the installation routine of your guest operating system in the RDP viewer 7 1 4 Remote USB As a special feature on top of the VRDP support VirtualBox supports remote USB devices over the wire as well That is the VirtualBox guest that runs on one computer can access the USB devices of the remote computer on which the RDP data is b
356. perating system and one write through for your data files 5 5 Differencing images The previous section hinted at differencing images and how they are used with snap shots immutable images and multiple disk attachments For the inquisitive VirtualBox user this section describes in more detail how they work A differencing image is a special disk image that only holds the differences to an other image A differencing image by itself is useless it must always refer to another image The differencing image is then typically referred to as a child which holds the differences to its parent When a differencing image is active it receives all write operations from the virtual machine instead of its parent The differencing image only contains the sectors of the virtual hard disk that have changed since the differencing image was created When the machine reads a sector from such a virtual hard disk it looks into the differencing image first If the sector is present it is returned from there if not VirtualBox looks 6This behavior also changed with VirtualBox 2 2 Previously the differencing images were discarded when the machine session ended now they are discarded every time the machine is powered on 88 5 Virtual storage into the parent In other words the parent becomes read only it is never written to again but it is read from if a sector has not changed Differencing images can be chained If another diff
357. perspective the main differ ence is that complex configuration is no longer necessary on any of the supported host operating systems Note Even though TAP is no longer necessary on Linux with bridged network ing you can still use TAP interfaces for certain advanced setups since you can connect a VM to any host interface which could also be a TAP interface To enable bridged networking all you need to do is to open the Settings dialog of a virtual machine go to the Network page and select Bridged network in the drop down list for the Attached to field Finally select desired host interface from the list at the bottom of the page which contains the physical network interfaces of your systems On a typical MacBook for example this will allow you to select between en1 AirPort which is the wireless interface and enO Ethernet which represents the interface with a network cable Depending on your host operating system the following limitations should be kept in mind e On Macintosh hosts functionality is limited when using AirPort the Mac s wire less networking for bridged networking Currently VirtualBox supports only IPv4 over AirPort For other protocols such as IPv6 and IPX you must choose a wired interface e On Linux hosts functionality is limited when using wireless interfaces for bridged networking Currently VirtualBox supports only IPv4 over wireless For other protocols such a
358. port VBoxNetworkAdp Host only networking support VBoxPython Python support To only install USB support along with the main binaries do a VirtualBox exe msiparams ADDLOCAL VBoxApplication VBoxUSB or msiexec i VirtualBox lt version gt MultiArch_ lt x86 amd64 gt msi ADDLOCAL VBoxApplication VBoxUSB 34 2 Installation details 2 1 3 Uninstallation As we use the Microsoft Installer VirtualBox can be safely uninstalled at any time by choosing the program entry in the Add Remove Programs applet in the Windows Control Panel 2 1 4 Unattended installation Unattended installations can be performed using the standard MSI support 2 2 Installing on Mac OS X hosts 2 2 1 Performing the installation For Mac OS X hosts VirtualBox ships in a disk image dmg file Perform the following steps 1 Double click on that file to have its contents mounted 2 A window will open telling you to double click on the VirtualBox mpkg installer file displayed in that window 3 This will start the installer which will allow you to select where to install VirtualBox to After installation you can find a VirtualBox icon in the Applications folder in the Finder 2 2 2 Uninstallation To uninstall VirtualBox open the disk image dmg file again and double click on the uninstall icon contained therein 2 2 3 Unattended installation To perform a non interactive installation of VirtualBox you can use the command li
359. port if necessary The rdp bit is required with krdc to switch it into RDP mode 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server While the VRDP server that is built into the VirtualBox GUI is perfectly capable of running virtual machines remotely it is not convenient to have to run VirtualBox if you never want to have VMs displayed locally in the first place In particular if you are running servers whose only purpose is to host VMs and all your VMs are supposed to run remotely over VRDP then it is pointless to have a graphical user interface on the server at all especially since on a Linux or Solaris host VirtualBox comes with dependencies on the Qt and SDL libraries which is inconvenient if you would rather not have the X Window system on your server at all 106 7 Remote virtual machines VirtualBox therefore comes with yet another front end called VBoxHeadless which produces no visible output on the host at all but instead only delivers VRDP data To start a virtual machine with VBoxHeadless you have two options e You can use VBoxManage startvm VM name type vrdp The extra type option causes the VirtualBox core to use VBoxHeadless as the front end to the internal virtualization engine e The alternative is to use VBoxHeadless directly as follows VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt This way of starting the VM has the advantage that you can see more de tailed error messages especially for early failure
360. port for jumbo frames gt 1536 bytes e Shared Folders fixed guest crash with Windows Media Player 11 e Mac OS X Ctrl Left mouse click doesn t simulate a right mouse click in the guest anymore Use Hostkey Left for a right mouse click emulation bug 1766 In VirtualBox 3 2 changelog information for versions before 2 0 were removed in order to save space To access this information please consult the user manual of VirtualBox 3 1 or earlier 248 14 Known limitations This sections describes known problems with VirtualBox 3 2 0 BETA3 Unless marked otherwise these issues are planned to be fixed in later releases The following Guest SMP multiprocessor limitations exist Poor performance with 32 bit guests on AMD CPUs This affects mainly Windows and Solaris guests but possibly also some Linux kernel revisions Partially solved in 3 0 6 for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests Requires 3 0 6 or higher Guest Additions to be installed Poor performance with 32 bit guests on certain Intel CPU models that do not include virtual APIC hardware optimization support This affects mainly Windows and Solaris guests but possibly also some Linux kernel revisions Partially solved in 3 0 12 for 32 bits Windows NT 2000 XP and 2003 guests Requires 3 0 12 or higher Guest Additions to be installed 64 bit guests on 32 bit hosts do not support SMP yet except on Mac OS X 64 bit guests on some 32 bit host systems with
361. principle Since host DVD drives refuse to read encrypted DVD video media you cannot play such videos with the regular CD DVD drive emulation You may be able to get it working with the experimental passthrough support described in chapter 5 9 Writing CDs and DVDs using the host drive page 93 Audio CD and video CD formats are not supported which means you cannot play such media from a virtual machine 5 9 Writing CDs and DVDs using the host drive When you attach your host s CD DVD drive to a virtual machine see chapter 3 6 Storage settings page 54 this normally gives the machine read only access to the host drive This prevents the guest from writing to the host drive In particular you cannot burn CDs and DVDs from the guest this way As an experimental feature which currently works for data media only audio and video CD formats are not supported it is possible to give the guest access to the CD DVD writing features of the host drive if available There is a Passthrough checkbox in the GUI dialog for configuring the media attached to a storage controller or you can use the command line VBoxManage storageattach lt uuid vmname gt storagectl lt name gt port lt number gt device lt number gt type dvddrive hdd fdd medium lt none emptydrive uuid filename host lt drive gt gt passthrough lt on off gt forceunmount See also chapter 8 15 VBoxManage storagectl storageattach page 137
362. pse BIOS fixed a bug that caused the OS 2 boot manager to fail 2 1 0 regression bug 3911 PulseAudio don t hang during VM termination if the connection to the server was unexpectedly terminated bug 3100 220 13 Change log Mouse fixed weird mouse behaviour with SMP Solaris guests bug 4538 HostOnly Network fixed failure in CreateHostOnlyNetworkInterface on Linux no GUID HostOnly Network fixed wrong DHCP server startup while hostonly interface bringup on Linux HostOnly Network fixed incorrect factory and default MAC address on Solaris HostOnly Network fixed the problem with listing host only interfaces on Mac OS X when all physical interfaces are down bugs 4698 4790 DHCP fixed a bug in the DHCP server where it allocated one IP address less than the configured range E1000 fixed receiving of multicast packets E1000 fixed up down link notification after resuming a VM NAT fixed ethernet address corruptions bug 4839 NAT fixed hangs dropped packets and retransmission problems bug 4343 Bridged Network fixed packet queue issue which might cause DRIVER POWER STATE FAILURE BSOD for Windows hosts bug 74821 Windows Additions fixed a bug in VBoxGINA which prevented selecting the right domain when logging in the first time Windows host installer should now also work on unicode systems like Korean bug 3707 Windows host installer check for sufficient disk space Shared clipboard
363. pshot folder By default VirtualBox saves snapshot data together with your other VirtualBox configuration data see chapter 9 1 VirtualBox configuration data page 151 With this setting you can specify any other folder for each VM Shared Clipboard If the virtual machine has Guest Additions installed you can select here whether the clipboard of the guest operating system should be shared with that of your host If you select Bidirectional then VirtualBox will always make sure that both clipboards contain the same data If you select Host to guest or Guest to host then VirtualBox will only ever copy clipboard data in one direction Removable Media Remember Runtime Changes If this is checked VirtualBox will save the state of what media has been mounted between several runs of a virtual machine Mini Toolbar In full screen or seamless mode VirtualBox can display a small toolbar that contains some of the items that are normally available from the virtual ma chine s menu bar This toolbar reduces itself to a small gray line unless you move the mouse over it With the toolbar you can return from full screen or seamless mode control machine execution or enable certain devices If you don t want to see the toolbar disable this setting 3 3 3 Description tab Here you can enter any description for your virtual machine if you want This has no effect of the functionality of the machine but you may find this space u
364. r a VM which is currently saved or powered off at a snapshot 6 3 2 PXE booting with NAT PXE booting is now supported in NAT mode The NAT DHCP server provides a boot file name of the form vmname pxe if the directory TFTP exists in the directory where the user s VirtualBox xml file is kept It is the responsibility of the user to provide vmname pxe 6 3 3 NAT limitations There are four limitations of NAT mode which users should be aware of ICMP protocol limitations Some frequently used network debugging tools e g ping or tracerouting rely on the ICMP protocol for sending receiving messages While ICMP support has been improved with VirtualBox 2 1 ping should now work some other tools may not work reliably Receiving of UDP broadcasts is not reliable The guest does not reliably receive broadcasts since in order to save resources it only listens for a certain amount of time after the guest has sent UDP data on a particular port As a consequence NetBios name resolution based on broadcasts does not always work but WINS always works As a workaround you can use the numeric IP of the desired server in the server share notation Protocols such as GRE are unsupported Protocols other than TCP and UDP are not supported This means some VPN products e g PPTP from Microsoft can not be used There are other VPN products which use simply TCP and UDP Forwarding host ports 1024 impossible On Unix based hosts e g Linux
365. r intercepts this com bination pressing it will usually restart your host graphical user interface and kill all running programs including VirtualBox in the process Third on Linux hosts supporting virtual terminals the key combination Ctrl Alt Fx where Fx is one of the function keys from F1 to F12 normally allows to switch between virtual terminals As with Ctrl Alt Delete these combinations are intercepted by the host operating system and therefore always switch terminals on the host If instead you want to send these key combinations to the guest operating sys tem in the virtual machine you will need to use one of the following methods Use the items in the Machine menu of the virtual machine window There you will find Insert Ctrl Alt Delete and Ctrl Alt Backspace the lat ter will only have an effect with Linux or Solaris guests however Press special key combinations with the Host key normally the right Con trol key which VirtualBox will then translate for the virtual machine Host key Del to send Ctrl Alt Del to reboot the guest Host key Backspace to send Ctrl Alt Backspace to restart the graphical user interface of a Linux or Solaris guest x Host key F1 or other function keys to simulate Ctrl Alt F1 or other function keys i e to switch between virtual terminals in a Linux guest e For some other keyboard combinations such as Alt Tab to switch between open windo
366. r that Your version of the license contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and Netscape Public License Filling in the name of the Initial Developer Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of this License 7 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN AS IS BASIS WITH OUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF DE FECTS MERCHANTABLE FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGING THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE IS WITH YOU SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT YOU NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LI CENSE NO USE OF ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER 8 TERMINATION 8 1 This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach All sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall survive any termination of this License Provisions which by their nature must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License shall survive 8 2
367. r works based on it 257 15 Third party materials and licenses 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended
368. rack what another hypervisor is currently attempting to do on the same host and especially if several products attempt to use hardware virtualization features such as VT x this can crash the entire host Also within VirtualBox you can mix software and hardware virtualization when running multiple VMs In cer tain cases a small performance penalty will be unavoidable when mixing VT x and software virtualization VMs We recommend not mixing virtualization modes if maximum performance and low overhead are essential This does not apply to AMD V 178 10 Technical background 10 3 Details about software virtualization Implementing virtualization on x86 CPUs with no hardware virtualization support is an extraordinarily complex task because the CPU architecture was not designed to be virtualized The problems can usually be solved but at the cost of reduced per formance Thus there is a constant clash between virtualization performance and accuracy The x86 instruction set was originally designed in the 1970s and underwent sig nificant changes with the addition of protected mode in the 1980s with the 286 CPU architecture and then again with the Intel 386 and its 32 bit architecture Whereas the 386 did have limited virtualization support for real mode operation V86 mode as used by the DOS Box of Windows 3 x and OS 2 2 x no support was provided for virtualizing the entire architecture In theory software virtualization is n
369. ragectl storageattach page 137 SCSI is another established industry standard standing for Small Computer System Interface This was established as early as 1986 as a generic interface for data transfer between all kinds of devices including storage devices Today SCSI is still used for connecting hard disks and tape devices but it has mostly been displaced in commodity hardware It is still in common use in high performance workstations and servers Primarily for compatibility with other virtualization software VirtualBox option ally supports LsiLogic and BusLogic SCSI controllers to each of which up to 16 virtual hard disks can be attached To enable a SCSI controller on the Storage page of a virtual machine s set tings dialog click on the Add Controller button under the Storage Tree box and then select Add SCSI Controller After this the additional controller will appear as a separate PCI device in the virtual machine Warning There are limitations with the default SCSI drivers shipped with some operating systems Notably the BusLogic controller does not work with Windows NT4 guests In summary VirtualBox gives you the following categories of virtual storage slots four slots attached to the traditional IDE controller which are always present one of which typically is a virtual CD DVD drive 30 slots attached to the SATA controller if enabled and provided that your guest opera
370. ration is available through the X Window Sys tem Typically in today s Linux distributions this will be the X Org server During the installation process X will be set up to use the VirtualBox video driver shipped with the Guest Additions For Linux and Solaris guests the X org server version 1 3 or later is required for automatic resizing the feature has been disabled on Fedora 9 guests due to a bug in the X server they supply The server version can be checked with Xorg version You can also send video mode hints using the VBoxManage tool If you are only using recent Linux guests systems you can skip the rest of this section On older guest systems whatever graphics modes were set up before the installation will be used If these modes do not suit your requirements you can change your setup by editing the configuration file of the X server usually found in etc X11 xorg conf VirtualBox can use any default X graphics mode which fits into the virtual video memory allocated to the virtual machine as described in chapter 3 3 General settings page 49 You can also add your own modes to the X server configuration file You simply need to add them to the Modes list in the Display subsection of the Screen section For example the section shown here has a custom 2048x800 resolution mode added Section Screen Identifier Default Screen Device VirtualBox graphics card Monitor Generic Monitor DefaultDepth 24
371. ration tools such as the Windows Device Manager is always VBOX CD ROM irrespective of the current con figuration of the virtual drive This is to prevent hardware detection from being triggered in the guest operating system every time the configuration is changed Note that the floppy controller is special you cannot add devices other than floppy drives to it Virtual floppy drives like virtual CD DVD drives can be connected to either a host floppy drive if you have one or a disk image which in this case must be in RAW format 56 3 Configuring virtual machines To remove a virtual disk or drive select it and click on the remove icon at the bottom or right click on it and select the menu item Removable media CD DVDs and floppies can be changed while the guest is run ning Since the Settings dialog is not available at that time you can also access these settings from the Devices menu of your virtual machine window We have dedicated an entire chapter of this User Manual to virtual storage please see chapter 5 Virtual storage page 81 for every single detail about storage configura tion 3 7 Audio settings The Audio section in a virtual machine s Settings window determines whether the VM will see a sound card connected and whether the audio output should be heard on the host system If audio is enabled for a guest you can choose between the emulation of an Intel AC 97 controller
372. rd disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI page 81 SCSI Small Computer System Interface An industry standard for data transfer be tween devices especially for storage See chapter 5 1 Hard disk controllers IDE SATA AHCI SCSI page 81 SMP Symmetrical Multiprocessing meaning that the resources of a computer are shared between several processors These can either be several processor chips or as is more common with modern hardware multiple CPU cores in one pro cessor U UUID A Universally Unique Identifier often also called GUID Globally Unique Iden tifier is a string of numbers and letters which can be computed dynamically and is guaranteed to be unique Generally it is used as a global handle to iden tify entities VirtualBox makes use of UUIDs to identify VMs Virtual Disk Images VDI files and other entities V VM Virtual Machine a virtual computer that VirtualBox allows you to run on top of your actual hardware See chapter 1 2 Some terminology page 11 for details VRDP See RDP VT x The hardware virtualization features built into modern Intel processors See chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177 296 Glossary X XML The eXtensible Markup Language a metastandard for all kinds of textual infor mation XML only specifies how data in the document is organized generally and does not prescribe how to semantically organize content XPCOM Mozilla Cross Platform Component
373. rdpmulticon on The RDP client can select the virtual monitor number to connect to using the domain logon parameter If the parameter ends with followed by a number VBoxHeadless interprets this number as the screen index The primary guest screen is selected with al the first secondary screen is Q2 etc The MS RDP6 client does not let you specify a separate domain name Instead use domain username in the Username field for example 2 name name must be supplied and must be the name used to log in if the VRDP server is set up to require credentials If it is not you may use any text as the username 9 5 3 Configuring the maximum resolution of guests when using the graphical frontend When guest systems with the Guest Additions installed are started using the graphical frontend the normal VirtualBox application they will not be allowed to use screen resolutions greater than the host s screen size unless the user manually resizes them by dragging the window switching to fullscreen or seamless mode or sending a video 160 9 Advanced topics mode hint using VBoxManage This behavior is what most users will want but if you have different needs it is possible to change it by issuing one of the following commands from the command line VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution any will remove all limits on guest resolutions VBoxManage setextradata global GUI MaxGuestResolution gt width height lt manually spe
374. re and OS loaders but nevertheless complicates VI x hypervisor implementation AMD V does not have this restriction Of course hardware virtualization is not perfect Compared to software virtualiza tion the overhead of VM exits is relatively high This causes problems for devices whose emulation requires high number of traps One example is the VGA device in 16 color modes where not only every I O port access but also every access to the framebuffer memory must be trapped 10 5 Nested paging and VPIDs In addition to plain hardware virtualization your processor may also support addi tional sophisticated techniques VirtualBox 2 0 added support for AMD s nested paging support for Intel s EPT and VPIDs was added with version 2 1 182 10 Technical background A newer feature called nested paging implements some memory management in hardware which can greatly accelerate hardware virtualization since these tasks no longer need to be performed by the virtualization software With nested paging the hardware provides another level of indirection when translating linear to physical addresses Page tables function as before but linear addresses are now translated to guest physical addresses first and not physical addresses directly A new set of paging registers now exists under the traditional paging mechanism and translates from guest physical addresses to host physical addresses which are used to access memory
375. re not displayed on playback 13 6 Version 3 1 0 2009 11 30 This version is a major update The following major new features were added Teleportation aka live migration migrate a live VM session from one host to another see chapter 7 2 Teleporting page 112 VM states can now be restored from arbitrary snapshots instead of only the last one and new snapshots can be taken from other snapshots as well branched snapshots see chapter 1 8 Snapshots page 25 2D video acceleration for Windows guests use the host video hardware for over lay stretching and color conversion see chapter 4 6 2 Hardware 2D video accel eration for Windows guests page 76 More flexible storage attachments CD DVD drives can be attached to arbitrary storage controllers and there can be more than one such drive chapter 5 Virtual storage page 81 The network attachment type can be changed while a VM is running Complete rewrite of experimental USB support for OpenSolaris hosts making use of the latest USB enhancements in Solaris Nevada 124 and higher Significant performance improvements for PAE and AMD64 guests VT x and AMD V only normal non nested paging Experimental support for EFI Extensible Firmware Interface see chapter 3 12 Alternative firmware EFI page 61 Support for paravirtualized network adapters virtio net see chapter 6 1 Virtual networking hardware page 96 212 13 Change log In addition the following it
376. re state of the virtual hard drive will be reverted as well This means also that all files that have been created since the snap shot and all other file changes will be lost In order to prevent such data loss while still making use of the snapshot feature it is possible to add a second hard drive in write through mode using the VBoxManage interface and use it to store your data As write through hard drives are not included in snap shots they remain unaltered when a machine is reverted See chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 86 for details By restoring an earlier snapshot and taking more snapshots from there it is even possible to create a kind of alternate reality and to switch between these different histories of the virtual machine This can result in a whole tree of virtual machine snapshots as shown in the screenshot above 3 You can also delete a snapshot which will not affect the state of the virtual machine but only release the files on disk that VirtualBox used to store the snapshot data thus freeing disk space To delete a snapshot right click on it in the snapshots tree and select Delete As of VirtualBox 3 2 snapshots can be deleted even while a machine is running Note Whereas taking and restoring snapshots are fairly quick operations deleting a snapshot can take a considerable amount of time since large amounts of data may need to be copied between several disk image files Temporary di
377. requires root privileges for security reasons sudo VBoxControl guestproperty enumerate VirtualBox Guest Additions Command Line Management Interface Version 3 2 0 C 2009 2010 Oracle Corporation All rights reserved Name VirtualBox GuestInfo 0S Release value 2 6 28 18 generic timestamp 1265813265835667000 flags lt NULL gt Name VirtualBox GuestInfo OS Version value 59 Ubuntu SMP Thu Jan 28 01 23 03 UTC 2010 timestamp 1265813265836305000 flags lt NULL gt For more complex needs you can use the VirtualBox programming interfaces see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 184 4 8 Guest control Starting with version 3 2 the Guest Additions of VirtualBox provide controlling a guest OS from the host At the moment the following functionality is implemented 1 Start applications inside a guest The application has to be installed correctly inside that guest no host dependencies for the application required This feature could be used to automate deployment systems for batch processing controlled the host Additionally text mode output to stdout and stderr can be shown on the host for further processing along with options to specify different user credentials and a timeout value in milliseconds to limit time the application is able to run 4 9 Memory ballooning Starting with version 3 2 the Guest Additions of VirtualBox can change the amount of memory of a virtual machine while the machine is ru
378. rights or ownership rights relating to Covered Code You may choose to offer and to charge a fee for warranty support indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code However 269 15 Third party materials and licenses You may do so only on Your own behalf and not on behalf of the Initial Developer or any Contributor You must make it absolutely clear than any such warranty support indemnity or liability obligation is offered by You alone and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty support indemnity or liability terms You offer 3 6 Distribution of Executable Versions You may distribute Covered Code in Exe cutable form only if the requirements of Section 3 1 3 5 have been met for that Cov ered Code and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the obligations of Section 3 2 The notice must be conspicuously included in any notice in an Executable version related documentation or collateral in which You describe recipients rights relating to the Covered Code You may distribute the Executable version of Covered Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice which may contain terms different from this License provided that Y
379. rk Address Translation NAT page 98 O Open Virtualization Format a cross platform industry standard to exchange vir tual appliances between virtualization products see chapter 1 11 Importing and exporting virtual machines page 29 P Physical Address Extension This allows accessing more than 4 GB of RAM even in 32 bit environments see chapter 3 3 2 Advanced tab page 50 PIC See APIC PXE Preboot Execution Environment an industry standard for booting PC systems from remote network locations It includes DHCP for IP configuration and TFTP for file transfer Using UNDI a hardware independent driver stack for accessing the network card from bootstrap code is available 295 Glossary R RDP Remote Desktop Protocol a protocol developed by Microsoft as an extension to the ITU T 128 and T 124 video conferencing protocol With RDP a PC sys tem can be controlled from a remote location using a network connection over which data is transferred in both directions Typically graphics updates and au dio are sent from the remote machine and keyboard and mouse input events are sent from the client VirtualBox contains an enhanced implementation of the relevant standards called VirtualBox RDP VRDP which is largely compatible with Microsoft s RDP implementation See chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP support page 105 for details S SATA Serial ATA an industry standard for hard disk interfaces See chapter 5 1 Ha
380. roken 3 0 0 regression NAT fixed network communication corruptions bugs 4499 4540 4591 4604 NAT fixed passive ftp access to host server bug 4427 iSCSI fixed cloning to from iSCSI disks GUI fixed path separator handling for the OVF export on Windows bug 4354 GUI the mini toolbar was only shown on the first host display bug 4654 GUI added a VM option to display the mini toolbar on top GUI don t crash when adding plus configuring host only network interfaces Shared Folders fixed selection of a drive root directory as a shared folder host path in VirtualBox Windows host only USB fixed a bug that may have rendered USB device filter settings inactive 3 0 2 regression bug 4668 222 13 Change log Guest Additions report the Guest Additions version to the guest properties bug 3415 Mac OS X hosts fix creation of VMDK files giving raw partition access bug 1461 Mac OS X hosts improved support for Snow Leopard Linux hosts fixed problems leading to wrong colors or transparency in host windows with some graphics drivers bug 3095 Linux hosts hardware detection fallbacks if the hal service fails to find any DVD drives Linux and Solaris hosts Work around color handling problems in Qt bug 4353 Solaris hosts fixed memory leaks in host only networking Solaris Installer fixed incorrect netmask for Host only interface bug 4590 Solaris Installer added package dependency for Python and
381. rtual machine as though it were a standard write through virtual disk image This command has the following syntax VBoxManage addiscsidisk server lt name gt lt ip gt target lt target gt port lt port gt lun lt lun gt username lt username gt password lt password gt type normal writethrough immutable comment lt comment gt intnet en ites RA cw where the parameters mean server The host name or IP address of the iSCSI target target Target name string This is determined by the iSCSI target and used to identify the storage resource port TCP IP port number of the iSCSI service on the target optional lun Logical Unit Number of the target resource optional Often this value is zero username password Username and password for target authentication if required optional Note Currently username and password are stored without encryption i e in cleartext in the machine configuration file type Defines what kind of hard disk type this image should be comment Any description that you want to have stored with this item optional e g Big storage server downstairs This is stored internally only and not needed for operation intnet Connect to the iSCSI target via Internal Networking This needs further con figuration which is described in chapter 5 10 1 Access iSCSI targets via Internal Networking page 94 142 8 VBoxManage 8 22 VBoxManage getextrad
382. rtual machine settings by double clicking on the description items Once you click on Import VirtualBox will copy the disk images and create local virtual ma chines with the settings described in the dialog These will then show up in the list of virtual machines Note that since disk images tend to be big and VMDK images that come with virtual appliances are typically shipped in a special compressed format that is unsuitable for being used by virtual machines directly the images will need to be unpacked and copied first which can take a few minutes For how to import an image at the command line please see chapter 8 8 VBoxMan age import page 131 Conversely to export virtual machines that you already have in VirtualBox select the machines and File gt Export appliance A different dialog window shows up that allows you to combine several virtual machines into an OVF appliance Then you select the target location where the OVF and VMDK files should be stored and the conversion process begins This can again take a while For how to export an image at the command line please see chapter 8 9 VBoxMan age export page 133 31 1 First steps Note OVF cannot describe snapshots that were taken for a virtual machine As a result when you export a virtual machine that has snapshots only the current state of the machine will be exported and the disk images in the export will have a flattened state identical
383. rtualBox VBoxSDL VBoxVRDP VBoxHeadless and VBoxManage in usr bin e It creates etc udev 60 vboxdrv rules a description file for udev if that is present which makes the module accessible to anyone in the group vboxusers e It writes the installation directory to etc vbox vbox cfg The installer must be executed as root with either install or uninstall as the first parameter If you do not want the installer to ask you whether you wish to accept the license agreement for example for performing unattended installations you can add the parameter license accepted unconditionally Finally if you want to use a directory other than the default installation directory add the desired path as an extra parameter sudo VirtualBox run install opt VirtualBox Or if you do not have the sudo command available run the following as root instead VirtualBox run install opt VirtualBox After that you need to put every user which should be able to use VirtualBox in the group vboxusers either through the GUI user management tools or by running the following command as root sudo usermod a G vboxusers username Note The usermod command of some older Linux distributions does not sup port the a option which adds the user to the given group without affecting membership of other groups In this case find out the current group mem berships with the groups command and add all these groups in a comma separated list to the comm
384. rtualBox to manage IP addresses for the internal network Please see chapter 8 29 VBoxManage dhcpserver page 149 for details As a security measure the Linux implementation of internal networking only allows VMs running under the same user ID to establish an internal network 6 6 Host only networking Host only networking is another networking mode that was added with version 2 2 of VirtualBox It can be thought of as a hybrid between the bridged and internal net working modes as with bridged networking the virtual machines can talk to each other and the host as if they were connected through a physical ethernet switch Sim ilarly as with internal networking however a physical networking interface need not be present and the virtual machines cannot talk to the world outside the host since they are not connected to a physical networking interface Instead when host only networking is used VirtualBox creates a new software in terface on the host which then appears next to your existing network interfaces In other words whereas with bridged networking an existing physical interface is used to attach virtual machines to with host only networking a new loopback interface is created on the host And whereas with internal networking the traffic between the virtual machines cannot be seen the traffic on the loopback interface on the host can be intercepted Host only networking is particularly useful for preconfigured virtual app
385. runtime library which abstracts file access threading string manipulation etc Whenever VirtualBox accesses host operating features it does so through this library for cross platform portability VMM Virtual Machine Monitor the heart of the hypervisor EM Execution Manager controls execution of guest code REM Recompiled Execution Monitor provides software emulation of CPU in structions TRPM Trap Manager intercepts and processes guest traps and exceptions HWACCM Hardware Acceleration Manager provides support for VT x and AMD V PDM Pluggable Device Manager an abstract interface between the VMM and emulated devices which separates device implementations from VMM internals and makes it easy to add new emulated devices Through PDM third party developers can add new virtual devices to VirtualBox without having to change VirtualBox itself 176 10 Technical background PGM Page Manager a component controlling guest paging PATM Patch Manager patches guest code to improve and speed up software virtualization TM Time Manager handles timers and all aspects of time inside guests CFGM Configuration Manager provides a tree structure which holds configu ration settings for the VM and all emulated devices SSM Saved State Manager saves and loads VM state VUSB Virtual USB a USB layer which separates emulated USB controllers from the controllers on the host and from USB devices this also enabl
386. rvices on the guest are not accessible to the host ma chine or to other computers on the same network However VirtualBox can make selected services available outside of the guest by using port forwarding This means that VirtualBox listens to certain ports on the host and resends all packets which arrive on them to the guest on the ports used by the services being forwarded To an application on the host or other physical or virtual machines on the network it looks as though the service being proxied is actually running on the host note that this also means that you cannot run the same service on the same ports on the host However you still gain the advantages of running the service in a virtual machine for example services on the host machine or on other virtual machines cannot be compromised or crashed by a vulnerability or a bug in the service and the service can run in a different operating system than the host system You can set up a guest service which you wish to proxy using the command line tool VBoxManage You will need to know which ports on the guest the service uses and to decide which ports to use on the host often but not always you will want to use the same ports on the guest and on the host You can use any ports on the host which are not already in use by a service An example of how to set up incoming NAT connections to an ssh server on the guest requires the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name natpfl
387. ry and then relink to produce a modified executable containing the modified Library It is under stood that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified definitions b Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library A suitable mechanism is one that 1 uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user s computer system rather than copying library functions into the executable and 2 will operate properly with a modified version of the library if the user installs one as long as the modified version is interface compatible with the version that the work was made with c Accompany the work with a written offer valid for at least three years to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a above for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution d If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the same place e Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy For an executable the required form of the work that uses the Library must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable from it However as a special exception the materials to be distributed need not
388. s not require the processor features built into newer hardware like Intel VI x or AMD V As opposed to many other virtualization solutions you can therefore use VirtualBox even on older hardware where these features are not present More details can be found in chapter 10 2 Hardware vs software virtualization page 177 Guest Additions shared folders seamless windows 3D virtualization The VirtualBox Guest Additions are software packages which can be installed inside of supported guest systems to improve their performance and to provide addi tional integration and communication with the host system After installing the Guest Additions a virtual machine will support automatic adjustment of video resolutions seamless windows accelerated 3D graphics and more The Guest Additions are described in detail in chapter 4 Guest Additions page 63 In particular Guest Additions provide for shared folders which let you access files from the host system from within a guest machine Shared folders are described in chapter 4 4 Shared folders page 72 Great hardware support Among others VirtualBox supports 12 1 First steps Guest multiprocessing SMP VirtualBox can present up to 32 virtual CPUs to a virtual machine irrespective of how many CPU cores are actually present in your host USB 2 0 device support VirtualBox implements a virtual USB controller and allows you to connect arbitrary USB devices to your virtual machines
389. s Additions fixed logged in users reporting via guest properties when using native RDP connections Windows Additions fixed Vista crashes when accessing shared folders under certain circumstances bug 2461 Windows Additions fixed shared folders access with MS Office bug 2591 Linux Additions fixed compilation of vboxvfs ko for 64 bit guests bug 2550 SDK added JAX WS port caching to speedup connections 13 22 Version 2 0 4 2008 10 24 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM better error reporting for VT x failures VMM don t overflow the release log with PATM messages bug 1775 VMM fixed save state restore in real mode software virtualization only GUI work around a Qt bug on Mac OS X bug 2321 GUI properly install the Qt4 accessible plugin bug 629 SATA error message when starting a VM with a VMDK connected to a SATA port bug 2182 SATA fixed Guru mediation when booting OpenSolaris 64 most likely applies to other guests as well bug 2292 Network don t crash when changing the adapter link state if no host driver is attached bug 2333 VHD fixed bug which prevents booting from VHD images bigger than 4GB bug 2085 VRDP fixed a repaint problem when the guest resolution was not equal to the client resolution Clipboard don t crash when host service initialization takes longer than ex pected Linux hosts only bug 2001 Windows hosts VBoxSVC exe
390. s IPv6 and IPX you must choose a wired interface 3For Mac OS X and Solaris hosts net filter drivers were already added in VirtualBox 2 0 as initial support for Host Interface Networking on these platforms With VirtualBox 2 1 net filter drivers were also added for the Windows and Linux hosts replacing the mechanisms previously present in VirtualBox for those platforms especially on Linux the earlier method required creating TAP interfaces and bridges which was complex and varied from one distribution to the next None of this is necessary anymore Bridged network was formerly called Host Interface Networking and has been renamed with version 2 2 without any change in functionality 101 6 Virtual networking Also setting the MTU to less than 1500 bytes on wired interfaces provided by the sky2 driver on the Marvell Yukon II EC Ultra Ethernet NIC is known to cause packet losses under certain conditions On Solaris hosts there is no support for using wireless interfaces Filtering guest traffic using IPFilter is also not completely supported due to technical restrictions of the Solaris networking subsystem These issues would be addressed in a future release of OpenSolaris With VirtualBox 2 0 4 and above it is possible to use Crossbow Virtual Network Interfaces VNICs with bridged networking but with the following caveats A VNIC cannot be shared between multiple guest network interfaces i e each guest network interface
391. s an internal registry of all available hard disk CD DVD ROM and floppy disk images This registry can be viewed and changed in the Virtual Media Manager which you can access from the File menu in the VirtualBox main window Virtual Media Manager Actions b Windows Vista 3 vdi DA iem ab A NE mm ali Location Type Format Normal VDI Attached to Windows 5 1 XP 1 Snapshot 1 as eeen New Add Remove Release Refresh Hard Disks CD DVD Images E Floppy Images Name v Virtual Size Actual Size Ubuntu 8 04 Desktop vdi 19 67 GB 2 89 GB Ubuntu 8 04 Server vdi 13 41 GB 932 05 MB Ubuntu8 04 64 bits vdi 8 00 GB 3 42 GB Windows 5 1 XP 1 merged vdi 9 77 GB 8 30 GB Windows 5 1 XP 3 SMP vdi 10 00 GB 1 48 GB b Windows 7 RC 32 bit vdi 20 00 GB 5 04 GB b Windows 7 RTM 32 bit vdi 20 00 GB 5 10 GB gt Windows 7 beta vdi 20 00 GB 8 27 GB 28 45 GB 17 21 GB eran JY mnt nask vbox projects virtualbox vdis Windows 5 1 XP 1 merged vdi The window shows you all images that are currently registered with VirtualBox con veniently grouped in three tabs for the three possible formats These formats are e Hard disk images either in VirtualBox s own Virtual Disk Image VDI format or in the third party formats listed above e CD DVD images in standard ISO format e floppy images in standard RAW format As you can see in the screenshot above for each image the Virtual Media Manager shows you the full path of t
392. s before the VM execution is started If you have trouble with VBoxManage startvm it can help greatly to start VBoxHeadless directly to diagnose the problem cause Note that when you use VBoxHeadless to start a VM since the headless server has no other means of output the built in VRDP server will always be enabled regardless of whether you have enabled the VRDP server in the VM s settings If this is undesirable for example because you want to access the VM via ssh only start the VM like this VBoxHeadless startvm uuid name vrdpzoff To have the VRDP server use the setting from the VM configuration as the other front ends would use this VBoxHeadless startvm lt uuid name gt vrdp config 7 1 3 Step by step creating a virtual machine on a headless server The following instructions may give you an idea how to create a virtual machine on a headless server over a network connection We will create a virtual machine establish a VRDP connection and install a guest operating system all without having to touch the headless server All you need is the following 1 VirtualBox on a server machine with a supported host operating system for the following example we will assume a Linux server 2 an ISO file on the server containing the installation data for the guest operating system to install we will assume Windows XP in the following example 3 a terminal connection to that host over which you can access a comm
393. s environments where displaying all the bells and whistles of the full GUI is not feasible VBoxSDL is described in chapter 9 2 VBoxSDL the simplified VM displayer page 153 4 Finally VBoxHeadless is yet another front end that produces no visible output on the host at all but merely acts as a VRDP server Now even though the other graphical front ends VirtualBox and VBoxSDL also have VRDP support built in and can act as a VRDP server this particular front end requires no graphics support This is useful for example if you want to host your virtual machines on a headless Linux server that has no X Window system installed For details see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 106 If the above front ends still do not satisfy your particular needs it is relatively painless to create yet another front end to the complex virtualization engine that is the core of VirtualBox as the VirtualBox core neatly exposes all of its features in a clean API please refer to chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 184 32 2 Installation details As installation of VirtualBox varies depending on your host operating system we pro vide installation instructions in four separate chapters for Windows Mac OS X Linux and Solaris respectively 2 1 Installing on Windows hosts 2 1 1 Prerequisites For the various versions of Windows that we support as host operating systems please refer to chapter 1 4 Supported host
394. s is both faster and uses less disk space For the details which can be complex please see chapter 5 5 Differencing images page 88 Finally if you took a snapshot while the machine was running the memory state of the machine is also saved in the snapshot the same way the memory can be saved when you close the VM window so that when you restore the snapshot execution resumes at exactly the point when the snapshot was taken 1 9 Virtual machine configuration When you select a virtual machine from the list in the main VirtualBox window you will see a summary of that machine s settings on the right of the window under the Details tab Clicking on the Settings button in the toolbar at the top of VirtualBox main window brings up a detailed window where you can configure many of the properties of the VM that is currently selected But be careful even though it is possible to change all VM settings after installing a guest operating system certain changes might prevent a guest operating system from functioning correctly if done after installation Note The Settings button is disabled while a VM is either in the running or saved state This is simply because the settings dialog allows you to change fundamental characteristics of the virtual computer that is created for your guest operating system and this operating system may not take it well when for example half of its memory is taken away from under its feet As
395. scribed in detail in chapter 4 4 Shared folders page 72 8 26 VBoxManage metrics This command supports monitoring the usage of system resources Resources are represented by various metrics associated with the host system or a particular VM For example the host system has a CPU Load User metric that shows the percentage of time CPUs spend executing in user mode over a specific sampling period 144 8 VBoxManage Metric data is collected and retained internally it may be retrieved at any time with the VBoxManage metrics query subcommand The data is available as long as the background VBoxSVC process is alive That process terminates shortly after all VMs and frontends have been closed By default no metrics are collected at all Metrics collection does not start un til VBoxManage metrics setup is invoked with a proper sampling interval and the number of metrics to be retained The interval is measured in seconds For example to enable collecting the host processor and memory usage metrics every second and keeping the 5 most current samples the following command can be used VBoxManage metrics setup period 1 samples 5 host CPU Load RAM Usage Metric collection can only be enabled for started VMs Collected data and collection settings for a particular VM will disappear as soon as it shuts down Use VBoxManage metrics list subcommand to see which metrics are currently available You can also use List option with any subcommand th
396. seful to note down things like the configuration of a virtual machine and the software that has been installed into it 3 4 System settings The System category groups various settings that are related to the basic hardware that is presented to the virtual machine Note As the activation mechanism of Microsoft Windows is sensitive to hard ware changes if you are changing hardware settings for a Windows guest some of these changes may trigger a request for another activation with Mi crosoft 50 3 Configuring virtual machines 3 4 1 Motherboard tab On the Motherboard tab you can influence virtual hardware that would normally be on the motherboard of a real computer Base memory This sets the amount of RAM that is allocated and given to the VM when it is running The specified amount of memory will be requested from the host operating system so it must be available or made available as free memory on the host when attempting to start the VM and will not be available to the host while the VM is running This is the same setting that was specified in the New Virtual Machine wizard as described with guidelines under chapter 1 6 Creating your first virtual machine page 17 above Generally it is possible to change the memory size after installing the guest operating system provided you do not reduce the memory to an amount where the operating system would no longer boot Boot order This settin
397. select this then VirtualBox does not virtualize common networking hardware that is supported by common guest operating systems out of the box Instead VirtualBox then ex pects a special software interface for virtualized environments to be provided by the guest thus avoiding the complexity of emulating networking hardware and improving network performance Starting with version 3 1 VirtualBox provides support for the industry standard virtio networking drivers which are part of the open source KVM project The virtio networking drivers are available for the following guest operating sys tems e Linux kernels version 2 6 25 or later can be configured to provide virtio support some distributions also back ported virtio to older kernels e For Windows 2000 XP and Vista virtio drivers can be downloaded and installed from the KVM project web page VirtualBox also has limited support for so called jumbo frames i e networking packets with more than 1500 bytes of data provided that you use the Intel card virtual ization and bridged networking In other words jumbo frames are not supported with the AMD networking devices in those cases jumbo packets will silently be dropped for both the transmit and the receive direction Guest operating systems trying to use this feature will observe this as a packet loss which may lead to unexpected applica tion behavior in the guest This does not cause problems with guest operating sys
398. separated by commas For example to query metric data on the CPU time spent in user and kernel modes by the virtual machine named test you can use the following command VBoxManage query test CPU Load User CPU Load Kernel The following list summarizes the available subcommands list This subcommand shows the parameters of the currently existing metrics Note that VM specific metrics are only available when a particular VM is running 145 8 VBoxManage setup This subcommand sets the interval between taking two samples of metric data and the number of samples retained internally The retained data is available for displaying with the query subcommand The list option shows which metrics have been modified as the result of the command execution enable This subcommand resumes data collection after it has been stopped with disable subcommand Note that specifying submetrics as parameters will not enable underlying metrics Use List to find out if the command did what was expected disable This subcommand suspends data collection without affecting collection pa rameters or collected data Note that specifying submetrics as parameters will not disable underlying metrics Use list to find out if the command did what was expected query This subcommand retrieves and displays the currently retained metric data Note The query subcommand does not remove or flush retained data If you query often enough you wi
399. separated from a particular VM so even if you delete a VM you can keep the image or copy it to another host and create a new VM for it there In the wizard you have the following options e If you have previously created any virtual hard disks which have not been attached to other virtual machines you can select those from the drop down list in the wizard window e Otherwise to create a new virtual hard disk press the New button e Finally for more complicated operations with virtual disks the Existing button will bring up the Virtual Media Manager which is described in more detail in chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 Most probably if you are using VirtualBox for the first time you will want to create a new disk image Hence press the New button This brings up another window the Create New Virtual Disk Wizard VirtualBox supports two types of image files 19 1 First steps e A dynamically expanding file will only grow in size when the guest actu ally stores data on its virtual hard disk It will therefore initially be small on the host hard drive and only later grow to the size specified as it is filled with data e A fixed size file will immediately occupy the file specified even if only a fraction of the virtual hard disk space is actually in use While occupying much more space a fixed size file incurs less overhead and is therefore slightly faster than a dynamically expa
400. shares you can tell VirtualBox to treat a certain host directory as a shared folder and VirtualBox will make it available to the guest operating system as a network share For details please refer to chapter 4 4 Shared folders page 72 Seamless windows With this feature the individual windows that are displayed on the desktop of the virtual machine can be mapped on the host s desktop as if the underlying application was actually running on the host See chapter 4 5 Seamless windows page 74 for details Shared clipboard With the Guest Additions installed the clipboard of the guest op erating system can optionally be shared with your host operating system see chapter 3 3 General settings page 49 Automated logons credentials passing For details please see chapter 9 3 Auto mated guest logons page 155 4 2 Versions Each version of VirtualBox even minor releases ship with their own version of the Guest Additions While the interfaces through which the VirtualBox core communi cates with the Guest Additions are kept stable so that Guest Additions already installed in a VM should continue to work when VirtualBox is upgraded on the host for best results it is recommended to keep the Guest Additions at the same version 64 4 Guest Additions Starting with VirtualBox 3 1 the Windows and Linux Guest Additions therefore check automatically whether they have to be updated If the host is running a newer VirtualBox version th
401. shes related to FPU XMM with 64 bits guests on 32 bits hosts VMM fixed occasional XMM state corruption with 64 bits guests GUI raised the RAM limit for new VMs to 7596 of the host memory GUI added Windows 7 as operating system type VBoxSDL fixed fixed fixedmode parameter bug 3067 Clipboard stability fixes Linux and Solaris hosts only bug 2675 and 3003 3D support fixed VM crashes for certain guest applications bugs 72781 2797 2972 3089 LsiLogic improved support for Windows guests still experimental VGA fixed a 2 1 0 regression where guest screen resize events were not properly handled bug 2783 VGA significant performance improvements when using VI x AMD V on Mac OS X hosts VGA better handling for VRAM offset changes fixes GRUB2 and Dos DOOM display issues VGA custom VESA modes with invalid widths are now rounded up to correct ones bug 2895 IDE fixed ATAPI passthrough support Linux hosts only bug 2795 Networking fixed kernel panics due to NULL pointer dereference in Linux ker nels lt 2 6 20 Linux hosts only bug 2827 Networking fixed intermittent BSODs when using the new host interface Win dows hosts only bugs 2832 2937 2929 237 13 Change log Networking fixed several issues with displaying hostif NICs in the GUI Win dows hosts only bugs 2814 2842 Networking fixed the issue with displaying hostif NICs without assigned IP ad dresses Linux hosts only bug
402. sion For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 15 BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WAR RANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EX CEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 16 IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MOD IFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CON SEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING REN DERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE
403. sive license a under intellectual property rights other than patent or trademark Licensable by Contributor to use reproduce modify display perform sublicense and distribute the Modifications created by such Contributor or portions thereof either on an un modified basis with other Modifications as Covered Code and or as part of a Larger Work and b under patents now or hereafter owned or controlled by Contributor to make have made use and sell offer to sell and import the Contributor Version or por tions thereof but solely to the extent that any such patent is reasonably necessary to enable You to utilize alone or in combination with other software the Contributor Version or portions thereof c d 3 DISTRIBUTION OBLIGATIONS 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3
404. sk files may also need large amounts of disk space while the operation is in progress There are some situations which cannot be handled while a VM is running and you will get an appropriate message that you need to perform this snapshot deletion when the VM is shut down Think of a snapshot as a point in time that you have preserved More formally a snapshot consists of three things e It contains a complete copy of the VM settings so that when you restore a snap shot the VM settings are restored as well For example if you changed the hard disk configuration that change is undone when you restore the snapshot e The state of all the virtual disks attached to the machine is preserved Going back to a snapshot means that all changes bit by bit that had been made to the machine s disks will be undone as well Strictly speaking this is only true for virtual hard disks in normal mode As mentioned above you can configure disks to behave differently with snapshots 27 1 First steps see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 86 Even more formally and technically correct it is not the virtual disk itself that is restored when a snapshot is restored Instead when a snapshot is taken VirtualBox creates differencing images which contain only the changes since the snapshot were taken and when the snapshot is restored VirtualBox throws away that differencing image thus going back to the previous state Thi
405. snapshot except that it avoids the extra step of determining that name or UUID With the edit operation you can change the name or description of an existing snapshot With the showvminfo operation you can view the virtual machine settings that were stored with an existing snapshot 8 14 VBoxManage openmedium closemedium These commands register or unregister hard disk DVD or floppy images in VirtualBox This is the command line equivalent of the Virtual Media Manager see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 for more information Note For compatibility with earlier versions of VirtualBox the registerim age and unregisterimage commands are also supported and mapped inter nally to the openmedium and closemedium commands respectively When you register an images you can optionally specify a new UUID for the image For hard disk images the parent UUID can be changed as well You can also specify the type of the medium see chapter 5 4 Special image write modes page 86 for details 136 8 VBoxManage When you unregister an image you can optionally specify that the image should be deleted You will get appropriate diagnostics that the deletion failed however the image will become unregistered in any case 8 15 VBoxManage storagectl storageattach These commands allow to attach new storage controllers to a VM modify or remove the existing ones and also allows the user to change the hard disk
406. software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute sublicense and or sell copies of the Software and to permit per sons to whom the Software is furnished to do so subject to the following conditions The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EX PRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MER CHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DANIEL VEILLARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHER WISE ARISING FROM OUT OF ORIN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE Except as contained in this notice the name of Daniel Veillard shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from him 278 15 Third party materials and licenses Licence for libexslt Copyright C 2001 2002 Thomas Broyer Charlie Bozeman and Daniel Veillard All Rights Reserved Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in th
407. stants having wrong values in Python webservices bindings Python API several threading and platform issues fixed Python shell added exportVM command Python shell various improvements and bugfixes Python shell corrected detection of home directory in remote case OVF fixed XML comment handling that could lead to parser errors Main fixed a rare parsing problem with port numbers of USB device filters in machine settings XML Main restrict guest RAM size to 1 5 GB 32 bits Windows hosts only Main fixed possible hang during guest reboot bug 3792 GUI fixed rare crash when removing the last disk from the media manager bug 4795 VBoxManage fixed guestproperty for Mac OS X hosts bug 3806 VBoxManage fixed setting guest properties with flags or flags Webservice fixed a severe memory leak at least on platforms using XPCOM Serial fixed host mode Solaris Linux and Mac OS X hosts bug 4672 VRDP Remote USB Protocol version 3 SATA fixed hangs and BSODs introduced with 3 0 4 bugs 4695 4739 4710 SATA fixed a bug which prevented Windows 7 from detecting more than one hard disk SATA SCSI fixed rare random guest crashes and hangs SCSI fixed problem with Fedora 11 refusing to boot after kernel update iSCSI fix logging out when the target has dropped the connection fix negotia tion of parameters fix command resend when the connection was dropped fix processing SCSI status for targets which do not use phase colla
408. stem is running the most up to date kernel included in the distribution The version numbers of the header file packages must be the same as that of the kernel you are using With Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the linux headers and if it exists the linux kbuild package Current Ubuntu releases should have the right packages installed by default In even older Debian and Ubuntu releases you must install the right version of the kernel headers package On Fedora and Redhat systems the package is kernel devel On SUSE and openSUSE Linux you must install the right versions of the kernel source and kernel syms packages Alternatively if you have built your own kernel usr src linux should point to your kernel sources If you have not removed the files created during the build process then your system will already be set up correctly 2 The kernel of your Linux host got updated In that case the kernel module will need to be reinstalled by executing as root etc init d vboxdrv setup 2 3 3 USB and advanced networking support In order to use VirtualBox s USB support the user account under which you intend to run VirtualBox must have read and write access to the USB filesystem usbfs In addition access to dev net tun will be required if you want to use Host Inter face Networking which is described in detail in chapter 6 4 Bridged networking page 101 2 3 4 Performing the installation V
409. stribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a
410. sts Snow Leopard fixed redraw problem in a dual screen setup bug 4942 Windows hosts installer updates for Windows 7 Solaris hosts out of memory handled incorrectly bug 5241 Solaris hosts the previous fix for 5077 broke the DVD host support on Solaris 10 VBox 3 0 8 regression Linux hosts fixed module compilation against Linux 2 6 32rc4 and later Guest Additions fixed possible guest OS kernel memory exhaustion Guest Additions fixed stability issues with SMP guests Windows Additions fixed color depth issue with low resolution hosts netbooks etc bug 4935 Windows Additions fixed NO MORE FILES error when saving to shared folders bug 4106 Windows Additions fixed subdirectory creation on shared folders bug 4299 Linux Additions sendfile returned EOVERFLOW when executed on a shared folder bug 72921 216 13 Change log Linux Additions fixed incorrect disk usage value non Windows hosts only Linux installer register the module sources at DKMS even if the package pro vides proper modules for the current running kernel 3D support removed invalid OpenGL assertion bug 5158 Network fixed the Am79C973 PCNet emulation for QNX and probably other guests bug 3206 VMDK fix handling of split image variants VHD do not delay updating the footer when expanding the image to prevent image inconsistency USB stability fix for some USB 2 0 devices GUI added a search index to the chm help file
411. system not of the virtual machine as the server address to connect to as well as the port number that the RDP server is using By default the VRDP server uses the standard RDP TCP port 3389 You will need to change the default port if you run more than one VRDP server since the port can only be used by one server at a time you might also need to change it on Windows hosts since the default port might already be used by the RDP server that is built into Windows itself Ports 5000 through 5050 are typically not used and might be a good choice The port can be changed either in the Display settings of the graphical user in terface or with vrdpport option of the VBoxManage modifyvm command You can specify a comma separated list of ports or ranges of ports Use a dash between two port numbers to specify a range The VRDP server will bind to one of available ports from the specified list For example VBoxManage modifyvm VM name vrdpport 5000 5010 5012 will configure the server to bind to one of the ports 5000 5010 5011 or 5012 See chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 for details 105 7 Remote virtual machines The actual port used by a running VM can be either queried with VBoxManage showvminfo command or seen in the GUI on the Runtime tab of the Session Information Dialog which is accessible via the Machine menu of the VM window Here follow examples for the most common RDP viewers e On Windows you can use the Microsof
412. t it has no other end like a real COM port without a cable server pipename On a Windows host this tells VirtualBox to create a named pipe on the host named lt pipename gt and connect the virtual serial device to it Note that Windows requires that the name of a named pipe begin with pipe On a Linux host instead of a named pipe a local domain socket is used client lt pipename gt This operates just like server except that the pipe or local domain socket is not created by VirtualBox but assumed to exist already 129 8 VBoxManage lt devicename gt If instead of the above the device name of a physical hard ware serial port of the host is specified the virtual serial port is connected to that hardware port On a Windows host the device name will be a COM port such as COMI on a Linux host the device name will look like dev ttyS0 This allows you to wire a real serial port to a virtual ma chine audio none null oss With this option you can set whether the VM should have audio support clipboard disabled hosttoguest guesttohost bidirectional With this setting you can select whether the guest operating system s clipboard should be shared with the host see chapter 3 3 General settings page 49 This requires that the Guest Additions be installed in the virtual machine monitorcount count This enables multi monitor support for VRDP see chapter 9 5 2 Multiple monitors for th
413. t Terminal Services Connector mstsc exe that ships with Windows You can start it by bringing up the Run dialog press the Windows key and R and typing mstsc You can also find it under Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Remote Desktop Connection If you use the Run dialog you can type in options directly mstsc 1 2 3 4 3389 Replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary On other systems you can use the standard open source rdesktop program This ships with most Linux distributions but VirtualBox also comes with a modi fied variant of rdesktop for remote USB support see chapter 7 1 4 Remote USB page 109 below With rdesktop use a command line such as the following rdesktop a 16 N 1 2 3 4 3389 As said for the Microsoft viewer above replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different port if necessary The a 16 option requests a color depth of 16 bits per pixel which we recommend For best performance after installation of the guest operating system you should set its display color depth to the same value The N option enables use of the NumPad keys If you run the KDE desktop you might prefer krdc the KDE RDP viewer The command line would look like this krdc window high quality rdp 1 2 3 4 3389 Again replace 1 2 3 4 with the host IP address and 3389 with a different
414. t identification copyright propri etary notices or labels from gSOAP 4 INABILITY TO COMPLY DUE TO STATUTE OR REGULATION If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to statute judicial order or regulation then You must a comply with the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible 282 15 Third party materials and licenses and b describe the limitations and the code they affect Such description must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3 4 and must be included with all dis tributions of the Source Code Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to understand it 5 APPLICATION OF THIS LICENSE This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code 6 VERSIONS OF THE LICENSE 6 1 New Versions Grantor may publish revised and or new versions of the License from time to time Each version will be given a distinguishing version number 6 2 Effect of New Versions Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the License You may always continue to use it under the terms of that version You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms of any subsequent version of the License 6 3 Derivative Works If You create
415. t mechanism for multiple virtual machines while they are running At this time memory ballooning is only supported in VBoxManage the VirtualBox command line utility Use the following command to increase or decrease the size of the memory balloon within a running virtual machine that has Guest Additions installed VBoxManage controlvm VM name guestmemoryballoon lt n gt where VM name is the name or UUID of the virtual machine in question and lt n gt is the amount of memory to allocate from the guest in megabytes see chapter 8 11 VBoxManage controlvm page 134 for more information You can also set a default balloon that will automatically be requested from the VM every time after it has started up with the following command VBoxManage modifyvm VM name guestmemoryballoon lt n gt By default no balloon memory is allocated This is a VM setting like other modifyvm settings and therefore can only be set while the machine is shut down see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 Note VirtualBox supports memory ballooning only on 64 bit hosts memory ballooning is not supported on Mac OS X hosts 80 5 Virtual storage As the virtual machine will most probably expect to see a hard disk built into its virtual computer VirtualBox must be able to present real storage to the guest as a virtual hard disk There are presently three methods in which to achieve this 1 Most commonly VirtualBox will use l
416. t prevented starting VMs from non global zones even as root bug 1948 Solaris Additions combined the 32 bit and 64 bit Additions installer into a single package Mac OS X hosts experimental support for attaching a real serial port to the guest 13 24 Version 2 0 0 2008 09 04 This version is a major update The following major new features were added 64 bits guest support 64 bits host only New native Leopard user interface on Mac OS X hosts The GUI was converted from Qt3 to Qt4 with many visual improvements New version notifier Guest property information interface Host Interface Networking on Mac OS X hosts New Host Interface Networking on Solaris hosts Support for Nested Paging on modern AMD CPUs major performance gain 247 13 Change log e Framework for collecting performance and resource usage data metrics e Added SATA asynchronous IO NCQ Native Command Queuing when accessing raw disks partitions major performance gain e Clipboard integration for OS 2 Guests e Created separate SDK component featuring a new Python programming interface on Linux and Solaris hosts e Support for VHD disk images In addition the following items were fixed and or added e VMM VT x fixes e AHCI improved performance e GUI keyboard fixes e Linux installer properly uninstall the package even if unregistering the DKMS module fails e Linux Additions the guest screen resolution is properly restored e Network added sup
417. t the following conditions are met 286 15 Third party materials and licenses Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the disclaimer below Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the disclaimer as noted below in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution Neither the name of the UC LLNL nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBU TORS AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA THE U S DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY OR CON TRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EX EMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THE ORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT IN CLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Additional BSD Notice 1 This notice is required to b
418. tems in their default configuration as jumbo frames need to be explicitly enabled 6 2 Introduction to networking modes Each of the eight networking adapters can be separately configured to operate in one of the following five modes Not attached In this mode VirtualBox reports to the guest that a network card is present but that there is no connection as if no Ethernet cable was plugged into the card This way it is possible to pull the virtual Ethernet cable and disrupt the connection which can be useful to inform a guest operating system that no network connection is available and enforce a reconfiguration Network Address Translation NAT If all you want is to browse the Web download files and view e mail inside the guest then this default mode should be sufficient for you and you can safely skip the rest of this section Please note that there are certain limitations when using Windows file sharing see chapter 6 3 3 NAT limitations page 100 for details 2http www linux kvm org page WindowsGuestDrivers 97 6 Virtual networking Bridged networking This is for more advanced networking needs such as network simulations and running servers in a guest When enabled VirtualBox sets up an additional software based network interface on the host to which the virtual machine is connected Internal networking This can be used to create a different kind of software based network which is visible to selected virtual
419. ter 6 4 Bridged networking page 101 hostonlyadapter lt 1 N gt none lt devicename gt If host only networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify which host only networking interface the given virtual network interface will use For details please see chapter 6 6 Host only networking page 103 intnet lt 1 N gt network If internal networking has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect use this option to specify the name of the internal network see chapter 6 5 Internal networking page 102 macaddress 1 N auto lt mac gt With this option you can set the MAC ad dress of the virtual network card Normally each virtual network card is assigned a random address by VirtualBox at VM creation vdenet 1 N network If Virtual Distributed Ethernet is available on the host and has been enabled for a virtual network card see the nic option above otherwise this setting has no effect Use this option to specify the name of a VDE network for the interface to connect to see chapter 6 2 Introduction to networking modes page 97 and the VDE documentation 8 7 2 1 NAT Networking settings The following NAT networking settings are available through VBoxManage modifyvm natpf lt 1 N gt delete lt rulename gt lt rulename gt tcp udp lt hostip gt
420. terials and licenses VirtualBox incorporates materials from several Open Source software projects There fore the use of these materials by VirtualBox is governed by different Open Source licenses This document reproduces these licenses and provides a list of the materials used and their respective licensing conditions Section 1 contains a list of the materials used Section 2 reproduces the applicable Open Source licenses For each material a reference to its license is provided The source code for the materials listed below as well as the rest of the VirtualBox code which is released as open source are available at http www virtualbox org both as tarballs for particular releases and as a live SVN repository 15 1 Materials VirtualBox contains portions of QEMU which is governed by the licenses in chap ter 15 2 5 X Consortium License X11 page 274 and chapter 15 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 259 and C 2003 2005 Fabrice Bellard Copyright C 2004 2005 Vassili Karpov malc Copyright c 2004 Antony T Curtis Copyright C 2003 Jocelyn Mayer VirtualBox contains code which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 5 X Consortium License X11 page 274 and Copyright 2004 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology VirtualBox contains code of the BOCHS VGA BIOS which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 2 GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL page 259 and Copyright C 2001 2002 the LGPL V
421. th Oracle in der If you choose to register your name e mail address country and company will be submitted to Oracle and stored together with the IP address of the submitter as well as product version and platform being used The standard Oracle Privacy Policies as posted on http www oracle com html privacy html apply to this data 4 Update notifications The VirtualBox application may contact Oracle to find out whether a new version of VirtualBox has been released and notify the user if that is the case In the process anonymous data such as your IP address and a non identifying counter together with the product version and the platform being used is sent so that the server can find out whether an update is available By default this check is performed once a day You change this interval or disable these checks altogether in the VirtualBox preferences 5 Usage of personal information Oracle may use anonymous and personal data collected by the means above for statistical purposes as well as to automatically inform you about new notices related to your posts on the bug tracker and forum services to administer the website and to contact you due to technical issues Oracle may also inform you about new product releases related to VirtualBox In no event will personal data without your express consent be provided to any third parties unless Oracle may be required to do so by law or in connection with legal proceedings 6 Updates Ora
422. the client UTF8 szPassword Password passed in by the client UTF8 szDomain Domain passed in by the client UTF8 VRDPAuthAccessDenied Client access has been denied 161 9 Advanced topics VRDPAuthAccessGranted Client has the right to use the virtual machine VRDPAuthDelegateToGuest Guest operating system must authenticate the client and the library must be called again with the result of the guest authentication VRDPAuthResult VRDPAUTHCALL VRDPAuth PVRDPAUTHUUID pUuid VRDPAuthGuestJudgement guestJudgement const char szUser const char szPassword const char szDomain E ce process request against your authentication source of choice return VRDPAuthAccessGranted A note regarding the UUID implementation of the first argument VirtualBox uses a consistent binary representation of UUIDs on all platforms For this reason the integer fields comprising the UUID are stored as little endian values If you want to pass such UUIDs to code which assumes that the integer fields are big endian often also called network byte order you need to adjust the contents of the UUID to e g achieve the same string representation The required changes are e reverse the order of byte 0 1 2 and 3 e reverse the order of byte 4 and 5 e reverse the order of byte 6 and 7 Using this conversion you will get identical results when converting the binary UUID to the string representation The second ar
423. the initial mode again 13 5 Version 3 1 2 2009 12 17 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM fixed SMP stability regression USB fixed USB related host crashes on 64 bits Windows hosts bug 5237 Main wrong default HWVirtExExclusive value for new VMs bug 5664 Main DVD passthrough setting was lost bug 5681 VBoxManage iSCSI disks do not support adding a comment bug 4460 VBoxManage added missing cpus and memory options to OVF import GUI fixed VBox URL in update dialog for German and Dutch languages GUI NLS updates 210 13 Change log OVF fixed export of non standard storage controller names bug 5643 Solaris hosts several USB fixes including support for Apple iPhone Mac OS X hosts several fixes for the 3D support Mac OS X hosts re enabled CMD Key combinations even if the Host Key isn t CMD bug 5684 Mac OS X hosts fixed to fast scrolling if the mouse wheel is used inside the guest bug 5672 Mac OS X hosts dock amp menubar don t disappear in fullscreen when the VM is not running on the primary display bug 1762 Mac OS X hosts added an option for enabling Auto show Dock amp Menubar in fullscreen bug 5636 Windows host installer fixed starting VBox with wrong privileges right after installation bug 4162 Host interface and host only networking prevent driver from unloading while a VM is still active Windows host only Host onl
424. thoroughly clear what is believed to be a conse quence of the rest of this License 12 If the distribution and or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 265 15 Third party materials and licenses 13 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Library specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Library does not specify a license version number you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 14 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these write to the author to ask for permis
425. through a comprehensive software development kit SDK which allows for integrating every aspect of VirtualBox with other software sys tems Please see chapter 11 VirtualBox programming interfaces page 184 for details Remote machine display You can run any virtual machine in a special VirtualBox program that acts as a server for the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Pro tocol VRDP a backward compatible extension of the standard Remote Desk top Protocol With this unique feature VirtualBox provides high performance remote access to any virtual machine VirtualBox s VRDP support does not rely on the RDP server that is built into Microsoft Windows Instead a custom VRDP server has been built directly into the virtualization layer As a result it works with any operating system even in text mode and does not require application support in the virtual machine either VRDP support is described in detail in chapter 7 1 Remote display VRDP sup port page 105 On top of this special capacity VirtualBox offers you more unique features Extensible RDP authentication VirtualBox already supports Winlogon on Windows and PAM on Linux for RDP authentication In addition it includes an easy to use SDK which allows you to create arbitrary interfaces for other methods of authentication see chapter 9 5 4 Custom external VRDP authentication page 161 for details USB over RDP Via RDP virtual channel support VirtualBox also allows you to
426. ting an appropri ate driver for it automatically After that update followed by a reboot you should have working audio For the 64 bit versions of Windows Vista and 7 you have to download the Realtek AC 97 drivers to enable audio See http www realtek com tw downloads for download instructions 12 3 8 Long delays when accessing shared folders The performance for accesses to shared folders from a Windows guest might be decreased due to delays during the resolution of the VirtualBox shared fold ers name service To fix these delays add the following entries to the file windows system32 drivers etc lmhosts of the Windows guest 255 255 255 255 VBOXSVR PRE 255 255 255 255 VBOXSRV PRE After doing this change a reboot of the guest is required 12 4 Linux and X11 guests 12 4 1 Linux guests may cause a high CPU load Some Linux guests may cause a high CPU load even if the guest system appears to be idle This can be caused by a high timer frequency of the guest kernel Some Linux distributions for example Fedora ship a Linux kernel configured for a timer 193 12 Troubleshooting frequency of 1000Hz We recommend to recompile the guest kernel and to select a timer frequency of 100Hz Linux kernels shipped with Red Hat Enterprise Linux RHEL as of release 4 7 and 5 1 as well as kernels of related Linux distributions for instance CentOS and Oracle Enterprise Linux support a kernel parameter divider N Hence such kernels supp
427. ting system can see it these slots can either be a in IDE compatibility mode by default slots 0 3 or 83 5 Virtual storage b in SATA mode 3 16 slots attached to the SCSI controller if enabled and supported by the guest operating system 5 2 Disk image files VDI VMDK VHD HDD Disk image files reside on the host system and are seen by the guest systems as hard disks of a certain geometry When a guest operating system reads from or writes to a hard disk VirtualBox redirects the request to the image file Note that when you create an image file its size needs to be specified which rep resents a fixed geometry of the virtual disk It is therefore not possible to change the size of the virtual hard disk later VirtualBox supports four variants of disk image files e Normally VirtualBox uses its own container format for guest hard disks Virtual Disk Image VDI files In particular this format will be used when you create a new virtual machine with a new disk e VirtualBox also fully supports the popular and open VMDK container format that is used by many other virtualization products in particular by VMware e VirtualBox also fully supports the VHD format used by Microsoft e Image files of Parallels version 2 HDD format are also supported For lack of documentation of the format newer formats 3 and 4 are not supported You can however convert such image files to version 2 format using tools provided
428. tion issues bugs 2517 1730 3130 Linux hosts fixed occasional kernel oopses bug 2556 Linux hosts fixed module dependency for shipped modules bug 3115 Linux hosts moved the udev rules for USB forward so that they don t override existing system rules bug 3143 Linux hosts fixed the issue with guest not being able to communicate with each other when attached via TAP interfaces bug 3215 234 13 Change log Linux hosts give up probing for USB gracefully if DBus or hal are not available bug 3136 Linux hosts fixed warnings in installer when SELinux was disabled bug 3098 Linux hosts VirtualBox sometimes failed to start if it had been started using sudo previously bug 3270 Solaris hosts fixed high CPU load while running many guests in parallel Solaris hosts fixed inability to start more than 128 VMs VMM fixed performance regression for Windows guests bug 3172 VMM ignore CPU stepping when restoring a saved state snapshot REM fixed inability to use gdb to debug programs in Linux guests with software virtualization bug 3245 GUI fixed dead key handling on Solaris hosts bug 3256 GUI in the shutdown dialog disable the action send the shutdown signal if the guest is currently not using ACPI GUI suppress additional key release events sent by X11 hosts when keys are auto repeated bug 1296 API restore case insensitive OS type name lookup bug 3087 VBoxHeadless really don t start X11 s
429. tive it is required to zero out free space in the guest system using a suitable software tool Microsoft provides the sdelete tool for Windows guests Execute sdelete c in the guest to zero the free disk space before compressing the virtual disk image Com paction works both for base images and for diff images created as part of a snapshot 8 19 VBoxManage clonehd This command duplicates a registered virtual hard disk image to a new image file with a new unique identifier UUID The new image can be transferred to another host system or imported into VirtualBox again using the Virtual Media Manager see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 and chapter 5 6 Cloning disk images page 90 The syntax is as follows VBoxManage clonehd lt uuid gt lt filename gt lt outputfile gt format VDI VMDK VHD RAW lt other gt variant Standard Fixed Split2G Stream ESX type normal writethrough immutable remember where the parameters mean format Allow to choose a file format for the output file different from the file format of the input file 140 8 VBoxManage variant Allow to choose a file format variant for the output file It is a comma separated list of variant flags Not all combinations are supported and specifying inconsistent flags will result in an error message type Only honored if remember is also specified Defines what kind of hard disk type this image should be remember Keep the destinati
430. tive from which script the usbfs filesys tem is mounted Sometimes the command is hidden in unexpected places For SuSE 10 0 the mount command is part of the udev configuration file etc udev rules d 50 udev rules As this distribution has no user group called usb you may e g use the vboxusers group which was created by the VirtualBox installer Since group numbers are allocated dynamically the following example uses 85 as a placeholder Modify the line containing a linebreak has been inserted to improve readability DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb and add the necessary options make sure that everything is in a single line DEVPATH module usbcore ACTION add RUN bin mount t usbfs usbfs proc bus usb o devgid 85 devmode 664 Debian Etch has the mount command in etc init d mountkernfs sh Since that distribution has no group usb it is also the easiest solution to allow all members of the group vboxusers to access the USB subsystem Modify the line 199 12 Troubleshooting domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev so that it contains domount usbfs usbdevfs proc bus usb onoexec nosuid nodev devgid 85 devmode 664 As usual replace the 85 with the actual group number which should get access to USB devices Other distributions do similar operations in scripts stored in the etc init d di rectory 12 6 8 PAX grsec kernels Linux kernels i
431. tly knows about If you click on the Open Virtual Media Manager icon to the right this will bring up a window in which you can select or create a different hard disk image see chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 for details e For virtual CD DVD drives there are two kinds of options in the drop down list If you select Empty then VirtualBox will present a virtual CD DVD drive to the guest which has no media inserted If you select Host drive from the list then the physical device of the host computer is connected to the VM so that the guest operating system can read from and write to your physical device This is for instance useful if you want to install Windows from a real installation CD In this case select your host drive from the drop down list presented Note If you want to write CDs or DVDs using the host drive you need to enable a special setting first see chapter 5 9 Writing CDs and DVDs using the host drive page 93 The other items in the list like virtual hard disk images will be image files on your host The file format here is the ISO format Most commonly you will select this option when installing an operating system from an ISO file that you have obtained from the Internet For example most Linux distributions are available in this way Note The identification string of the drive provided to the guest which in the guest would be displayed by configu
432. to connect a vir tual machine directly to an iSCSI storage server without going through the host system The VM accesses the iSCSI target directly without the extra overhead that is required for virtualizing hard disks in container files For details see chapter 5 10 iSCSI servers page 94 PXE Network boot The integrated virtual network cards of VirtualBox fully support remote booting via the Preboot Execution Environment PXE e Multigeneration branched snapshots VirtualBox can save arbitrary snapshots of the state of the virtual machine You can go back in time and revert the virtual machine to any such snapshot and start an alternative VM configuration from there effectively creating a whole snapshot tree For details see chapter 1 8 Snapshots page 25 You can delete snapshots while the virtual machine is running Clean architecture unprecedented modularity VirtualBox has an extremely modular design with well defined internal programming interfaces and a clean separation of client and server code This makes it easy to control it from several interfaces at once for example you can start a VM simply by clicking on a button 13 1 First steps in the VirtualBox graphical user interface and then control that machine from the command line or even remotely See chapter 1 12 Alternative front ends page 32 for details Due to its modular architecture VirtualBox can also expose its full functionality and configurability
433. to have a look at the logs Also when requesting support for VirtualBox supplying the corresponding log file is mandatory For convenience for each virtual machine the VirtualBox main window can show these logs in a window To access it select a virtual machine from the list on the left and select Show logs from the Machine window The release log file VBox log contains a wealth of diagnostic information such as Host OS type and version VirtualBox version and build 32 bit or 64 bit a complete dump of the guest s configuration CFGM detailed information about the host CPU type and supported features whether hardware virtualization is enabled information about VT x AMD V setup state transitions creating running paused stopping etc guest BIOS messages guest Additions messages device specific log entries and at the end of execution final guest state and condensed statistics 186 12 Troubleshooting In case of crashes it is very important to collect crash dumps This is true for both host and guest crashes For information about enabling core dumps on Linux Solaris and OS X systems refer to the core dump article on the VirtualBox website For network related problems it is often helpful to capture a trace of network traffic If the traffic is routed through an adapter on the host it is possible to use Wireshark or a similar tool to capture the traffic there However this often also includes a lot of tr
434. to keep in mind when using VBoxManage First VBoxManage must always be used with a specific subcommand such as list or cre atevm or startvm All the subcommands that VBoxManage supports are described in detail in chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 Second most of these subcommands require that you specify a particular virtual machine after the subcommand There are two ways you can do this e You can specify the VM name as it is shown in the VirtualBox GUI Note that if that name contains spaces then you must enclose the entire name in dou ble quotes as it is always required with command line arguments that contain spaces For example VBoxManage startvm Windows XP e You can specify the UUID which is the internal unique identifier that VirtualBox uses to refer to the virtual machine Assuming that the aforementioned VM called Windows XP has the UUID shown below the following command has the same effect as the previous VBoxManage startvm 670e746d abea 4ba6 ad02 2a3b043810a5 You can type VBoxManage list vms to have all currently registered VMs listed with all their settings including their respective names and UUIDs 114 8 VBoxManage Some typical examples of how to control VirtualBox from the command line are listed below e To create a new virtual machine from the command line and immediately regis ter it with VirtualBox use VBoxManage createvm with the register option like this VBoxManag
435. to start setting the time instead of trying to smoothly adjust it The default is 20 minutes timesync set start Set the time when starting the time sync service All these parameters can be specified as command line parameters to VBoxService as well 9 12 Configuring multiple host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts By default VirtualBox provides you with one host only network interface Adding more host only network interfaces on Solaris hosts requires manual configuration Here s how to add two more host only network interface First you need to stop all running VMs and unplumb all existing vboxnet interfaces Execute the following commands as root ifconfig vboxnetO unplumb Once you make sure all vboxnet interfaces are unplumbed remove the driver using rem drv vboxnet then edit the file platform i86pc kernel drv vboxnet conf and add a line for the new interface name vboxnet parent pseudo instance 1 name vboxnet parent pseudo instance 2 Add as many of these lines as required and make sure instance number is uniquely incremented Next reload the vboxnet driver using add_drv vboxnet Now plumb all the interfaces using ifconfig vboxnetX plumb where X can be 0 1 or 2 in this case and once plumbed you can then configure the interface like any other network interface To make your newly added interfaces settings persistent across reboots you will need to edit the files etc netmasks and if y
436. to the host is configurable and details depend on your host operating system You can use either the graphical user interface or the command line VBoxManage tool to set up virtual serial ports For the latter please refer to chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 in that section look for the uart and uartmode options In either case you can configure up to two virtual serial ports simultaneously For each such device you will need to determine 1 what kind of serial port the virtual machine should see by selecting an I O base address and interrupt IRQ For these we recommend to use the traditional values which are a COMI I O base 0x3F8 IRQ 4 b COM2 I O base Ox2F8 IRQ 3 c COM3 I O base 0x3E8 IRQ 4 d COM4 I O base 0x2E8 IRQ 3 2 Then you will need to determine what this virtual port should be connected to For each virtual serial port you have the following options e You can elect to have the virtual serial port disconnected which means that the guest will see it as hardware but it will behave as if no cable had been connected to it e You can connect the virtual serial port to a physical serial port on your host On a Windows host this will be a name like COM1 on Linux or OpenSolaris hosts it will be a device node like dev ttyS0 VirtualBox will then simply redirect all data received from and sent to the virtual serial port to the physical device 5Serial port support was added with Virt
437. troller which have traditionally been called master and slave Typical hard disk controllers have two connectors for such cables as a result most PCs support up to four devices In VirtualBox each virtual machine has one IDE controller enabled by default which gives you up to four virtual storage devices that you can attach to the 1SATA support was added with VirtualBox 1 6 experimental SCSI support was added with 2 1 and fully implemented with 2 2 Generally storage attachments were made much more flexible with VirtualBox impl d with 2 2 G lly g h d h flexible with VirtualB 3 1 see below 81 5 Virtual storage machine By default one of these four the secondary master is preconfigured to be the machine s virtual CD DVD drive but this can be changed So even if your guest operating system has no support for SCSI or SATA devices it should always be able to see the default IDE controller that is enabled by default You can also select which exact type of IDE controller hardware VirtualBox should present to the virtual machine PIIX3 PIIX4 or ICH6 This makes no difference in terms of performance but if you import a virtual machine from another virtualization product the operating system in that machine may expect a particular controller and crash if it isn t found After you have created a new virtual machine with the New Virtual Machine wizard of the graphical user interface you will typical
438. ts when using the graphical frontend occ coronas rx 160 9 5 4 Custom external VRDP authentication 161 Contents 9 6 Advanced storage configuration o 162 9 6 1 Using a raw host hard disk from a guest 162 9 6 2 Allowing a virtual machine to start even with unavailable CD DVD floppy devices 2 o ooo o eee 165 9 6 3 Configuring the hard disk vendor product data VPD 166 9 7 Launching more than 120 VMs on Solaris hosts 167 9 8 Legacy commands for using serial ports ls 167 9 9 Fine tuning the VirtualBox NAT engine o o 168 9 9 1 Configuring the address of a NAT network interface 168 9 9 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network in DSPACE aos a a Ea eo oe 168 9 9 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers for NAT 168 9 9 4 Binding NAT sockets to a specific interface 169 9 9 5 Enabling DNS proxy in NAT mode 169 9 9 6 Using the host s resolver as a DNS proxy in NAT mode 169 9 9 7 Configuring aliasing of the NAT engine 170 9 10 Configuring the BIOS DMI information 170 9 11 Fine tuning timers and time synchronization 171 9 11 1 Configuring the guest time stamp counter TSC to reflect guest EXEC s o ocu s oboe e ek ae ge E ROS ELE EUR kw ow 171 9 11 2 Accelerate or slow down the guest clock 172 9 11
439. tual network cable was disconnected some guests were able to send receive packets E1000 bug 5366 Network even if the virtual network cable was disconnected the PCNet card received some spurious packets which might confuse the guest bug 4496 Shared folders fixed changing case of file names bug 2520 Windows Additions fixed crash in seamless mode contributed by Huihong Luo Linux Additions fixed writing to files opened in O APPEND mode bug 3805 Solaris Additions fixed regression in Guest Additions driver which among other things caused lost guest property updates and periodic error messages being written to the system log 215 13 Change log 13 8 Version 3 0 10 2009 10 29 This is a maintenance release The following items were fixed and or added VMM guest SMP stability fixes VMM fixed guru meditation with nested paging and SMP guests bug 5222 VMM changed VT x AMD V usage to detect other active hypervisors necessary for e g Windows 7 XP compatibility mode Windows amp Mac OS X hosts only bug 4239 VMM guru meditation during SCO OpenServer installation and reboot VI x only bug 5164 VMM fixed accessed bit handling in certain cases bug 5248 VMM fixed VPID flushing VT x only VMM fixed broken nested paging for 64 bits guests on 32 bits hosts AMD V only bug 5285 VMM fixed loading of old saved states snapshots bug 3984 Mac OS X hosts fixed memory leaks bug 5084 Mac OS X ho
440. ualBox 1 5 See for example http en wikipedia org wiki COM_ hardware_interface 58 3 Configuring virtual machines e You can tell VirtualBox to connect the virtual serial port to a software pipe on the host This depends on your host operating system On a Windows host data will be sent and received through a named pipe You can use a helper program called VMware Serial Line Gateway available for download at http www 1l4ka org tools vmwaregateway php This tool provides a fixed server mode named pipe at pipe vmwaredebug and connects incoming TCP connec tions on port 567 with the named pipe On a Mac Linux or OpenSolaris host a local domain socket is used instead On Linux there are various tools which can connect to a local domain socket or create one in server mode The most flexible tool is socat and is available as part of many distributions In this case you can configure whether VirtualBox should create the named pipe or on non Windows hosts the local domain socket itself or whether VirtualBox should assume that the pipe or socket exists already With the VBoxManage command line options this is referred to as server or client mode respectively Up to two serial ports can be configured simultaneously per virtual machine but you can pick any port numbers out of the above For example you can configure two serial ports to be able to work with COM2 and COMA in the guest 3 10 USB support 3 10
441. uest logons on plat forms which support this framework Virtually all modern Linux Unix distributions rely on PAM The pam_vbox so module itself does not do an actual verification of the creden tials passed to the guest OS instead it relies on other modules such as pam_unix so or pam_unix2 so down in the PAM stack to do the actual validation using the cre dentials retrieved by pam_vbox so Therefore pam_vbox so has to be on top of the authentication PAM service list Note The pam_vbox so only supports the auth primitive Other primitives such as account session or password are not supported The pam_vbox so module is shipped as part of the Guest Additions but it is not installed and or activated on the guest OS by default In order to install it it has to be copied from opt VBoxGuestAdditions lt version gt lib VBoxGuestAdditions to the security modules directory usually lib security Please refer to your guest OS documentation for the correct PAM module directory For example to use pam_vbox so with a Ubuntu Linux guest OS and GDM the GNOME Desktop Manager to logon users automatically with the credentials passed by the host the guest OS has to be configured like the following 1 The pam_vbox so module has to be copied to the security modules directory in this case itis lib security 2 Edit the PAM configuration file for GDM found at etc pam d gdm adding the line auth requisite pam_vbox so at the top Additiona
442. uests ability to use Direct3D 8 9 applications games experimental see chapter 4 6 1 Hardware 3D acceleration OpenGL and Direct3D 8 9 page 75 Support for OpenGL 2 0 for Windows Linux and Solaris guests In addition the following items were fixed and or added Solaris hosts allow suspend resume on the host when a VM is running bug 3826 Solaris hosts loosen the restriction for contiguous physical memory under cer tain conditions Mac OS X hosts fixed guest PAE Linux hosts kernel module compile fixes for 2 6 31 bug 4264 VMM fixed occasional guru meditation when loading a saved state VT x only VMM eliminated IO APIC overhead with 32 bits guests VI x only some Intel CPUs don t support this feature most do bug 638 VMM fixed 64 bits CentOS guest hangs during early boot AMD V only bug 3927 VMM performance improvements for certain PAE guests e g Linux 2 6 29 kernels VMM some Windows guests detected a completely wrong CPU frequency bug 2227 VMM fixed hanging and unkillable VM processes bug 4040 VMM fixed random infrequent guest crashes due XMM state corruption Win64 hosts only VMM performance improvements for network I O VI x AMD V only GUI added mini toolbar for fullscreen and seamless mode Thanks to Huihong Luo GUI redesigned settings dialogs 225 13 Change log GUI allow to create remove more than one host only network adapters non Windows hosts GUI display
443. under Sections 2 1 or 2 2 Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code distribution titled LEGAL which describes the claim and the party mak ing the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will know whom to contact If Contrib utor obtains such knowledge after the Modification is made available as described in Section 3 2 Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies Contribu tor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered Code that new knowledge has been obtained b Contributor APIs If Contributor s Modifications include an application program ming interface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which are reasonably necessary to implement that API Contributor must also include this information in the LEGAL file 3 5 Required Notices You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source Code If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source Code file due to its structure then You must include such notice in a location such as a relevant directory where a user would be likely to look for such a notice If You created one or more Modification s You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in Exhibit A You must also duplicate this License in any documentation for the Source Code where You describe recipients
444. upport and optimize for a select few which however include the most common ones See chapter 3 1 Supported guest operating systems page 46 for details Virtual machine VM When running a VM is the special environment that VirtualBox creates for your guest operating system So in other words you run your guest operating system in a VM Normally a VM will be shown as a window on your computer s desktop but depending on which of the vari ous frontends of VirtualBox you use it can be displayed in full screen mode or remotely by use of the VirtualBox Remote Desktop Protocol VRDP Sometimes we also use the term virtual machine in a more abstract way Inter nally VirtualBox thinks of a VM as a set of parameters that determine its behav ior They include hardware settings how much memory the VM should have what hard disks VirtualBox should virtualize through which container files what CDs are mounted etc as well as state information whether the VM is currently running saved its snapshots etc These settings are mirrored in the VirtualBox graphical user interface as well as the VBoxManage command line program see chapter 8 VBoxManage page 114 In other words a VM is also what you can see in its settings dialog Guest Additions With Guest Additions we refer to special software packages that are shipped with VirtualBox Even though they are part of VirtualBox they are designed to be installed inside a
445. ust install the Guest Additions in Safe Mode see chapter 14 Known limitations page 249 for details If you prefer to mount the additions manually you can perform the following steps 65 4 Guest Additions 1 Start the virtual machine in which you have installed Windows 2 Select Mount CD DVD ROM from the Devices menu in the virtual machine s menu bar and then CD DVD ROM image This brings up the Virtual Media Manager described in chapter 5 3 The Virtual Media Manager page 85 3 In the Virtual Media Manager press the Add button and browse your host file system for the VBoxGuestAdditions iso file e On a Windows host you can find this file in the VirtualBox installation directory usually under C Program files Oracle VirtualBox e On Mac OS X hosts you can find this file in the application bundle of VirtualBox Right click on the VirtualBox icon in Finder and choose Show Package Contents There it is located in the Contents MacOS folder e Ona Linux host you can find this file in the additions folder under where you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox e On Solaris hosts you can find this file in the additions folder under where you installed VirtualBox normally opt VirtualBox 4 Back in the Virtual Media Manager select that ISO file and press the Select button This will mount the ISO file and present it to your Windows guest as a CD ROM Unless you have the A
446. utor means each entity that creates or contributes to the creation of Modifications 1 2 Contributor Version means the combination of the Original Code prior Mod ifications used by a Contributor and the Modifications made by that particular Con tributor 1 3 Covered Code means the Original Code or Modifications or the combination of the Original Code and Modifications in each case including portions thereof 1 4 Electronic Distribution Mechanism means a mechanism generally accepted in the software development community for the electronic transfer of data 1 5 Executable means Covered Code in any form other than Source Code 1 6 Initial Developer means the individual or entity identified as the Initial Devel oper in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A 1 7 Larger Work means a work which combines Covered Code or portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License 1 8 License means this document 279 15 Third party materials and licenses 1 8 1 Licensable means having the right to grant to the maximum extent possible whether at the time of the initial grant or subsequently acquired any and all of the rights conveyed herein 1 9 Modifications means any addition to or deletion from the substance or struc ture of either the Original Code or any previous Modifications When Covered Code is released as a series of files a Modification is A Any add
447. utostart feature disabled in your Windows guest Windows will now autostart the VirtualBox Guest Additions installation program from the Additions ISO If the Autostart feature has been turned off choose VBoxWindowsAdditions exe from the CD DVD drive inside the guest to start the installer The installer will add several device drivers to the Windows driver database and then invoke the hardware detection wizard Depending on your configuration it might display warnings that the drivers are not digitally signed You must confirm these in order to continue the installation and properly install the Additions After installation reboot your guest operating system to activate the Additions 4 3 1 2 Updating the Windows Guest Additions Windows Guest Additions can be updated by running the installation program again as previously described This will then replace the previous Additions drivers with updated versions Alternatively you may also open the Windows Device Manager and select Update driver for two devices 1 the VirtualBox Graphics Adapter and 2 the VirtualBox System Device For each choose to provide your own driver and use Have Disk to point the wizard to the CD ROM drive with the Guest Additions 66 4 Guest Additions 4 3 1 3 Unattended Installation In order to allow for completely unattended guest installations you can specify a command line parameter to the install launcher VBoxWindowsAdditions exe S
448. vailable as a single unified pack age 238 13 Change log Linux hosts don t depend on libcapl anymore bug 2859 Linux hosts kernel module compile fixes for 2 6 29 rc1 Linux hosts don t drop any capability if the VM was started by root 2 1 0 re gression Mac OS X hosts save the state of running or paused VMs when the host ma chine s battery reaches critical level Mac OS X hosts improved window resizing of the VM window Mac OS X hosts added GUI option to disable the dock icon realtime preview in the GUI to decrease the host CPU load when the guest is doing 3D Mac OS X hosts polished realtime preview dock icon Windows Additions fixed guest property and logging OS type detection for Win dows 2008 and Windows 7 Beta Windows Additions added support for Windows 7 Beta bugs 2995 3015 Windows Additions fixed Windows 2000 guest freeze when accessing files on shared folders bug 42764 Windows Additions fixed CTRL ALT DEL handling when using VBoxGINA Windows Additions Installer added extract switch to only extract not install the files to a directory can be specified with D path Linux installer and Additions added support for the Linux From Scratch distri bution bug 1587 and recent Gentoo versions bug 2938 Additions added experimental support for X Org Server 1 6 RC on Linux guests Linux Additions fixed bug which prevented to properly set fmode on mapped shared folders bug 1776 Linux
449. ve on the date Con tributor first makes Commercial Use of the Covered Code d Notwithstanding Section 2 2 b above no patent license is granted 1 for any code that Contributor has deleted from the Contributor Version 2 separate from the Contributor Version 3 for infringements caused by i third party modifications of Contributor Version or ii the combination of Modifications made by that Contributor with other software except as part of the Contributor Version or other devices or 4 under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Code in the absence of Modifications made by that Contributor 3 Distribution Obligations 3 1 Application of License The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are governed by the terms of this License including without limitation Section 2 2 The Source Code version of Covered Code may be distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version of this License released under Section 6 1 and You must include a copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code 268 15 Third party materials and licenses You distribute You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this License or the recipients rights hereunder However You may include an additional document offering the additional rights described in Section 3 5 3 2 Availability of Source Code Any Modification which You create or to which You co
450. vents are visible on the VBox log file of the VM 7 1 5 RDP authentication For each virtual machine that is remotely accessible via RDP you can individually determine if and how RDP connections are authenticated For this use VBoxManage modifyvm command with the vrdpauthtype option see chapter 8 7 VBoxManage modifyvm page 124 for a general introduction Three methods of authentication are available 109 7 Remote virtual machines e The null method means that there is no authentication at all any client can connect to the VRDP server and thus the virtual machine This is of course very insecure and only to be recommended for private networks e The external method provides external authentication through a special au thentication library VirtualBox comes with three default libraries for external authentication On Linux hosts VRDPAuth so authenticates users against the host s PAM system On Windows hosts VRDPAuth dll authenticates users against the host s WinLogon system On Mac OS X hosts VRDPAuth dylib authenticates users against the host s directory service In other words the external method per default performs authentication with the user accounts that exist on the host system Any user with valid authentica tion credentials is accepted i e the username does not have to correspond to the user running the VM However you can replace the default external authentication modu
451. ver there are some issues with older service packs We recommend to install service pack 6a Guest Additions are available with a limited feature set Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 Windows 7 beta All ver sions editions and service packs are fully supported including 64 bit versions under the preconditions listed below Guest Additions are available DOS Windows 3 x 95 98 ME Limited testing has been performed Use beyond legacy installation mechanisms not recommended No Guest Additions available Linux 2 4 Limited support Linux 2 6 All versions editions are fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Addi tions are available We strongly recommend using a Linux kernel version 2 6 13 or higher for better performance Note Certain Linux kernel releases have bugs that prevent them from exe cuting in a virtual environment please see chapter 12 4 3 Buggy Linux 2 6 kernel versions page 194 for details 46 3 Configuring virtual machines Solaris 10 OpenSolaris Fully supported 32 bits and 64 bits Guest Additions are available FreeBSD Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled Limited support Guest Additions are not available yet OpenBSD Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled Versions 3 7 and later are supported Guest Additions are not available yet OS 2 Warp 4 5 Requires hardware virtualization to be enabled We officially support MCP2 only other OS 2 vers
452. ves apply accordingly to floppy disks except that on older distributions VirtualBox tests for dev fd devices by default and this can be overridden with the VBOX FLOPPY environment variable 12 6 5 Strange guest IDE error messages when writing to CD DVD If the experimental CD DVD writer support is enabled with an incorrect VirtualBox host or guest configuration it is possible that any attempt to access the CD DVD writer fails and simply results in guest kernel error messages for Linux guests or applica tion error messages for Windows guests VirtualBox performs the usual consistency checks when a VM is powered up in particular it aborts with an error message if the device for the CD DVD writer is not writable by the user starting the VM but it can not detect all misconfigurations The necessary host and guest OS configuration is not specific for VirtualBox but a few frequent problems are listed here which occurred in connection with VirtualBox Special care must be taken to use the correct device The configured host CD DVD device file name in most cases dev cdrom must point to the device that allows writing to the CD DVD unit For CD DVD writer units connected to a SCSI controller or to a IDE controller that interfaces to the Linux SCSI subsystem common for some SATA controllers this must refer to the SCSI device node e g dev scd0 Even for IDE CD DVD writer units this must refer to the appropriate SCSI CD ROM device node e
453. ware virtualization page 177 If your host s CPU supports the nested paging AMD V or EPT Intel VT x features then you can expect a significant performance increase by enabling nested paging in addition to hardware virtualization Nested paging is still disabled by default even for new machines but it can be enabled for each virtual machine individually For technical details see chapter 10 5 Nested paging and VPIDs page 182 3 5 Display settings Video memory size This sets the size of the memory provided by the virtual graph ics card available to the guest in MB As with the main memory the specified amount will be allocated from the host s resident memory Based on the amount of video memory higher resolutions and color depths may be available Monitor count With this setting VirtualBox can provide more than one virtual moni tor to a virtual machine If a guest operating system such as Windows supports multiple attached monitors VirtualBox can pretend that multiple virtual moni tors are present Up to 8 such virtual monitors are supported 3Prior to VirtualBox version 2 2 software virtualization was the default starting with version 2 2 VirtualBox will enable hardware virtualization by default for new virtual machines that you create Existing virtual machines are not automatically changed for compatibility reasons and the default can of course be changed for each virtual machine Multiple monitor support was added w
454. way could be found at 192 168 0 2 9 9 2 Configuring the boot server next server of a NAT network interface For network booting in NAT mode by default VirtualBox uses a built in TFTP server at the IP address 10 0 2 3 This default behavior should work fine for typical remote booting scenarios However it is possible to change the boot server IP and the location of the boot image with the following commands VBoxManage modifyvm My VM nattftpserverl 10 0 2 2 VBoxManage modifyvm My VM nattftpfilel srv tftp boot MyPXEBoot pxe 9 9 3 Tuning TCP IP buffers for NAT The VirtualBox NAT stack performance is often determined by its interaction with the host s TCP IP stack and the size of several buffers SO RCVBUF and SO SNDBUF For certain setups users might want to adjust the buffer size for a better performance This can by achieved using the following commands values are in kilobytes and can range from 8 to 1024 VBoxManage modifyvm My VM natsettingsl 16000 128 128 0 0 168 9 Advanced topics This example illustrates tuning the NAT settings The first parameter is the MTU then the size of the socket s send buffer and the size of the socket s receive buffer the initial size of the TCP send window and lastly the initial size of the TCP receive window Note that specifying zero means fallback to the default value Each of these buffers has a default size of 64KB and default MTU is 1500 9 9 4 Binding NAT sockets t
455. while the machine was running After a snapshot has been taken VirtualBox creates differencing hard disk for each normal hard disk associated with the machine so that when a snapshot is restored the contents of the virtual machine s virtual hard disks can be quickly reset by simply dropping the pre existing differencing files The take operation takes a snapshot of the current state of the virtual machine You must supply a name for the snapshot and can optionally supply a description The new snapshot is inserted into the snapshots tree as a child of the current snapshot and then becomes the new current snapshot The delete operation deletes a snapshot specified by name or by UUID This can take a while to finish since the differencing images associated with the snapshot might need to be merged with their child differencing images The restore operation will restore the given snapshot specified by name or by UUID by resetting the virtual machine s settings and current state to that of the snap shot The previous current state of the machine will be lost After this the given snapshot becomes the new current snapshot so that subsequent snapshots are in serted under the snapshot from which was restored The restorecurrent operation is a shortcut to restore the current snapshot i e the snapshot from which the current state is derived This subcommand is equivalent to using the restore subcommand with the name or UUID of the current
456. ws VirtualBox allows you to configure whether these combinations will affect the host or the guest if a virtual machine currently has the focus This 23 1 First steps is a global setting for all virtual machines and can be found under File gt Preferences gt Input gt Auto capture keyboard 1 7 2 Changing removable media While a virtual machine is running you can change removable media in the Devices menu of the VM s window Here you can select in detail what VirtualBox presents to your VM as a CD DVD or floppy The settings are the same as would be available for the VM in the Settings dialog of the VirtualBox main window but since that dialog is disabled while the VM is in the running or saved state this extra menu saves you from having to shut down and restart the VM every time you want to change media Hence in the Devices menu VirtualBox allows you to attach the host drive to the guest or select a floppy or DVD image using the Disk Image Manager all as described in chapter 1 9 Virtual machine configuration page 28 1 7 3 Saving the state of the machine When you click on the Close button of your virtual machine window at the top right of the window just like you would close any other window on your system or press the Host key together with Q VirtualBox asks you whether you want to save or power off the VM Yo Close Virtual Machi
457. ws hosts and to 2560 MB on 32 bit Linux and Solaris hosts due to address space limitations These restrictions do not apply to 64 bit hosts As with the other settings you can change this setting later after you have cre ated the VM 18 1 First steps 3 Next you must specify a virtual hard disk for your VM There are many and potentially complicated ways in which VirtualBox can pro vide hard disk space to a VM see chapter 5 Virtual storage page 81 for details but the most common way is to use a large image file on your real hard disk whose contents VirtualBox presents to your VM as if it were a complete hard disk The wizard shows you the following window Create New Virtual Machine olx Virtual Hard Disk Select a hard disk image to be used as the boot hard disk of the virtual machine You can either create a new hard disk using the New button or select an existing hard disk image from the drop down list or by pressing the Existing button to invoke the Virtual Media Manager dialog If you need a more complicated hard disk setup you can also skip this step and attach hard disks later using the VM Settings dialog The recommended size of the boot hard disk is 10240 MB M Boot Hard Disk Primary Master Create new hard disk D Use existing hard disk lt Back Cancel The wizard allows you to create an image file or use an existing one Note also that the disk images can be
458. x contains code from the EFI Development Kit II which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 18 BSD license from Intel page 289 and Copyright c 2004 2008 Intel Corporation VirtualBox may contain libjpeg which is governed by the license in chapter 15 2 19 libjpeg License page 290 and Copyright C 1991 2010 Thomas G Lane Guido Vollbeding 254 15 Third party materials and licenses 15 2 Licenses 15 2 1 GNU General Public License GPL GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license docu ment but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to di
459. y networking fixed host only interface creation Windows host only bug 5708 Virtio net don t crash without an attached network Virtio net fixed the issue with intermittent network in VM with several virtual CPU cores NAT fixed port forwarding regressions bug 5666 NAT fixed crash under certain conditions bug 5427 NAT fixed resolving of names containing a slash or underscore when using the host resolver DNS proxy bug 5698 ATA fixed sporadic crash when resuming after a VM was forcefully paused e g due to iSCSI target being unavailable SATA fixed raw vmdk disks bug 5724 Linux guests increased the default memory for Redhat and Fedora guests Linux Guest Additions fixed installation on RHEL 3 9 guests and on some 64bit guests Linux Guest Additions prevent SELinux warnings concerning text relocations in VBoxOGL so bug 5690 211 13 Change log X11 guests fixed mouse support for some Xorg 1 4 guests openSUSE 11 0 X11 guests fixed xorg conf modification for some older Xorg releases open SUSE 11 1 Windows guests fixed some VBoxService shutdown issues Windows guests fixed VBoxVideo spinlock issues on NT4 Windows Guest Additions fixed uninstallation issues of NT4 Shared folders fixed resolving of symlink target bug 5631 2D Video acceleration delay loading of OpenGL dlls for Windows hosts to avoid GUI crashes on misconfigured systems 2D Video acceleration fixed issues with video pictu
460. ype specifier determines whether the machine will be started in a window GUI mode which is the default or whether the output should go through VBoxHeadless with VRDP enabled or not see chapter 7 1 2 VBoxHeadless the VRDP only server page 106 for more information The list of types is subject to change and it s not guaranteed that all types are accepted by any product variant The following values are allowed gui Starts a VM showing a GUI window This is the default vrdp Starts a VM showing a GUI window with its graphics card output accessible by an RDP client 133 8 VBoxManage headless Starts a VM without a window for remote RDP display only 8 11 VBoxManage controlvm The controlvm subcommand allows you to change the state of a virtual machine that is currently running The following can be specified e VBoxManage controlvm vm pause temporarily puts a virtual machine on hold without changing its state for good The VM window will be painted in gray to indicate that the VM is currently paused This is equivalent to selecting the Pause item in the Machine menu of the GUI e Use VBoxManage controlvm vm resume to undo a previous pause com mand This is equivalent to selecting the Resume item in the Machine menu of the GUI e VBoxManage controlvm vm reset has the same effect on a virtual machine as pressing the Reset button on a real computer a cold reboot of the virtual machine

Oracle VM VirtualBox User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents